Final Curriculum - BFT (17.02.2020)

National Institute of Fashion Technology
Bachelor of Fashion Technology

BFT Curriculum - 2018
INDEX
S. No. Contents Page No.
1. BFT Curriculum Matrix 2
2. Detailed Curriculum BFT Semester-III 3 - 58
3. Detailed Curriculum BFT Semester-IV 59 - 114
4. Detailed Curriculum BFT Semester-V 115 – 214
5. Textile Internship Guidelines 215 - 224
6. Detailed Curriculum BFT Semester-VI 225 - 322
7. Detailed Curriculum BFT Semester-VII 323 - 412
8. Apparel Internship Guidelines 413 - 417
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
1
Bachelor of Fashion Technology Programme Matrix (Major and Deepening Specialization)

Semester III Semester IV Semester V Semester VI Semester VII Sem VIII
S.No
Credits
Credits
Credits
Credits
Credits
Subject Subject Subject Subject
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Subject Subject Subject Subject Subject Subject
Code Code Code Code
Code
Sewn Products
Sewn Products
Machinery and
Machinery and
Equipment-II (Pre Apparel Production 6+ Human Resource 6+
1 BFT301M Equipment-I 4 4 BFT401M 3 3 BFT501M 7 BFT601M 2 2 BFT701M Plant Layout 7
& Post Production Planning and Control (3SS) Management (3SS)
(Sewing
Machines &
Machines)
Equipment
Spreading & Advanced Apparel
Industrial 4+ Maintenance Sourcing & Costing
2 BFT302M Cutting of Apparel 3 3 BFT402M 5 BFT502M 2 2 BFT602M 2 2 BFT702M Manufacturing 2 2
Engineering (3SS) Management of Apparel Products
Products Management
Data Introduction to
2+ Apparel Quality Apparel 2D Apparel CAD and
3 BFT303M Management for 3 BFT403M Artificial 2 2 BFT503M 2 2 BFT603M 3 3 BFT703M 2 2
(3SS) Management Merchandising Grading
Major Apparel Business Intelligence
Pattern Making &

Garment
6+ Understanding 2+ Introduction to Research 5+ Product Analysis and
4 BFT304M Construction II 7 BFT404M 3 BFT504M 2 2 BFT604M 6 BFT704M 2 2
(3SS) Apparel Quality (3SS) Internet of Things Methodology (3SS) Development
(Dress with
Sleeve & Collar)
Fabric Science for Pattern Making &
Graduation Project
apparel-III 2+ Garment 6+ 1
5 BFT305M 3 BFT405M 7 BFT505M Craft Cluster Study 2
32 Credits
(Finishing (3SS) Construction III (3SS) Week
Processes) (Formal Shirt)
2 8
BFT506M Textile Internship 2 BFT705M Apparel Internship 8
weeks weeks
Marketing of Retail Technology Corporate Social Sustainable
Floating Major BFT301MF 2 2 BFT401MF 2 2 BFT501MF 2 2 BFT601MF 2 2 BFT701MF International Business 2 2
Fashion Management Responsibility Production
Methods Time 3+ 2+ Robotics and 3+

Deepening BFT501DS1 4 BFT601DS1 Mechatronics –II 3 BFT701DS1 4
Measurement (3SS) (3SS) Automation (3SS)
Specialization
6A 1 : Apparel Minor Project on
Minor Project on
Production 2+ Designing a 3+ 2+
BFT502DS1 Mechatronics 3 BFT602DS1 4 BFT702DS1 Designing a 3
Technology (3SS) Manufacturing (3SS) (3SS)
Manufacturing Setup - II
Setup – I
Deepening Principles of Web 2+ 3+ ERP for Fashion 3+

BFT503DS2 3 BFT603DS2 Data Analytics & R 4 BFT703DS2 4
Specialization Development (3SS) (3SS) Business (3SS)
6B 2 : Apparel Supply Chain
Production 3+ Apparel Quality 2+ 2+
BFT504DS2 Lean Management 4 BFT604DS2 3 BFT704DS2 Management in Fashion 3
Management (3SS) Management –II (3SS) (3SS)
Industry
Pattern Making &

Anthropometry and 3+ Garment 3+ Fit issues and trouble 3+
Deepening BFT505DS3 4 BFT605DS3 4 BFT705DS3 4
Sizing (3SS) Construction for (3SS) shooting (3SS)
Specialization
contoured apparel-I
6C 3 : Apparel
Product Pattern Making & Pattern Making &
Development Garment 2+ Garment 2+ 3D Apparel CAD and 2+
BFT506DS3 3 BFT606DS3 3 BFT706DS3 3
Construction for (3SS) Construction - (3SS) Simulation (3SS)
Loungewear Jacket
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
2
Semester-III
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
3
SEMESTER - III
Subject Hours/ Self-
Semester Type Name of Subject Name of Subject Anchor Credits
Code Week Study
Sewn Products Machinery & Equipment - I

Sem. III M BFT301M Mr. N. Muhilvannan 4 - 4
(Sewing Machines)
Sem. III M BFT302M Spreading & Cutting of Apparel Products Mr. Gangadhar Malik 3 - 3
Sem. III M BFT303M Data Management for Apparel Business Prof. (Dr.) Amar Tewari 2 3 3
Pattern Making & Garment Construction-II

Sem. III M BFT304M Prof. (Dr. Jonalee D. Bajpai 6 3 7
(Dress with Sleeve & Collar)
Fabric Science for Apparel-III
Sem. III M BFT305M Prof. (Dr.) D. Samuel Wesley 2 3 3
(Finishing Processes)
Sem. III IDM Interdisciplinary Minor 3 - 3
Sem. III GE General Electives 5 - 5
Sem. III F BFT301MF Marketing of Fashion Prof. (Dr.) Sushil Raturi 2 - 2
Total 25 9 28
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
4
Hours/
Hours/
Subject Code Subject Sessions Semester Credits Subject Type
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1
Practical 3
Sewn Products
56
Machinery & Tutorial - Major
BFT301M 4
Equipment – 1
Studio Work -
(Sewing Machines)
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
*Teaching sessions to be planned for 14 weeks, excluding visits to fairs/exhibition and end term examination week.
SUBJECT AIM
 Develop an understanding of machinery used in cutting & sewing departments of an apparel manufacturing factory
 Acquire knowledge about the various types of machinery used in the apparel manufacturing process, develop practical skills relating to
operation, adjustment of different kinds of sewing machines and knowledge on latest developments.
 Provide opportunities to the students to get hands on experience on working mechanisms, mechanical elements & electronic elements
involved in various categories of industrial sewing machines.
 Develop the ability to analyze a garment with respect to the different stitches, seams involved in a factory based setting.
LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE SUBJECT

Knowledge
 Relate how various moving and non-moving machinery elements produce desired motions to create stitches and seams.
 Recognize the different kind of stiches and seams used in a sewn product.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
5
 Label different machine components of given sewing machinery.
 Reproduce a seam with exact technical specifications.
 Match different fabric types to corresponding machine settings adjustments.
 Tabulate the needle sizes and thread sizes versus the fabric thickness.
Skill
 Evaluate a sewn product for operations and machinery requirements.
 Demonstrate the ability to apply standard ASTM nomenclature followed for different stitches and seams
 Manipulate machine settings to achieve desired visual & technical output form the machinery.
 Recommend the correct type of stich, seam and needle for different fabric types.
 Point out the areas of improvement with respect to machinery in a manufacturing environment.
 Experiment with different fabrics and make use of the machine settings as per quality requirements.
 Classify different machines based on their features.
 Analyze and Solve sewing quality issues arising due to faulty machine settings and incompatible machinery.
Synthesis
 Students will be able to explain the three dimensional linkages between different machine parts resulting in desired motions of sewing
machine mechanisms.
 Students will be able to appraise the usage of pre-production machines and sewing machines for different sewn products and the
difficulty level involved in constructing different seams.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
6
CONTENT
Session Hours Topic / Content Details Suggested Self-Study

Pedagogy
1 1 Introduction to  Process flow describing incoming of Lecture Apparel internship reports
Apparel raw materials, fabric & trims
Manufacturing inspection, spreading, cutting, fusing,
Process sewing, finishing and warehousing
2-3 2 Introduction to pre-  Introduction to preproduction Lecture with Free online video sources
production machines process flow. Manually operated Audio visuals including
spreading machines, Turn tables, http://vidyamitra.inflibnet.ac.
Parts of an Automatic spreading in/ by NIFT and youtube
machine, Fabric path in an Auto
spreader, Cradle feed, How to control
fabric tension in auto spreader,
Speed and operational parameters,
Auxiliaries required in auto spreader,
Air floatation tables, Usage of end
treatment device, Pin tables
4-6 3 Practical  Calculating repeat size of a garment Practical (either Advertisements of new styles
and arrive at pin positions for in lab or in class in magazines for identifying
spreading. Student should choose
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
7
one garment with symmetrical room) (Under current market trends in
checked pattern and demonstrate faculty guidance) checks
the ability to calculate the pattern
repeat size and analyze the mitering
requirements to arrive at pin
positions while spreading.
7-8 2 Introduction to  Each machine needs to be explained Lecture Free online video sources
Cutting machines based on the following parameters, including
Working principles – Parts – Function http://vidyamitra.inflibnet.ac.
of each part – Application – in/ by NIFT and youtube
Advantages – Disadvantages –
Market studies of different brands –
Cost Benefit Analysis – Straight knife,
round knife, Band knife, Die cutters,
Auto cutters, Laser cutters, Plasma
Cutters, Water jet cutters, Notchers,
Servo cutters, Drill hole
9-11 3 Cutting  Students will form groups to do Practical (Under

spreading, cutting by Straight knife, faculty guidance)
Band knife & Rotary knife machines.
12-14 3 Fusing Technology &  Working principle of fusing machine. Lecture followed Fusing Technology by Gerry
Equipment Parts, fusing zone, dwell time, glue by Practical Cooklin
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
8
line temperature, different types of (Under faculty
fusible interlinings. Application of guidance)
woven & nonwoven interlinings.
Different types of resins and
technology of applying resins, strike
back & strike through. Practical:
Students should form groups and
bring 5 different types of fabrics and
the compatibility of different fusible
interlinings with these five samples to
be experimented.
15-20 6 Assignment (Group of  Students have to select 05 different Practical

2 students) – types of fabrics and make a
presentation on spreading, cutting
and fusing technology to be used
along with interlining types (30%)
21 1 Historical  Contributions of various inventors Lecture Historical information

development of like Charles Wiesenthal, Thomas obtained from
sewing machines saint, Barthelemy Thimmonier, www.garmentco.org
Walter Hunt, Elias Howe, Issac
Merritt Singer, Union Special
Company, James Henderson and
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
9
Thomas stone, Balthasar Krems, Josef
Madersperger, John Greenough
22-23 2 Introduction to Single  Treadle, Motor, Machine Hand Demonstration

Needle Lock Stitch wheel, Sewing machine head, thread
(SNLS) Machine winder, thread tension, tension disc,
Thread holders, Take up lever, Needle
bar, needle bar spring, Take up
spring, Presser foot, Throat plate,
Feed dog, stitch regulator,
Bobbin, Bobbin case, Back tack lever,
Knee lifter, Hand lifter, Lubrication
system, oil splash window.
24-25 2 Threading of a Single  Needle thread path through various Demonstration

Needle Lock Stitch tension elements, Importance of followed by
(SNLS) Machine each element, Insertion of needle in Practical (Under
needle bar, Insertion of needle faculty guidance)
thread in correct position, Winding of
bobbin thread using side winder,
Insertion of bobbin, using hand wheel
to crate single loop and bringing
bobbin thread to the table area.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
10
26-28 3 Stitch formations  Different ways of stitch formations Lecture with Free online video sources
 (Interlooping, Intralooping & audio visuals including
Interlacing), Transfer of motion and followed by http://vidyamitra.inflibnet.ac.
power in a Single Needle Lock Stitch discourse at lab in/ by NIFT and youtube
Machine, Usage of Pulley, Machine
Hand wheel, Main shaft, Bevel gears,
Gear ratio, Cam motions, crank,
curved groove, tension disc assembly,
motion of take up lever cam and its
resultant motion of take up lever &
Needle bar movement, Linkages, All
stitching elements including Shuttle,
Hook shaft, Bobbin hook, Stitch
tongues, Flagging and how to control,
feed dog motion, rocker shaft
motion, Types of hooks, vertical
hook, Horizontal hook, Types of
Loopers, Oscillating Loopers &
Rotating loopers, thread fingers.
29-30 2 Sewing machine  Relationship between needle & hook Practical

setting adjustments timing, Clearance between Needle & (Under faculty
Hook tip, Exhibit and demonstrate guidance)
adjustment of needle & hook timing
by opening up the machine.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
11
Demonstrate the procedure of
adjustment of feed dog height to
accommodate varying fabric types &
thickness and adjusting the feed
timing.
31-36 6 Study of Stitches  Definition of stitch. Stitches derived Lecture with

of interlooping, intralooping and audio visuals
interlacing. Stitch type classification, followed by
 Stitch Class 100 – 600 Practical exercise
 Appearance, application and in the lab
demonstration of each type of stitch
formation in lab.
 Comparative analysis between lock
stitch and chain stitch.
 Theory on stitch class 700.
 Lab exercise where the students need to
bring three different types of garments
and identify the stitch types.
37 1 Study of Needles  Needles: Anatomy of needles, Needle Lecture Collecting different needles
numbering systems, Needle types,
Relationship between thread Ticket
no and needle size.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
12
38-43 6 Study of Seams  Definition of seam, Seam dimensions, Lecture with
Properties of seam, Seam Heading, audio visuals
Classification of seams, Construction followed by
of various seams, Seam diagram of Practical exercise
various seams, Usage of various seam in the lab
types, Relationship between seam
types, fabric types and apparel types,
ASTM standard nomenclature for
seams, Exhibition of either garments
containing these seams or small
samples of different types of seams.
Lab exercise where students have to
bring three different garments and
identification of different seams in
them. Lab work where the students
will construct these seams in
appropriate machines.
44-49 6 Assignment 2  Classifying fabrics based on fabric Practical

Creating balanced weights, Relation between fabric (Under faculty
stitches using Single thickness and weight to needle size, guidance)
Needle Lock Stitch Choosing appropriate Needle &
(SNLS) sewing Bobbin threads, Adjusting the needle
machine thread tension, Adjusting Bobbin
thread tension, Balanced and
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
13
Unbalanced stitches, Role of tension
in creating balanced stitches,
Practical experiment in creating
balanced stitches by choosing fabrics
belonging to different weight
categories namely light weight,
Medium weight, heavy weight and
difficult to sew fabrics like sheer
fabrics and elastomeric fabrics (20
Marks)
 Stitch / Seam book containing
samples of various stitches and seams
accompanied with photographic
evidence (10 Marks).
50-53 4 Understanding Feed  Components of feed mechanisms. Lecture with

mechanisms and Relationship between feed lift, feed audio visuals
different feed types. travel & pitch, Drop feed mechanism followed by
and its working. Application and discourse at lab
limitation of drop feed. Quality
issues. Needle feed mechanism and
its working. Usage of needle feed in
apparel manufacturing.
Demonstration of needle feed in lab.
Differential feed and its working.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
14
Differential ratio calculations.
Adjusting differential ratio in the
machine. Creation of ruffles,
gathering or stretching using
differential feed. Variable top feed,
Unison feed, Compound feed.
Understanding the applicability of
different feed types based on quality
and operational requirements.
54-56 3 Understanding  Flat bed and its limitations, Raised Lecture with
Machine Bed types bed and its applications, Cylinder bed audio visuals
and usages. with its applications, Post bed followed by
machines, Feed of the Arm machines, discourse at lab
Side bed machines.
 Practical session in the lab developing
samples for different applications
using different machine beds.
 Industrial visit to apparel

manufacturing factories where
students get exposure to practical
usage of machines taught and latest
machines
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
15
LEARNING AND TEACHING METHODS

 Demonstration of Machine workings in Lab
 Lectures, Seminars, Workshops and tutorials
 Working with Cutting, Sewing machines in the laboratory
 Industry Visit to apparel manufacturing factory
 Visit to Machinery shows exhibiting relevant Pre-production & Production machinery (Sewing)
 Industry Expert interaction and Field visits
NATURE OF ASSIGNMENTS
 Reproduction of standard stitches and seams
 Presentation
 Construction of mocks
 Stitch / seam books
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Marks Continuous Assignment 2 : 30 Marks
End Term Jury : 40 Marks
(Mid Term) (End Term)
Indicative Assignment : Indicative Assignment : Integrated Assignment for jury presentation
Students (group of 2 students) have to select Creating balanced stitches on 4 different with DMAB (Data Management for Apparel
05 different types of fabrics and make a types of fabrics namely light weight, Medium Business)
presentation on spreading, cutting and fusing weight, heavy weight and difficult to sew Indicative Assignment :
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
16
technology to be used along with interlining fabrics like sheer fabrics and elastomeric (jury) Students in a group of 2 or more should
types fabrics using appropriate needle, thread. create a database which should contain data
(OR) (OR) about machinery studies during the course
Students in a group of 2 collect 10 different Choose any 5 garments of different fabric work. Jury can check whether the students
fabric samples including woven and knitted. types and identify one small garment part have incorporated all the probable machinery
Different garment parts are cut in actual per garment. Create a mock with proper parameters are covered by the database
shape as per pattern and they have to be stitch parameters (OR)
fused as per the fabric requirement with (jury) Identify one apparel-manufacturing
correct type of fusible and correct machine factory and conduct a factory audit for
settings machinery involved. Create a data base on
based on the audit for the use of the factory
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
End Term Evaluation (Jury) Total
Mid-Module Assessment End-Module Assessment
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL
S. No. Title Author Publisher
1 Carr and Latham's Technology of Clothing Harold Carr, Barbara Latham Blackwell Publishing,
Manufacture Revised by David.J.Tyler ISBN:978-1-4051-6198-5
2 Apparel Manufacturing Sewn Product Analysis Ruth E. Glock, Grace I. Kunz Pearson Education
ISBN:978-81-7758-076-1
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
17
3 Apparel Manufacturing Handbook : Analysis, Principles Jacob Sollinger Van Nostrand Reinhold Co ISBN:978-
and Practice 04-4221-904-8
4 Industrial Cutting of Textile Material Ineta Vilumsone-Nemes Woodhead Publishing ISBN:
9780857091345
5 www.garmenco.org/751Astitchandseams/index.html
6 www.atlatt.com/flippdf/apparel_cat/apparel_cat-
eng.html
7 www.ngaishing.com/en/hd.asp
8 https://www.youtube.com/user/PFAFF INDUSTRIAL
9 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tstkdFSJXms&t=
944s
10 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hU6umE-Kr34
11 http://www.teonline.com/knowledge-centre/fabric-
welding.html
12 https://www.pressreader.com/india/stitch-
world/20170720/281513636225540
13 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=icSmmFTdx3w
14 http://vidyamitra.inflibnet.ac.in/
INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENT
SPME Lab with the below listed Machinery
 Straight knife Cutting Machine
 Round knife Cutting Machine
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
18
 Band knife Cutting Machine
 Pin Table
 Notchers
 Drillers
 Fusing machine
 Single Needle Lock stitch Sewing (SNLS) Machine
 Single Needle Lock stitch Sewing Machine with under bed trimmer (SNLS-UBT)
 Fully Programmable Single Needle Lock Stitch machine
 Double Needle Lock stitch Sewing (DNLS) Machine with Split bar
 Single Needle Chain stitch machine (SNCS)
 Double needle Chain stitch (DNCS) sewing machine
 Feed of the Arm sewing machine (FOA)
 Multi needle Chain stitch machine.
 Three thread overlock Machine
 Four thread overlock Machine
 Five thread overlock Machine
 Three thread flat lock machine
 Four thread flat lock Machine
 Five thread flat lock machine
 Variable Top & Bottom feed SNLS machine.
 Unison feed SNLS machine
 Post bed machine with roller feed
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
19
EQUIPMENT/TOOLS/MATERIAL
 Different types of fusible collection
 Different types of Straight knife machine blades
 Sewing machine mechanic servicing kit
 Collection of different weight fabrics
 Collection of different types and sizes of needles for demonstration
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT TEAM
 Faculty Advisor: Prof. Dr. A K Khare, NIFT Mumbai

 Subject Anchor: Mr. Muhilvannan, Associate Professor, NIFT Kannur
 Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. Anant Phani, Asst. Professor, NIFT Hyderabad
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
20
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Subject Sessions Semester Credits Subject Type
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical 1
42
Spreading & Cutting of Apparel Tutorial - Major
BFT302M 3
Products Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
*Teaching sessions to be planned for 14 weeks, excluding end term examination week.
SUBJECT AIM
 Acquire basic understanding about Spreading & cutting Process techniques
 Provide opportunities to appreciate the fabric Management.
 Develop Ability to understand the Cut order planning.
Knowledge
 To endow students with a comprehensive understanding of the process flow, spreading and cutting techniques with reference to fabric
characteristics and garment design.
 Students will be able to identify & select fabric fault handling techniques keeping in mind with the waste minimization.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
21
Skill
 Students will be able to do effective marker planning & prepare markers considering maximum fabric utilizations.
 Students will develop skills in Capacity calculations, cut order planning, documentation procedures keeping in mind with material &
manpower utilization.
Synthesis
 To Optimize the materials & manpower utilization in adhering to the process parameters in spreading & cutting
CONTENT
Session Hours Topic / Content Details Suggested Pedagogy
1-2 2 Introduction to Cutting  Basic introduction to the cutting department, Process flow in Lecture
Room the cutting room, Importance of cutting room.
 Learning about basic terminologies in cutting room
3-4 2 Fabric Features and  Study of fabric and the garment design in relation to Lecture & Practical
Garment Design Spreading and cutting requirement.
 Nap, Symmetric & Asymmetric fabric, Grain, Fabric Face,
Open width and tubular fabrics need to be discussed with
practical examples.
 Understanding Garment design with relevance to fabric
features.
 Various types of Fabric swatches to be exhibited to the
students
5-10 6 Marker Modes &  Understanding Marker specifications, Types of Marker Lecture & Practical
Methods Modes (N/O/W, N/E/W, N/U/D), Marker Methods.
 Open And Closed Markers, Half Garment Marker, Sectional
Marker, Interlocking Marker, Marker For Stepped Spread,
Continuous Marker, Scrambling.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
22
 videos/ Pictures of different markers & marker modes to be

shown to students
 Digitizing, Grading, Marker making & planning, plotting,
automatic & Manual Marker with Efficiency.
 Comparison with different markers & ways to increase
efficiency.
 Application of CAD software in the industry (By showing
videos).
11-17 7 Spreading Modes &  Understanding Spreading modes, Types of spreading Lecture & Practical
Methods modes (N/O/W F/O/W, N/O/W F/F, N/U/D F/O/W,
N/U/D F/F) Spreading Methods.
 Manual Spreading has to be demonstrated on tables in
the lab with different spreading Modes.
18-24 7 Spreading & Marker  Spreading & Marker Making Parameters in relation With Lecture & Practical
Making Requirements Fabric & Garment Types. Shade Sorting Of Cloth Pieces,
Correct Ply direction & adequate Lay Stability, Alignment
Of Ply, Ply Tension, Static Electricity, Fused Edges, Set up
for Spreading,
 Fabric Utilization, Fabric Losses Like Ends Of Ply Losses,
Ends Of Piece Losses, Edge Losses, Splicing Losses,
Remnant Losses, Ticket Length Losses. (To Be discussed
with references from Industry)
 Students to make a Miniature Marker in class room &
Marker Efficiency variations to be discussed.
 Marker Utilization variations on different fabric
 Requirements for Stripes & Checks fabrics, Pinning table,
Relaying, Pattern repeat, Mitering, Check Spikes,
Predominant stripe
 Latest technology used in industry.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
23
25-26 2 Assignment 1 Option:1 (Submission) Practical
Students in groups (in a group of 02 students) to be briefed about
the marker making process. They have to produce markers (3-4
sizes) with different marker modes of a given product & fabric
width .Marker efficiency to be calculated with analysis on how
the efficiency changes with different orientation & arrangement
of pattern components. Original marker dimensions may be
scaled down & miniature markers may be prepared as
mentioned in the evaluation criteria.
Option:2 (Presentation)
Students in groups (in a group of 02 students) can collect data
from industry /previous reports with different styles & different
marker modes with analysis as mentioned in the evaluation
criteria.
27-28 2 Cutting Process  Continuous cutting, Block cutting, Re cutting, Remnant Lecture
cutting, Quality parameters in cutting process, Position
Marking.
 Videos/pictures to be shown to students
29-31 3 Preparatory Process for  Off-loading, Shade Sorting, Numbering, Bundling, Bundle Lecture
Sewing Ticket, Bundle Size
 Fusing process.
32-33 2 Recording &  Different types of cutting room formats used in Industry Lecture
Documentation in to be discussed
Cutting Room  Students are required to make Cutting room formats
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
24
34-38 5 Cut Order Planning &  Introduction to COP, Capacity Calculation Lecture
Cost Optimization  Exercises on different cutting parameters like issue of
cutting instructions, Marker Utilizations, Economic cut
quantities, labor cost, Material cost and Fabric wastes.
 Discuss on different types of COP software used in
Industry.
39-42 4 Assignment 2 . Practical
Option :1 (Submission)
Students (in a group of 02 students) to be briefed about the

Economical way of cut order planning, they have to be assigned
with hypothetical order quantity to be cut in the cutting room.
They have to work for different lay plans with an economical way
of cut order planning considering the optimum material & labour
utilization as mentioned in the evaluation criteria.
Option :2 (Presentation)
Students in groups may collect data from industry/ refer to

previous reports on any product. They need to collect data &
analyze on fabric used followed by Marker planning & total
markers produced to execute the order quantity. They have to
collect the data on marker efficiency & fabric consumption,
fabric & labour cost for the above order quantity (In a group of
2-3 students) as mentioned in the evaluation criteria.
 Visit to Garment Manufacturing Unit

 End Term Examination
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
25

 Lectures
 Demonstration
 Visual aids
 Videos
 Industry Visit
 Marker production
 Documentation
 Submissions
 Presentations
EVALUATION CRITERIA
End Term Exam : 40

Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Marks (Mid Term) Continuous Assignment 2 : 30 Marks (End Term)
Marks
Indicative Assignment: Indicative Assignment:
Written Examination
Option:1 (Submission) Option :1 (Submission)
Students in groups (in a group of 02 students) to be Students (in a group of 02 students) to be briefed about
briefed about the marker making process. They have to the Economical way of cut order planning, they have to
produce markers (3-4 sizes) with different marker modes be assigned with hypothetical order quantity to be cut
of a given product & fabric width .Marker efficiency to in the cutting room. They have to work for different lay
be calculated with analysis on how the efficiency
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
26
changes with different orientation & arrangement of plans with an economical way of cut order planning
pattern components. Original marker dimensions may considering the optimum material & labour utilization.
be scaled down & miniature markers may be prepared. .
Evaluation parameters:
Evaluation parameters: Lay wise cut quantity, Fabric consumption,
Pattern counts, Patterns arrangement & Fabric cost, Labour cost.
orientations, Marker Dimensions & Allowances,
Marker Efficiency (%) Option :2 (Presentation)
Option:2 (Presentation) Students in groups may collect data from industry/ refer
to previous reports on any product. They need to collect
Students in groups (in a group of 02 students) can collect data & analyze on fabric used followed by Marker
data from industry /previous reports with different planning & total markers produced to execute the order
styles & different marker modes with analysis on the quantity. They have to collect the data on marker
following parameters efficiency & fabric consumption ,fabric & labour cost
for the above order quantity (In a group of 2-3 students)
Evaluation parameters: Evaluation parameters:
Pattern counts, Patterns arrangement & Lay wise cut quantity, Fabric consumption,
orientations, Marker Dimensions & Allowances, Fabric cost, Labour cost.
Marker Efficiency (%)
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/ End Term Evaluation:

Total
Mid-Module Assessment End-Module Assessment (Written Exam)
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
27
REFERENCE MATERIALS FOR FACULTY
 Apparel Manufacturing Hand Book by Jacob Solinger-3rd Edition

 Clothing Technology by Europa Lehrmittel-6th Edition
 Technology of Clothing Manufacture by Carr & Latham-4th Edition ,Blackwell Publication
 Apparel Manufacturing Sewn Product Analysis by Ruth E.Glock Grace I. Kunz-4th Edition
 Knitted Clothing Technology by Terry Brackenbury -Black well Publication
 Introduction to Clothing Manufacture by Gerry Cooklin-2nd Edition, Blackwell Publications
 Materials Management in Clothing Production by David J. Tyler- A Division of Blackwell Scientific Publication
 Introduction to Clothing Production Management by A.J.Chuter-2nd Edition
REFERENCE MATERIALS FOR STUDENTS
 Apparel Manufacturing Hand Book by Jacob Solinger-3rd Edition

 Clothing Technology by Europa Lehrmittel-6th Edition
 Technology of Clothing Manufacture by Carr & Latham-4th Edition ,Blackwell Publication
 Apparel Manufacturing Sewn Product Analysis by Ruth E.Glock Grace I. Kunz-4th Edition
 Knitted Clothing Technology by Terry Brackenbury -Black well Publication
 Introduction to Clothing Manufacture by Gerry Cooklin-2nd Edition, Blackwell Publications
 Materials Management in Clothing Production by David J. Tyler- A Division of Blackwell Scientific Publication
 Introduction to Clothing Production Management by A.J.Chuter-2nd Edition
 Lab for Spreading and cutting equipment. (Can be a part of PM lab or SPME lab depending on the space available).
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
28
 Spreading & Cutting table

 Spreading & Cutting materials/Tools
 Faculty Advisor: Prof. Dr. A. K. Khare, NIFT Mumbai

 Subject Anchor: Mr. Gangadhar Malik, Asst. Professor, NIFT Bhubaneswar
 Subject Co-Anchor: Ms. Priyadarshini, Asst. Professor, NIFT Hyderabad
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
29
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Data Management for Apparel Tutorial - Major-Core
BFT303M 3
Business Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
*Teaching sessions to be planned for 14 weeks, excluding visits to fairs/exhibition and end term examination week
SUBJECT AIM
 To understand the concept of data management system.
 To understand a relational data modeling by using advance data base management technique
 To understand design and development of database techniques
 To understand the usage of data mining and business intelligent data for back end application may be suitable for AI system/E-
commerce application.
 To able to work as a member of a database design and Implementation team for apparel business.

Knowledge
 Data base design and concept
 Data management system
 Back end design application
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
30
Skill
 create structured data base system
 Demonstrate the usage of data base system for business application.
Synthesis
 Design and develop database system
 Presentation of data base with problem solving technique & business report
 Back end application for apparel business
CONTENT
Details Suggested Self-Study
Session Hours Topic / Content
Pedagogy
 Introduction of database
Introduction to Data base  Purpose of Database Design study of the reference
Concepts  Database functioning book 1 & 2
2 Lecture
1 –2  How database work? 2 Hrs.
 Advantage of database
 Three level Architecture for
DBMS
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
31
 Introduction to Data Modeling 3 Hrs. self-study based

 Types of Data Models on given assignment
 Introduction to ERD & DFD Lecture based class /exercise to
Data Modeling
 E-R Model exercise /example to understanding the
2
3-4 understanding the concept
 Hierarchical Model
concept
 Network Model
 Relational Model
 Introduction to Normalization 3 Hrs. self-study based

 Need for Normalization on given assignment
Lecture based class
Data Modeling  Normal Forms /exercise to
exercise /example to
2 understanding the
5-6 understanding the
(Normalization) concept
concept
 Data mining (definition) 4 Hrs. Self-study based

 understanding the Related on reference book 5
technologies - Machine and 6. Study of given
Learning, DBMS, OLAP, reference of data
Introduction of data mining example
2 Statistics Lecture
7-8 mining
 Purpose of Data Mining
 Stages of the Data Mining
Process
 Data Mining Techniques
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
32
 Representation Methods & 4 Hrs. Self-study based

applications on reference book 4,5
Role of data management  Data warehouse and DBMS and 6. Study of given
Lecture & reference of data
system  Data preprocessing and data
2 demonstration of management example
9-10 mining representation
suitable example
 Understanding the
representation of input data
pattern
 Getting Started 4 Hrs allotted for
Introduction of Data Practical
 Creating a database practical exercise
2 management system ,demonstration and
11-12  Creating tables
practical exercise
 Adding and Changing records in 4 Hrs allotted for

Introduction of Data a database Practical practical exercise
2 management system  Changing the table design ,demonstration and
13-14
(Contd.) Entering and importing practical exercise
external data
Introduction of data  Introduction of SQL Practical 3 Hrs allotted for
2 manipulation and  Set operations ,demonstration and practical exercise
15-16
representation technique practical exercise
Introduction of data  Aggregate Functions Practical 3 Hrs allotted for
2 manipulation and ,demonstration and practical exercise
17-18
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
33
Introduction of data  Introduction to Queries Practical 2 Hrs allotted for

2 manipulation and  Querying the database ,demonstration and practical exercise
19-20
Introduction of data  More about Queries Practical 2 Hrs allotted for
2 manipulation and ,demonstration and practical exercise
21-22
Introduction to user  Creating Forms 3 Hrs allotted for
Practical
interface design &  Form Design and layout practical exercise
2 ,demonstration and
23-24 presentation
practical exercise
Introduction to user  Presentation of Data 3 Hrs allotted for

Practical
interface design &  Reports Design & layout practical exercise
25-26 presentation
practical exercise
 User Interface design switch 2 Hrs allotted for

Introduction to user board practical exercise
Practical
interface design &  Usage of macro Using the goal
27-28 presentation seek command to forecast
practical exercise
 Switch Board
 Macro

 Online presentation and explanation for each session.
 Lab Demonstration / Assignment for developing understanding by exploration
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
34
 Assignments (Details of Assignment should be clearly given for process based subjects)
 Assignments for data management are based on developing the student’s aptitude of grasping the concepts of Data management
system
 The assignments are to be evaluated on the basis of how far the student has been able to use the software as a tool to achieve the
task.
 The assessment is on the basis of technical as well as Creative input.
 Class assignments may be given as a progressive manner.
 Integrated Assignment may be included related to data management for apparel business.
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Assignment 1 : 30 Marks Continuous Assignment 2 :30 Marks End Term Jury : 40 Marks
Assignment 1 (MID Term) Assignment 2 (End Term) End-term is a Integrated Assignment covering
Evaluation Criteria will be based on Evaluation Criteria will be based on topics session 11 to 28 studied in the course
understanding of application, usage of data understanding of data base design to be evaluated by jury panel.
analysis tools (DFD/E-R/normalization), data exploration of tools, demonstration of Integrated Assignment: Students will work in
base design skill and relationship data base system, data query and groups of 2-3 depending on class strength;
Indicative assignments report total number of groups should not increase
1. Building up of data base management Indicative assignments 12.
system for any Apparel business application 1. Continue with assignment 1 and
Indicative Assignments
with presentation of requirement analysis, Present the Data base system of 1. Develop a data base of given machinery and
data flow diagram, E-R Diagram, Apparel business application with user equipment by using suitable data bases
system. Student Should be able to generate a
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
35
normalization with presentation of Data interface form, query, business report report of given machines for a given end-use
management format and switch board etc.& It's should be & Make functional and access useful
information through SQL Query.
Following departments may be cover for in meaningful functional database
2. Develop a data base of any factory for
Apparel business application suitable for apparel business available machinery and equipment and
1. Merchandising department application. present with suitable query and reports
2. cutting department 2. Students may be given problem of information for preventive maintenance
3. sewing department data base system during class hrs. and application with presentation of meaningful
and functional database.
4. I E department asked them to present data with user
(Assignment may planned with coordination
5. Finishing department interface form, query, business of SPME faculty member)
6. Dispatch department Etc. report and switch board etc.
2. Students may be given problem to build
up data base system during class hrs. and
asked them to present data with usage of Evaluation criteria (for Data Management for
Apparel Business) -40
requirement analysis, DFD, E-R
 Understanding of database design -10
,normalization data base format and  Exploration and demonstration of
suitable relationship. Data management system-15
Data query and report generation-15
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
36
REFERENCE MATERIAL
Faculty
S.No. Title Author Publisher
1 Database System Concepts Silberschatz, Korth and McGraw Hill
Sudarshan
2 An Introduction to Database Systems C.J Date Addison Wesley Longman, Inc
3 The Relational Model for Database E.F. Codd Addison Wesley Longman, Inc
Management Version 2
4 Database Management Systems, Getald V Post McGraw Hill
Designing and Building Business
Applications
5 Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques Jiawei Han, Jian Pei
Micheline Kamber
6 Data Mining The Textbook by Aggarwal
Students
1 An Introduction to Database Bipin C. Desai Golgotha Publications
Management Systems Revised Edition
2 Fundamentals of Database Systems Elmasri, Navathe, Somayajulu, Gupta Pearson education
4th edition
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
37
3 Introduction to Database Management Atul Kahate 2006 Pearson education
Systems
4 MS Access Help Files and MS-Office
online help
5 Understanding SQL Martin Gruber
 Computer for 35 students Installed with data base management software
 LCD projector should be available in the computer
 System should installed with data base management software

o Subject Anchor: Dr. Amar Tewari, Professor, NIFT Gandhinagar
o Subject Co-Anchor: Ms. Amisha Mehta, Assoc. Professor, NIFT Gandhinagar
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
38
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 6
Practical -
84
Pattern Making & Garment Construction II Tutorial - Major
BFT304M 7
(Dress with Sleeve & Collar) Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM:-
 To enable students to understand the fit control points in sleeves, collars and Dresses.
 To acquire knowledge and skill on different types Collars and Sleeves.
 To develop the ability to assemble a women’s upper torso garment with industrial standards in terms of pattern, operation breakdown,
seams, stitches and usage of compatible needles, threads, deskilling devices and so on.
LEARNING OUTCOME OF THE SUBJECT:-

Knowledge
 Students will be able to identify, choose and apply the best industrial practices to produce a dress with sleeve and collar with
appropriate seams and stitches.
 They will learn how to develop patterns of different dresses with different sleeves and collars and how to construct the same with
best industrial practices.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
39
 They will be able to explain the function of suitable sewing machines and deskilling devices to achieve quality and higher
productivity to manufacture the above garments.
Skill
 Students will be able to make the patterns of collar, sleeve, dress and their variations.
 They will also able to construct the same to achieve desired fits and finishes.
 They will be able to run suitable sewing machines and use deskilling devices to develop quality garments with higher productivity
Synthesis
 Students will be able to appraise the techniques of manufacturing a dress with sleeve and collar with best practices in terms of
pattern making, operation breakdown and garment assembling to achieve quality garment
CONTENT
Session Hours Topic / Content Details Suggested Self -Study
Pedagogy
1-6 6 Introduction to different  Introduction to different types of Lecture 3 hours
types of Sleeves sleeves and sleeves terminologies Study about sleeves
 Consider various parameters from Pattern Making
controlling the fit and fall of sleeve. for Fashion Design by
Understanding the concept of balance point in Helen Joseph
sleeve and its significance in fit and fall. Armstrong: Chapter
3, Pg. no. 315 to 348
7-12 6 Developing the Basic  To develop Basic sleeve pattern with Lecture and 3 hours
sleeves block with Muslin drafting method demonstrations To develop hard
Fit Muslin fit of sleeve Practical Classes board pattern of the
basic sleeve blocks
developed.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
40
13-27 15 Concept of “Set in” Sleeve  Set in sleeve: Cap/ Puff/ Flare / Bishop Lecture and 6 hours
and “grown-on” sleeve  Muslin fit of any two types of ‘Set in” demonstrations To complete the
Sleeve Practical Classes pending work.
 Adoption of sleeve to a lowered
armhole and dropped armhole Read about Grown
 Introduction to grown on sleeve on Sleeve from
variation like Kimono, Dolman, Pattern Making for
Batwing, Reglan etc. Fashion Design by
Muslin fit of any two types of “grown on” Helen Joseph
sleeve. Armstrong: Chapter
4, Pg. no. 349 to 386
28-30 3 Assignment 1 One “set in” and one “grown on” sleeve Practical Classes 3 hours
Complete pending
work
31-42 12 Introduction to Collars  Basic terminology of Collars Lecture and 6 hours
 Pattern making for different types of demonstrations Read about collars
Collars like One Piece, Peter Pan, Practical Classes from Pattern Making
Sailor, Mandarin, etc. for Fashion Design by
 Construction of One Piece, Peter Pan, Helen Joseph
and Mandarin Collar. Armstrong Chapter
 Regular collar attachment at neck. 3, Pg. no. 177 to 200
Collar attachment at neck with binding (Peter
Pan) and facing (Mandarin).
Industrial Visit / Market
Visit
43-54 12 Concept of Torso Sloper  Introduction to Fish dart and its Lecture and 3 hours
difference from open ended darts demonstrations Read about Designing
Practical Classes with Darts from
Pattern Making for
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
41
 Concept of torso sloper and its Fashion Design by

generation using the concepts of skirt Helen Joseph
and bodice block. Armstrong Chapter
Muslin fit for the torso sloper 5, Pg no. 94 to 114
55-57 3 Assignment 2 Pattern and muslin fit of Torso Sloper. Practical Classes 3 hours
To complete pending
work
58-78 21 Development of Lining  Introduction to Lining and Facing Lecture and 12 hours
and Facing  Pattern making of Lining and Facing demonstrations Mentoring: 3 hours
(Neck and Armhole) for torso sloper. Practical Classes Study about Dresses
 Construction of dress (use Torso from Pattern Making
Sloper) with Lining, Facing and for Fashion Design
attachment of invisible zipper at center by Helen Joseph
back (use special presser foot). Armstrong
 Discussion on Fits of dresses – shift, Chapter 5, pg no.416
sheath, box and tent. to 436
Discussion on variation of dresses – A line,
Princess, Panel, Low waist, Gathered and
Pleated.
79-84 6 TERM Garment Develop a Dress (with suitable sleeve Practical Classes 3 hours
and collar) from the torso sloper Mentoring: 3 hours
(Selection of design to be done from Work on end term
magazine and approved by the garment
concerned faculty). The dress should
be kept simple like A-line, Flared or
Gathered at waistline. Emphasis
should be given to follow industrial
sewing process and finishes
or
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
42
Develop a Dress (with suitable sleeve and
collar) from the torso sloper using a
measurement chart from the industry. The
dress should be kept simple like A-line, Flared
or Gathered at waistline. Emphasis should be
given to follow industrial sewing process and
finishes.
11 End term End Term Evaluation of Term Garment 6 hours
Total Contact Hours
(Practical):84
Self-Study: 42 hours
LEARNING AND TEACHING METHODS:-

 Lecture and demonstrations.
 Practical Classes
 Presentations
 Assignments
 Industry /Market Interaction
 Patterns
 Samples
 Test Fits
 Prototype
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
43
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1: Continuous Assignment 2: End Term Jury:

30 Marks (Mid Term) 30 Marks (End Term) 40 Marks
Pattern and Construction of one Pattern and muslin fit of Torso Develop a Dress with suitable sleeve and collar from the torso sloper
“set in” and one “grown on” sleeve Sloper. (Selection of design to be done from magazine and approved by the
(Students have the option to select concerned faculty) The dress should be kept simple like A-line, Flared
the sleeve style of their own in 1. Pattern Making: 15 Marks or Gathered at waistline. Emphasis should be given to follow industrial
consultation with the subject a)Pattern Quality: 10 sewing process and finishes
faculty ) b)Markings on Pattern:5 1. Pattern Making: 20 Marks
a) Pattern Quality: 10
1. Pattern Making: 15 Marks 2. Garment Construction: 15 b) Viva Voce :10
a) Pattern Quality: 10 Marks 2. Garment Construction: 20 Marks
b) Markings on Pattern:5 a) Construction Quality: 10 a) Construction Quality: 10
b) On Time completion: 5 b) Viva Voce : 10
2. Garment Construction: 15 Or
Marks Develop a Dress (with suitable sleeve and collar) from the torso sloper
a) Construction Quality: 10 using a measurement chart from the industry. The dress should be kept
b) On Time completion : 5 simple like A-line, Flared or Gathered at waistline. Emphasis should be
given to follow industrial sewing process and finishes.
1. Pattern Making: 20 Marks
b) Viva Voce :10
2. Garment Construction: 20 Marks
a) Construction Quality: 10
b) Viva Voce : 10
Note: The brief is given in general. The faculty can decide on the type of garment.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
44
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/ End Term Evaluation
Total
Mid-Module Assessment End-Module Assessment (Jury)
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL for Students

SNO Title Author Publisher
1 Pattern Making for Fashion Design Helen Joseph Armstrong Delhi; Pearson Education; 2009
2 Metric Pattern Cutting Winifred Aldrich New Delhi;Om Book Service;2005
REFERENCE MATERIAL for Teachers

1. Pattern Making for Fashion Design Helen Joseph Armstrong Delhi; Pearson Education; 2009
2. Metric Pattern Cutting Winifred Aldrich New Delhi;Om Book Service;2005
3. Metric Pattern Cutting for Winifred Aldrich Blackwell Science Ltd., London,1999
Menswear
4. How to Draft Basic Patterns Kopp, Ralfo, Fairchild Publication, NY;1991
Zelin&LGross
5. Pattern Cutting and Making up‐ The Martin Shoben& Janet Butterworth Heinmann, Oxford;1995
Professional Approach Ward
6. Modern Sizing for Women’s and P.Kunick Philip Kunick Publication, London
Children’s Garments
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
45
7. Designing Pattern‐ A Fresh Hillary Campbell New Delhi;Om Book Servie;2004
Approach to Pattern Cutting
8. Dress Fitting Natalie Bray Blackwell Science Ltd., London;1994
9. Dress Pattern Designing Natalie Bray Blackwell Science Ltd , London;1994
10. More Dress Pattern Designing Natalie Bray Blackwell Science Ltd., London;1986
11. Sewing for the Apparel Industry Claire Shaeffer New Jersey;Prentice Hall, 2001
12. Sewing & Knitting Reader’s Digest Pty Ltd, 1993 Edition.
(Australia)
13. Creative Clothing Construction Allyne Bane Mcgrawhill, 1966
14. Apparel Manufacturing Handbook Jacob Solinger USA;Bobbin Media Corp;1988
15. Clothing Technologies for Fiber to Europa Lehrmittel Nourney;Verlag-Lehrmittel;1999
Fashion
16. Federal Standard FED‐STD‐
751A,1983
 Pattern Making and Garment Construction Lab
 Dress forms.
 Single Needle Sleeve Attachment – Single Needle Operation – 10 pc
 Pattern Making and Garment Construction Kit

 Faculty Advisor: Mr. S. S. Ray, Asso. Professor, NIFT Kolkata
 Subject Anchor: Dr. Jonalee Bajpai, Professor, NIFT Bengaluru
 Subject Co-Anchor: Ms. Shweta Jain, Asso. Professor, NIFT Bengaluru
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
46
Hours/
Hours/ Subject
Subject Code Subject Sessions Semester Credits
Week Type
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical - 28
Fabric Science for Apparel-III Tutorial -
BFT305M 3 Major
(Finishing Processes)
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 To learn various finishing processes for textiles
 To give an insight of various machineries used in finishing
 Evaluation of finishes
 To understand the importance of suitable process selection to meet the end use requirement
 Create awareness about impact of textile chemical processing on environment
Knowledge
 Recognize the types of finishes & their applications on fabrics & garments.
 Understand evaluation methods for finished fabrics.
 Awareness about impact of textile chemical processing on environment.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
47
Skill
 Ability to select type of finish for the end product.
Synthesis
 Comparative analysis of various textile finishes on different fabrics.
CONTENT
Suggested
Session Hours Topic Detailing Self-study
Pedagogy
1 1 Introduction to Finishing Classification of finishes, objectives of
Lecture
finishing
2-4 3 General Finishes Calendering, heat setting, shrinkage Lecture
control, finishes for wool
5-7 3 Denim washes Acid, stone, enzyme, sand blast; other Read through news on
denim finishes- e.g. Chemical based -PP Khadi denims (4hrs), e.g. at
spray, Mechanical based- emery paper Lecture https://www.handloomde
scraping, Khadi denims nim.org/khadi-denim/
8-10 3 Garment finishing Construction and working principle of Read the range of
machines different washing and drying machines, equipment offered by
Garment spotting machines Lecture Ramsons (6 hrs)
(http://www.ramsonsindia
.com/products/)
11-17 7 Special Finishing Methods of applying finishes and their Study brands offering
functioning after application: Wrinkle-free Lecture these finishes, their
finishes, Anti-microbial, anti-odour, stain commercial names and
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
48
repellant, soil release, water proof and their costing (from
repellant, fire retardant, UV protective websites of Clariant, Resils,
finishes Sarex, NICCA Textile
Chemicals)
(8 hrs.)
4 Fair Visit Visit to Textile/Garment machinery fair Visit
18-21 4 Technological Technological advancement in chemical Refer website of
advancement processing: Jeanologia and study the
3-D printing, laser technology in denim technology and related
Lecture
finishing, water less dyeing, bio-finishes patents on laser
technology, bio finishes
and waterless processing
(Reference 10) (6 hrs.)
3 Industry visit To any chemical processing unit (finishing) Prepare a report of IV in a
/denim washing unit Industry group of 2 briefing all the
visit processes and machines
observed (4 hrs.)
22-24 3 Environmental impact Harmful environmental impact: Impact of Study topics- Eco Labelling,
chemicals-e.g. formaldehyde, urea, International Eco
fluorine, potassium permanganate etc.; standards- Example-
Lecture
introduction to eco-friendly chemical ISO14000, Terminologies-
processing of textiles, Effluent treatment COD, BOD, TDS, ppm (4
process, Sustainability, hrs.)
25-28 4 Evaluation methods Test methods for fastness to washing, Study topics- Brands
rubbing, sunlight, perspiration, offering these finishes,
sublimation and gases; introduction to Lecture their commercial names
grey scale, blue wool standards; test and their costing (from
methods for water repellency test, anti- websites of Clariant, Resils,
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
49
microbial test, UPF calculation test, stain Sarex, NICCA Textile
repellency test, flammability test, crease Chemicals) (8 hrs.)
recovery test Read abstract of
AATCC/ASTM standards on
evaluation of the finishes
(2 hrs.)
Expert Lecture Industry practices and technological
advancement in textile chemical (Optional)
processing

 Lectures
 Video tutorials for various processes
 Demonstration of different fabric defects (finishing)
 Finish evaluation demonstration in textile testing lab
 Industry visit- Textile processing unit/ denim washing unit
 Fair visits and exhibition
 Expert Lecture
 Sample collection and documentation
 Report preparation
 Presentation
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
50
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : 30
Continuous Assignment 2 : 30 Marks (End Term) End Term Exam : 40 Marks
Marks (Mid Term)
Collection and documentation of Documentation and presentation on recent advancement in: Written Examination
sample for different finishes and finishing methods and chemicals-through the reference of journal
fabric defects (finishing) articles and books
OR OR
Documentation and presentation Documentation and presentation on various eco- friendly
on variety of product category approaches adopted in textile finishing methods and eco-friendly
available commercially for textile practices adopted by manufacturers.
finishing, with their chemical Criteria:
composition, application and  Document content
costing.  Exploration done in terms of innovation and novelty
Criteria:
 Referencing (valid references and no. of references)
 No. of samples collected
 Correctness of sample
 Document content
EVALUATION MATRIX
Total
Mid-Module Assessment End-Module Assessment (Exam)
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL FOR FACULTY (Additional to reference material mentioned for students)
1. Tomasino C., Chemistry and technology of fabric preparation and finishing, North Carolina State University Raleigh, North Carolina
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
51
2. Trotman E. R., Bleaching, Dyeing & Chemical Technology of textile fibres, Griffin; High Wycombe; 1984(6th edition)
3. Lewin M. and Sello S. B. (Edited by), Chemical Processing of fibres and fabrics, Vol-II (functional finishes, Part-B), Marcel Dekker Inc.;
New York; 1984
4. Marsh J. T., An Introduction to Textile Finishing, Big India Publication Ltd; Ajmer; 2005 (6th Edition)
REFERENCE MATERIAL FOR STUDENTS

1. Corbman B. P., Textiles Fiber to Fabric, 6th Edition Tata McGraw - Hill Education
2. Shenai V. A., Technology of Finishing, Sevak Publications; Mumbai
3. Mehta P. V. and Bhardwaj S. K., Managing quality in the apparel industry, New Age International; New Delhi; 1998
4. Booth J. E., Principles of Textile Testing, CBS; New Delhi; 1996 (3rdedition)
5. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/116104045/ as accessed on 22/11/2018
6. https://www.jeanologia.com/ accessed on 2/7/2019
 Industry visit to textile chemical processing unit/ denim washing unit
 Textile testing lab for fastness and other evaluation test
 Videos on processes and performance of treated (finish) textile
 Textile finishes product catalogue

 Faculty Advisor: Ms. Bhavana Verma, Asso. Professor, NIFT Delhi
 Subject Anchor: Dr. Samuel Wesley, Asso. Professor, NIFT Chennai
 Subject Co-Anchor: Dr. Rashmi Thakur, Assistant Professor, NIFT Bengaluru
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
52
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Tutorial -
BFT301MF Marketing of Fashion 2 Major Floating
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
 Acquire knowledge and skills: aims to give students knowledge of marketing concepts in the context of fashion business and skills to
manage business challenges effectively.
 Provide opportunities: to face emerging challenges in today’s consumer market.
 Develop Ability: to understand and appreciate the market realities and apply theoretical concepts to real-life situations.
Knowledge
 Knowledge and understanding : of principles, concepts, facts and figures
Skill
 Communicate ideas: on comparing and contrasting existing business models
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
53
Synthesis
 Generate creative ideas independently: successful business models in the current omni-channel scenario
CONTENT
 Concepts and Terminologies

 History
Introduction to Fashion  Evolution
 Direct Teaching
Business of Fashion –  Facts
2  Classroom
1-2 Global and Indian Context  Figures
discussion
 Industry Trends
 Challenges
 Need, Want, Demand

 Exchange, Transaction
Core Concepts of  Direct Teaching
 Value, Satisfaction
4 Marketing  Classroom
3-6  Products and Services
discussion
 Philosophies of Marketing
 Macro  Direct Teaching

Environmental Scanning
7-8 2  Micro  Classroom
discussion
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
54
 Segmentation
 Direct Teaching
Applied Marketing Model  Targeting
2  Classroom
9-10  Positioning
discussion
 Direct Teaching
Marketing Mix in the New  7Ps of Marketing
11-12 2  Classroom
Economy
discussion
 Types of Products
 5 Product Levels
Concept to Execution  Product Attributes (Style, Design, Quality,  Direct Teaching
13-16 4 (Fashion Product) Features, Packaging and Brand)  Classroom
 Product Mix discussion
 New Product Development
 Product Lifecycle Management
 New Product Pricing
PRICING of Fashion  Product Mix Pricing  Direct Teaching
17-18 2 Products  Classroom
Strategies discussion
 Direct Teaching
Consumer Access (Place)  Omni channel strategies
19-20 2  Classroom
discussion
Integrated Marketing  Traditional  Direct Teaching
21-22 2 Communication  Digital  Classroom
(Promotion) discussion
 Basic Concepts of CRM  Direct Teaching
Service Marketing
23-24 2  SERVQUAL  Classroom
discussion
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
55
Understanding the New  Direct Teaching

 Consumer Buying Behaviour/ Process
2 Fashion Consumer  Classroom
25-26  Emerging Consumer Segments
discussion
Innovative Fashion  Current Success Stories
2
27-28 Marketing Practices Industry expert

 Group discussions, team working
 Industry interaction and Field visits
 Set projects, external or simulated briefs
 Presentations
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Two evaluation points during the semester- based on research and interaction
Mid-Term/Mid-Module Assessment
Indicative Assignment
1. Research on STP of an existing Fashion Brand.
2. Case study on STP of an existing brand
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
56
Assignment Type
Classroom Presentation
End-Term/End-Module Assessment
Indicative Assignment
1. Research on 4 P’s strategy of a Fashion Brand
2. Case study on 4 P’s strategy of a Fashion Brand
Assignment Type
Document and Presentation
End Term Evaluation

 Jury: Indicative
o Development of marketing strategy for a new fashion brand
o Case presentation on Marketing strategy of a brand
EVALUATION CRITERIA
 Demonstration of conceptual clarity
 Ability to apply in multiple real life scenarios
 Clarity of expression
 Innovativeness of the project
 Relevance to the contextual issue
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
57
EVALUATION MATRIX
Total
Mid-Module Assessment End-Module Assessment (Jury)
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL For Students and faculty separately
 Kotler, P., Armstrong, G., & Cunningham, M. H. (2005), Principles of marketing. Toronto, Pearson Prentice Hall.
 Kotler, P. (2000), Marketing Management: The Millennium Edition, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.
 Equipped Classroom with Projector and White Board

 Faculty Advisor: Dr. Archana Gandhi, Professor, NIFT Delhi
 Subject Anchor: Dr. Sushil Raturi, Professor, NIFT Mumbai
 Subject Co-Anchor: Ms. Lipi Choudhary, Asst. Professor, NIFT Mumbai
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
58
Semester-IV
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
59
SEMESTER – IV
Hours
Subject Self-
Semester Type Name of Subject Name of Subject Anchor / Credits
Code Study
Week
Sewn Products Machinery & Equipment–II
Sem. IV M BFT401M (Pre & Post Production Machines & Mr. N. Muhilvannan 3 - 3
Equipments)
Sem. IV M BFT402M Industrial Engineering Prof. (Dr.) Rajani Jain 4 3 5
Sem. IV M BFT403M Introduction to Artificial Intelligence Prof. (Dr.) Sudha Bindra 2 - 2
Sem. IV M BFT404M Understanding Apparel Quality Ms. Shipra Sharma 2 3 3

Pattern Making & Garment Construction-
Sem. IV M BFT405M Prof. (Dr.) Jonalee D. Bajpai 6 3 7
III (Formal Shirt)
Sem. IV IDM Interdisciplinary Minor 3 - 3
Sem. IV GE General Electives 5 - 5
Sem. IV F BFT401MF Retail Technology Management Prof. (Dr.) Sushil Raturi 2 - 2
Total 25 9 28
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
60
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1
Sewn Products and Machinery & Practical 2
42
Equipments – II Tutorial - Major
BFT401M 3
(Pre & Post Production Machines & Studio Work -
Equipments) Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
 Develop an understanding of Post-Production & Special machinery used in apparel manufacturing process with special emphasis
related to development of practical skills relating to operation of specialized machinery and functioning of Finishing Department.
 Exploration and relating the product features to requirements of different type of machinery involved.
 Provide opportunities to the students to get hands on experience on working mechanisms, mechanical elements & electronical
elements involved in various categories of industrial machines.

Knowledge
 Relate the impact of deskilling devices on productivity improvement in apparel manufacturing process
 Identify different types of interlinings and embroidery backing paper
 Identify the different types of cyclical sewing machines, embroidery machine parts and other special machines
 Understand the process of washing, fixing interlinings to a fabric and embroidery
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
61
Skill
 Analyze an apparel product for types of cyclical sewing machines and special machines required in an apparel manufacturing company.
 Able to analyze the requirements of finishing department based on a given garment.
 Create different patterns of button attachment by chancing the settings, create different types of button holes using the electronic
input boards, produce a perfectly finished apparel part with interlining by controlling fusing machine settings
 Justify the use of work-aids with respect to deskilling and productivity improvement
Synthesis
 Classify post-production machines and special machines based on features.
 Experiment with different ways to fasten buttons, embroidery using different machinery.
 Appraise the features of cyclical sewing machines meant for productivity, washing and embroidery effects possible.
CONTENT
Session Hours Topic / Content Details Suggested Self-Study
Pedagogy
1-14 14 Special  Operation of Single Needle lock stitch machine with under Lecture (2 Hours) Machine
machines used bed trimmer, Programme the SNLS (UBT) machine to carry followed by manuals from
in Apparel out repetitive task. Understanding trimmer device and back Practical (Under different
Manufacturing tacking. Usage of needle positioners. faculty guidance) machine
 Operation of Double needle lock stitch machine with split manufacturers
bar. Usage analysis of DNLS in apparel industry by looking at
various garments.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
62
 Machine elements of Multi Needle Chain stitch machines.

Calculation of gauge, application of looper, finger & blind
loopers, Smocking using elastic threads in multi needle chain
stitch machine. Usage of Multi needle chain stitch machine
for simultaneous pin tucks using folder. Application of puller
feed. Threading of multi needle chains stitch machine.
 Overlock machines: 3 thread overlock, 4 thread overlock & 5
thread overlock machines. Parts of overlock machines,
calculation of bight, threading of overlock machines.
 Flat lock machines: 3 Thread flatlock, 4 thread flatlock & 5
Thread flatlock. Threading of flat lock machines. Adjusting of
SPI, Tension. Application of flatlock machines in woven and
knitted garments.
 Blind stitch: Usage of curved needles, Practical
demonstration of blind hem, Threading, Adjusting stitch
depth, stitch length, stitch selector and adjusting skip
length.
 Assignment 1: Creation of 05 different mock constructions
used in standard apparel products like Front placket, Patch
pocket with double needle, Collar top stitch with double
needle, Bottom / Sleeve hem with flatlock, Bottom hem
with blind stitch, Side seam with 3 Thread O/L, Waist band
attach with Multi Needle chain stitch, Elastic attach with
Flatlock, Side seam Feed of the arm. (30 Marks)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
63
15-16 2 Understanding  Definition of seam pucker. Causes of seam puckering. Feed Lecture with Seam puckering
Puckering and pucker and how to eliminate feed pucker, Tension pucker and physical samples : its cause and
Remedies. its elimination, Displacement pucker and solutions for prevention by C
displacement pucker, Moisture pucker and seam grin. M C Dorkin
 Students to bring one seam and identify reasons for pucker.
17-18 2 Productivity  Definition of productivity, importance of productivity, definition Book of folder
improvement of deskilling, outcomes of de skilling, classification of work aids, by different
using deskilling Usages of folders in apparel manufacturing. Lecture followed vendors
devices  Different types of presser foot for deskilling (cording foot, ruffle by Demonstration
foot, Compensated foot, Zipper foot etc.) in Lab
 Students will have to choose a garment and analyze the same
for implementation of folders and other work aids.
 Concept of automated work stations. Brief introduction to the
usage of Automatic Sergers, Dart Sewing, Automatic welt
pocket attaching, Automatic patch pocket setting, Profile
stitching machines, Automatic waist band attaching machines in
apparel industry. (Video demonstration)
19-20 2 Advancement  X-Feed mechanism concept and video, Automatic jacket Lecture with audio Visit websites
in sewing sleeve sew machine concept, etc visuals of different
machines sewing machine
vendors
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
64
21-22 2 Post Production  Finishing & Pressing quality parameters, elements of Lecture with audio
Machinery pressing, Types of pressing, Hand irons, Buck pressing, visuals
Application of buck pressing in shirt, trouser & Jacket
manufacturing, Working principle and operating parameters
of form finishers, Introduction to steam tunnels, use of
carousel presses in suits manufacturing, under pressing.
23-25 3  Industrial visit to a RMG factory (preferably trouser/jacket) Practical

to obtain practical exposure to cutting and finishing (under faculty
equipment. guidance)
26-27 2 Washers &  Working principles & operating parameters of washing Lecture
Dryers machines. Types of washing. Types of dryers. Hydro
extractors.
28-30 3 Computerized  Kinematics of computerized embroidery machine. Digitizers, Lecture followed

embroidery Embroidery design software, Types of frames, speed & by demonstration
machines productivity, Types of backing paper, Embroidery costing. (under faculty
Demonstration on creating embroidery designs guidance)
31-32 2 Technological  Digital fabric scanners, Integrated spreading & cutting Lecture
advancements/I rooms, Alternate methods of joining materials, e.g. Fabric
nnovations welding. Overhead material handling systems.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
65
33-36 4 Semi-Automatic  Working Principles of cyclical sewing machines, Basic Lecture followed Machine
Sewing adjustments required to achieve the desired stitch pattern, by Practical (under Manulas
Machines Short Cycle M/C, Label sewing Machines, Cam Controlled, faculty guidance)
Work aids involved with cyclical sewing machines, Operation
of a Button sew Machine, Operation of a Button Hole sew
machine, Operation and adjustments of a Bartack machine.
Practical Analysis: Choose one bottom and one top and
analyze the bartacks for stitch density, Button hole for
pattern and stitch density, Button analysis
37-39 3  Practical Experimentation with Button Hole sew, Button Practical (Under
Attach & Bartack faculty guidance)
 Development of samples using different types based on
number of holes in the button and sizes, Development of
samples containing different button holes derived through
modifying button hole sizes and stitch densities, Operating a
Keyhole machine, Change settings in a keyhole machine,
Development of sample using different stitch patterns and
stitch densities in a bartack machine.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
66
40-42 3 Assignment 2  (individual) - Development of samples containing different Practical (Under
button holes derived through modifying button hole sizes faculty guidance)
and stitch densities, Operating a Keyhole machine, Change
settings in a keyhole machine, Development of sample using
different stitch patterns and stitch densities in a bartack
machine.
 Demonstration of Machine workings in Lab

 Working with cyclical sewing machines, special machines in the laboratory
 Industry Visit to apparel manufacturing factory
 Visit to Machinery shows exhibiting relevant pre-production & post-production machinery
 Interaction with Industry experts and field visits
 Development of samples
 Development of proto types
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
67
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Marks Continuous Assignment 2 : 30 Marks (End End Term Jury : 40 Marks
Term)
Indicative Assignment : Indicative Assignment : Indicative Assignment :
Creation of 05 different mock constructions used in (Individual) - Development of samples (Jury) - Students in a group of maximum 02
standard apparel products like Front placket, Patch containing different button holes derived would choose a product and identify different
pocket with double needle, Collar top stitch with through modifying buttonhole sizes and technology levels for the entire manufacturing
double needle, Bottom / Sleeve hem with flatlock, stitch densities, and using different stitch process (pre-production, sewing, post –
Bottom hem with blind stitch, Side seam with 3 patterns and stitch densities in a bartack production) and make a presentation
Thread O/L, Waist band attach with Multi Needle machine. (OR)
chain stitch, Elastic attach with Flatlock, Side seam (OR) (Jury) Students in a group of 2 conduct factory
Feed of the arm Create a mock using actual fabrics of either audit to find out automatic / semi automatic
(OR) trouser or casual shirt (not to size) with all machines used, deskilling devices used etc.
Collect five garments and list down the seams where parts. Submit the sample with correct Students to find out possible improvements
puckering is seen. Identify the reasons and submit Button hole, Bartack and Buttons sewn with respect to the current machines used and
samples made of substitute fabrics of the same suggest improvements in the form of a
seams without any pucker presentation
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
68
REFERENCE MATERIAL
1. Carr and Latham-Technology of clothing Manufacture
2. Glock and Kunz-Apparel Manufacturing :sewn Product analysis
3. Jacob Solinger-Apparel Manufacturing handbook
4. www.ngaishing.com/en/hd.asp
5. https://www.youtube.com/user/PFAFF INDUSTRIAL
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tstkdFSJXms&t=944s
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hU6umE-Kr34
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=icSmmFTdx3w
9. https://www.pressreader.com/india/stitch-world/20170720/281513636225540
10. http://www.teonline.com/knowledge-centre/fabric-welding.html
 SPME Lab with the below listed Machinery
 Single head embroidery machine
 Button Stitch Machine
 Button hole Machine
 Key Button hole machine
 Bar tack machine
 Double Needle Lock stitch Sewing (DNLS) Machine with Split bar
 Single Needle Chain stitch machine (SNCS)
 Double needle Chain stitch (DNCS) sewing machine
 Feed of the Arm sewing machine (FOA)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
69
 Multi needle Chain stitch machine.
 Three thread overlock Machine
 Four thread overlock Machine
 Five thread overlock Machine
 Three thread flat lock machine
 Four thread flat lock Machine
 Five thread flat lock machine
 Blind sew machine
 Entire folder set for formal shirt manufacturing
 Entire folder set for formal trousers manufacturing
 Embroidery thread collection & backing paper collection
 Different types of presser foots (Hemming foot, zipper foot, compensated presser foot, Teflon coated presser foot, Ruffling foot,
Cording foot, tape feeding foot, etc)
 All types of guides (Side, flower, curved etc)
 Different wash effect samples

 Faculty Advisor: Prof. Dr. A K Khare, NIFT Mumbai
 Subject Anchor: Mr. Muhilvannan, Asso. Professor, NIFT Kannur
 Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. Anant Phani, Asst. Professor, NIFT Hyderabad
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
70
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical 2
56
Tutorial - Major - Core
BFT402M Industrial Engineering 5
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 To provide understanding about the various concepts and significance of Industrial Engineering in garment and the related industry.
 To orient the students towards the improvement of job design and work environment using available tools of work-study and ergonomics.
 To provide understanding of various work systems and its interaction with environment.
 To sensitize the students toward the working condition in industry and ergonomic concepts.
 To inculcate skills among the students for analyzing and improving the existing methods, work place designs, working postures and
alternative suitable arrangements.
Knowledge
 Students will be able to handle machine and tools related to Work Study and Human Factors Measurement.
 Students will be able to interpret the challenges involved in handling of different materials.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
71
 Students will be able to use techniques of work-study and ergonomics to improve job design and work environment.
Skill
 Students will be able to appreciate various concepts and significance of Industrial Engineering in garment and the related industry.
 Students will be able to breakdown the problem in to elemental level and will be able to analyze it using Work-study Principles.
 Students will be able to conduct method and work measurement studies. They will be able to create ergonomic work environment.
Synthesis
 Production Planning and Work station Design for Garment and Related Industries.
 Will be able to apply Principles of work Measurement and Analysis in the work environment.
CONTENT
Session Hours Topic / Content Details Suggested Self-Study / Studio
Pedagogy Practice
1 –3 3 Introduction Definition and scope of Industrial engineering, role Lecture and Reading and exploration
of an industrial engineer in apparel industry Audio Video on Importance of
Industrial Engineering
(3 hrs)
4–6 3 Productivity Productivity: concept, definition, measurement, Lecture Reading, Exploration and
factors and techniques of productivity improvement, Case Study on
Work content and ineffective time. Productivity
Improvement in apparel
Industry (6 hrs.)
7-9 3 Work study Introduction, basic procedure, prerequisites of Lecture Reading and Exploration
conducting a work study. The human factor in on human factor in
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
72
application of work study, influence of working application of work study
conditions on work study. (6 hrs.)
10-21 12 Method study Introduction to method study and the selection of job. Lecture and Reading, Exploration, and
Flow and handling of materials. The principles of practical Case Study on principles
motion economy. of motion economy (9
Lab Work hrs.)
1) Recording Techniques using charts.
i) Outline process chart.
ii) Flow process chart.
iii) Multiple Activity Chart.
2) Recording Techniques using diagrams.
i) Flow diagram.
ii) String diagram.
3) Application of principle of motion economy:
Two handed process chart.
4) Assembling simple components-Pen assembly
22-35 14 Work Work measurement: purpose, procedure, techniques. Lecture and Reading and Exploration
measurement Work sampling, Time study, predetermined time Practical on Standard allowed
standards, Methods-Time Measurement, General minute (SAM) for various
Sewing Data. operations in Garment
Lab Work Industry (9Hrs)
1) Rating practice
2) Determining the standard time using:
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
73
i) Time study with digital stop watch.
36-56 21 Ergonomics Introduction to ergonomics, Human factors in Lecture and Reading, Exploration and
designing man machine systems, Working conditions Practical Case Study (9 hrs.)
and environment.
Lab Work
1) Development of anthropometric data for male and
female.
2) Measurement of heart beat rate, calorie
consumption parameters using:
i) Walking simulator.
ii) Cycle Ergo-meter.
3) Effect of human efficiency in work environments:
i) Noise.
ii) Light
4) Determination of the Relationship among Ambient
Lighting, Color and Production Efficiency

 Lectures, Practical, Audio-visual
 Case Studies/Group discussions, team working
 Self-directed study
 Industry interaction and Field visits: Transaction of curriculum/assignment in Industry, Expert sessions by industry/ academia resource
persons.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
74
 Mid-Module Assessment: Identify a process, improve it using method study principles and generate the standard data for the same using
Work Measurement Techniques, Transaction of curriculum
or
 Undertake a method study assignment in Industry.
 End-Module Assessment: Identify a Work Station and improve it using ergonomics principles, Transaction of curriculum
or
 Undertake an industry project for improving work station using ergonomics principles.
EVALUATION CRITERIA
1. Regularity and Discipline in the class

2. Contribution/participation in the classroom/lab discussion
3. Contribution in the task assigned
4. Punctuality and on time completion of the work
5. Quality of the work/task assigned
6. Progress of Work/task assigned
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
End Term Evaluation (Exam) Total
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
75
REFERENCE MATERIAL FOR FACULTY

1) Barnes, R. M., 1990. Motion and Time study design and measurement of work, New York :John Willey sons Inc.
2) Randall, P. E., 1969. Introduction to work study and organization and methods, Oxford: Butterworths.
3) Gilberth O., 1968. A managers guide to work study, London: Willey.
4) ILO., 1986. Introduction to Work Study, Geneva: International Labour Office (ILO) Publication.
5) Pheasant S., 1991. Ergonomics, Work and Health , Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
6) Goswami A., 2012. Exercise Physiology & Ergonomics: An introduction, Kolkata : Academic publisher.
7) Bridger R. S., 2008. Introduction to Ergonomics, Boca Raton: CRC Press.

1) Industrial Engineering the Magic at Disney available at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=krCjsxDhNyM (Accesed on July 10, 2019)
2) Moktadir M.A., Ahmed S., Zohra F.T., Sultana R., 2017. Productivity Improvement by Work Study Technique: A Case on Leather Products
Industry of Bangladesh, Industrial Engineering and Management, 9, pp 207-210.
3) Jana P. and Tiwari M. 2017, Industrial Engineering In Apparel Manufacturing, Delhi: Apparel Resources
4) Khanna O. P., 1999. Work Study Motion & Time Study, Delhi: Dhanpat Rai.
Class room, white board, LCD Projector
 Decibel meter- Precision sound level meters, a sound generator for a demonstration of frequencies and loudness, a model of the human
ear and charts, hearing protectors and earplugs.
 Lux Meter- Portable photometers for luminance and luminance measurement, light discrimination device, contrast sensitivity
measurement device, a model of the human eye and charts
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
76
 Cycle Ergo-meter/ Walking simulator
 A Complete Computerized Metabolic Card (High Speed O2 and CO2 Analyzers) to measure energy expenditure.
 A sophisticated work simulator with a wide range of attachments permits the measurement of a worker's power, maximum
lift/push/pull, endurance and strength.
 A Computerized Physiological Recording System to take measurements such as Heart Rate, Blood Pressure, Electromyography,
Electrocardiogram and Electroencephalogram.
 A computerized potentiometric system for anthropometric which can be used to measure reach envelope, workstation/equipment
dimensions and upper limb movements
 Digital stopwatches
 Video Recorder, Timer Pro/ any other Software
 Faculty Advisor: Prof. Dr. Pavan Godiawala, NIFT Gandhinagar

 Subject Anchor: Dr. Rajani Jain, Asso. Professor, NIFT Hyderabad
 Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. Rajesh Kumar Jha, Asst. Professor, NIFT Kannur
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
77
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
Introduction to 28
Tutorial - Major
BFT403M Artificial 2
Intelligence Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
To understand AI concepts and AI techniques , Knowledge Inference, Expert Systems, Decision Support Systems and advanced Intelligent
Systems

Knowledge
 Fundamentals of AI concepts and current issues.
 Understand and apply a range of AI techniques including search, logic-based reasoning, neural networks and reasoning with uncertain
information.
Skill
 Recognize computational problems suited to an intelligent system solution.
 Identify and list the basic issues of knowledge representation, blind and heuristic search.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
78
Synthesis
 Understand the automation in garment manufacturing.
 Understand Robotics, 3Dbody scanning
 Understand automation in SCM and retailing
CONTENT
Session Hours Content /Topic Details Suggested Pedagogy
1-4 4 Introduction to  Introduction (a) what is AI? (b) Background/history  Theory: contact session
Artificial (c) Spin-offs (d) High-level overview of field (e)  Exploration: (Problem
Intelligence: State of the art Solving)
 Intelligent agents: Perceive–reason–act loop
(Problem Solving)
5-10 6 Representation of  Game playing - Knowledge representation,  Theory: contact session
Knowledge:  Knowledge representation using Predicate logic,  Exploration: Knowledge
Introduction to predicate calculus, representation using logics.
 Resolution, Use of predicate calculus, Knowledge
representation using other logic-
 Structured representation of knowledge.
11-14 4 Knowledge  Knowledge representation -Production based  Theory: contact session
Inference: system, Frame based system. Inference - Backward  Exploration: group
chaining, Forward chaining, Rule value approach, discussion on various topics
Fuzzy reasoning - Certainty factors, Speech like Speech Reorganization,
Reorganization, Pattern Reorganization, Image
Processing.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
79
Pattern Reorganization,
Image Processing
15-20 6 Expert Systems:  Expert systems - Architecture of expert systems,  Theory: contact session
Roles of expert systems - Knowledge Acquisition –  Exploration(Industry visit)
Meta knowledge, Heuristics. Typical expert Expert System, ML
toolboxes and eye gaze
 systems - MYCIN, DART, XOON, Expert systems
tracking sensors (If
shells possible)
21-24 4 Intelligent Decision  Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems:  Theory: contact session
Support Systems: Knowledge-Based System - Knowledge Acquisition
& Representation.
25-28 4 Reasoning -  Intelligent Systems over the Internet.  Theory: contact session
Advanced  Introduction to automation in garment  Group discussion and
Intelligent Systems manufacturing
presentations on selected
 Automation in fabric inspection
- topics
 Automation in spreading and cutting
 Automation in material handling
 Application of robotics in garment manufacturing
 Automation in sewing technology
 3D body scanning
 Computer-aided design—garment designing and
patternmaking
 Advancements in production planning and control
 Recent developments in the garment supply chain
Management and Retailing.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
80

 Demonstration
 Self-directed study and work experience
 Industry interaction
 Exploratory assignments-2
 Presentation-1
 Dissertation-final Jury
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous evaluation guidelines. All the assignments require a group work.
1. By the end of 5th week,
A group presentation by the students in the allocated area.
The topics can be as follows:
Image processing and computer vision
Or
Pattern reorganization
Or
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
81
Speech recognition
These topics can be discussed by the students in a group in the form of presentation, which can be evaluated for 15 marks.
The assignment can be in the form of A Presentation or a submission can be decided by the subject faculty.
An assignment based on developing Intelligent User Interface
Or
An assignment based on representation of knowledge and its inference.
This can be evaluated for 15 marks
Mid-Term/
Mid-Module Assessment-1
At the end of 7th week, the Mid-term evaluation will have total of 30 marks.
 A group presentation on various case studies on developing a cognitive model can be presented by the students.
Or
 A group presentation on application of intelligent systems in apparel manufacturing can be presented.
The work can be evaluated for 30 marks.
End-Term/
End-Module Assessment-2
At the end of 14th week, End-term evaluation will have 30 marks.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
82
3. End Term Evaluation: Jury based

M.Mks: 40
Students in groups will present their concept, understanding and application of AI in Fashion & Lifestyle domain in reference to the
research works available in this field. The areas can be selected by the students based on their area of research. Some of the areas are
as follows:
Sl .on Area of work
1. Apparel Design
2. Apparel Manufacturing
3. Apparel Retailing
4. Apparel supply chain manufacturing
5. Fabric inspection
6. Robotics in garment manufacturing
Evaluation Criteria:
1. Depth of understanding the knowledge of the elements of the work involved in the review of literature done: 20 marks
2. Relevance to the Apparel Industry: 10 marks
3. Presentation: 10 marks
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
83
Expected outcome : Students would exhibit their overall understating of AI and present their ideas for leveraging AI & IA in defining
the future of fashion business.
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL
1 Artificial Intelligence Kevin Night, Elaine Rich, Nair B. Tata McGraw-Hill Education Private Limited, 3rd
Edition, 2009, ISBN: 978-0070678163.
2 Introduction to AI and ES Dan W. Patterson Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2007. ISBN,
0132097680.
3 Introduction to Expert Peter Jackson Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2007. ISBN-13: 978-
Systems 0201876864.
4 AI – A Modern Approach Stuart Russel, Peter Norvig Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, ISBN-13: 978-
0137903955.
5 Automation in Garment Rajkishore Nayak and Rajiv A volume in The Textile Institute Book Series", ISBN:
Manufacturing Padhye 978-0-08-101211-6
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
84
6 Artificial Intelligence: David L. Poole and Alan K. The entire book is available free in e-format
Foundations of Mackworth
Computational Agents
7 Apparel Manufacturing T. Karthik.P. Ganesan.D. CRC press
Technology Gopalakrishnan Taylor & Francis group
 Computer for 35 students
 AI lab
Faculty
 LCD projector should be available in the computer lab
Students
 Student should carry storage device pen drive.

 Faculty Advisor: Dr. Prof. Suhail Anwar, NIFT Delhi
Dr. Prof. Raghuram Jayaraman, NIFT Bengaluru
 Subject Anchor: Dr. Prof. Sudha Singh, NIFT Bengaluru
 Subject Co-Anchor: Dr. Prof. Angammal Santhi, NIFT Bengaluru
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
85
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Tutorial - Major
BFT404M Understanding Apparel Quality 3
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 Understanding of Quality concepts, importance, tools and techniques of quality control and assurance for garment industry.
 Skills acquired will be the evaluation of workmanship, development of technical specification of garments/craft based products and
conduct of inspections.
 To understand apparel quality standards, specifications and control procedures practiced in apparel manufacturing set-up through
explorations.
 To apply quality principles to real life situations in solving quality issues.
Knowledge
 Students would be able to identify the quality aspects of raw materials and apparel/craft based products.
 Students will be able to identify the machines and equipment used for testing and inspection for raw materials of apparel products.
 Students will be able to comprehend quality parameters in the apparel manufacturing process.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
86
 Students will be able to extend the knowledge of material and machine to perform the inspection of garments.
Skill
 Students will be able to analyze the degree of non-conformance and use statistical techniques for decision making.
 Students will be able to prepare quality specifications for raw materials, apparel and processes.
 Students will be able to perform inspection of different categories of apparel products.
Synthesis
 Students will be able to explain how quality is integral in everyday life.
 Students will be able to appraise the raw materials and apparel products and assess the acceptability of the products.
CONTENT
Session Duration Topic Detailing Suggested Self-Study (Hours)
(Hours) Pedagogy
1-4 4 hours Introduction to  Evolution of Quality and its relation to Lecture Self-Study (3 hrs.)
Quality product aesthetics
 Definitions of quality by different Suggested reading-
quality gurus like Juran, Crosby, Garvin, ‘Chapter 1 Introduction’: Ref- 1
Deming and ISO definition of Quality. ‘Section 2: How to think about
 Dimensions of Quality Quality’ Ref- 4,
 Explanation of the related terms like Quality and Aesthetics.pdf (or
Quality Assurance, Quality Control and similar)
Quality management, Quality System,
Quality & Grade.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
87
 Holistic, Product, Producer and

Customer perspectives of quality.
5-7 3 hours Standards and  Introduction to standards, levels of Lecture Self-Study: 4 hrs.
Specifications standards, importance, sources of
standards (various standard developing Suggested reading- ‘Chapter 14:
Standards’: Ref- 1
organizations and agencies involved in
developing, assessing, and verifying ‘Chapter 3: Understanding
product quality and performance such Standards and Specifications’’:
as ASTM, AATCC, ANSI, BSI, ISO, etc. Ref- 2
 Specifications- need, importance,
types, process of development of
specifications.
 Concept of Tolerances - limits,
maximum, minimum and zero
 Relationship among standards,
specifications and cost.
8-9 2 hours Role of  Introduction of Inspection and Testing Lecture Self-Study: 4 hrs.
Inspection and  Difference between Inspection and
Testing in Testing Suggested reading- ‘Chapter 2:
Inspection’: Ref- 1
Quality  Types of Inspection and Testing
 Understanding of Inspection and ‘Chapter 3: Textile Testing &
Inspection loop. Stages of Inspection in Product evaluation’: Ref 1
Apparel Production, Pilot run, Inline
and Final inspection for continuous
production
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
88
 Defects terminology- Critical, Major,

Minor
10-11 2 hours Inspection of  Fabric Inspection and grading. Lecture Self-Study: 6 hrs.
Raw materials Explanation of inspection
for Apparel machines/equipment, grading of fabric Suggested reading- ‘Chapter 2 :
Production  4 point & 10 point system of fabric Inspection’: Ref- 1
inspection, their relevance on quality
and cost
 Inspection of Trims- Knowledge of
technical specification of all trims and
possible defects. Sewing threads,
Embroidery threads, Interlining,
Buttons, Zippers, Rivets, Tapes, Hook
and Eye, etc.
12-13 2 hours Testing of Raw  Basic fabric tests important for apparel Lecture Self-Study: 6 hrs.
materials for end use. List of tests conducted for raw ‘Chapter 3: Textile Testing &
Apparel materials and trims. Product evaluation’: Ref 1 &
Production Visit to In house testing lab
14-16 3 hours Role of Quality  Understanding quality procedures in Lecture Self-Study: 4 hrs.
and Inspection sampling and sample development
procedures in (quality requirements in proto, fit, size Suggested reading- ‘Chapter 2 :
Sampling and set, pre-production, sealer, TOP , inspection’: Ref- 1
&
pre-production shipment samples)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
89
 Understanding quality in pre- Chapter 10: Developing

production activities- Pattern making, Standards and Specifications
Grading, Pre-production meeting and for products’: Ref- 2
pilot run.
 Understanding quality control points
during pattern making and marker
making. Understanding of Pattern
defects and marker defects.
17-21 5 hours Role of Quality  Understanding quality parameters, Lecture Self-Study: 6 hrs.
and Inspection quality check points and possible
Procedures in defects during spreading, cutting, Suggested reading-‘ Chapter
Cutting, Fusing, bundling, ticketing, fusing, sewing, 11: Inspecting Products’ &
Sewing & seaming, embroidery, printing, ironing ‘Chapter 12 : Evaluating
Finishing and pressing. products’: Ref- 2
 Documentation and record keeping of
the defects in a production line- Inline Exploration: Identification of
inspection reports, records of repairs, inline quality check points on
rejections, etc. any selected garment.
 Inspection procedures of garments
components such as necklines, collars,
cuffs, waistbands, pockets, etc.
 Key inline check points for standard
garment types such as shirt, trouser, t-
shirt and jeans
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
90
 Zoning of garments and classification of

defects
22-25 4 hours Inspection  How much to Inspect – Types of Lecture Self-Study: 5 hrs.
methods and Sampling
Sampling  Statistical sampling- sample selection, Suggested reading-
procedures in normal, reduced, tightened, single, Internship documents;
https://asq.org/quality-
Apparel double and multiple sample plans
resources/statistical-process-
Production  Application of AOQL & AQL in Apparel control
Inspection
 Inspection procedures of final Chapter-13 Sampling a Lot and
inspection and audit Developing Acceptance level,
Ref:2
26-28 3 hours Quality  Assessment of buyer manuals, Lecture Self-Study: 4 hrs.
standards of procedures, systems, defects Quality manuals of various
apparel classifications, formats, standards apparel buyers
companies followed
 How to measure of garments
Industry  Industry Visit (IV): Visit to Apparel
engagement manufacturing Unit/testing lab to
understand quality systems,
Infrastructure and facilities.
 Expert lecture (EL)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
91

 Demonstration: Practical exercises on garments for the identification of defects. How to inspect and measure a garment, formats used
in industry, etc.
 Lectures and practical exercises
 Case study : Case studies on Quality Issues in Apparel manufacturing
 Self-directed study : Reading:
 Quality and Aesthetics.pdf (or similar)
 Additional reading on Inspection of Trims
 Quality manuals of various apparel buyers
 Continuous evaluation 1: submission as report and presentation

 End term evaluation: Integrated assignment evaluation
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Indicative Assignment 1 : Indicative Assignment 2 :
30 Marks (Mid Term) 30 Marks (End Term) End Term Exam/Jury : 40 Marks
Till Unit 11 Till Unit 28
Individual assignment Students assess criticality of defects of Integrated Assignment Evaluation
Student to select a particular cluster document sourced samples and defect exploration of Pattern Making and Garment
available in the RC and select a handloom based varied trims used in garments. Defect Construction and Understanding of
product from the document to work on. The student analysis would be done keeping in mind the Apparel Quality-Sem IV
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
92
needs to prepare a detailed specification sheet for classification and zoning principles on  Purpose-To understand the
the selected product. The spec sheet should include selected apparel. process of making a garment
- the technical diagram of the product, The assessment will be as follows: from technical package to
measurements, materials used in the product and , 1. Understanding of the assignment brief - at final product and Quality
any other relevant details required for least 10 days before the submission date- analysis
manufacturing. students to meet the faculty and discuss  Main Question to be
The selected product can be some stitched product their understanding of the assignment answered- How to initiate
using handloom fabric of a particular craft cluster brief.- 1 mark garment making
and the student needs to read and understand the 2. Discussion on the product selection with from technical package to
cluster details before embarking on the product the faculty- one week before the submission patterns and construction.
specs. date- 3 marks ( the students should select a  Assessment of Quality of
OR product that is neither too complex not too the constructed garments in
Student to select a particular cluster document simple for them to detail) relation to the technical
available in the RC and select a handicraft product 3. Timely submission- 1 mark package developed.
from the document to work on. The student needs to  Submission & Presentation  Description of the
prepare a detailed specification sheet for the selected 4. Evaluation criteria for the submission & assignment-Students will
product. The spec sheet should include Presentation select a men’s trouser or
- the technical diagram of the product,  Identification of defects/ potential women’s trouser for which
measurements, materials used in the product and , defects and explanation- 10 marks they will first develop a tech
any other relevant details required for  Zoning of defects - 10 marks pack, make patterns and
manufacturing.  originality of content, understanding of construct the product. After
The selected product can be some textile based garment, references/ bibliography- 5 construction of the product,
handicraft product of a particular craft cluster and marks they will develop a check list
the student needs to read and understand the Total marks (including continuous of points which are critical to
assessment) - 30.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
93
cluster details before embarking on the product quality in the specific
specs. OR garment.
The assessment will be as follows: Students have to select any shirt product  Disciplinary grounding-
1. Understanding of the assignment brief - at least 10 (formal shirt or casual shirt) and do the Cohesive understanding of
days before the submission date- students to meet Identification of inline quality check points the linkage between a tech
the faculty and discuss their understanding of the on the selected garment. pack-patterns-construction
assignment brief.- 1 mark The assessment will be as follows: and quality
2. Discussion on the product selection with the Continuous evaluation criteria of 5 marks  Who will give inputs-Faculty
faculty- one week before the submission date- 3 would be same as above of Pattern Making, Garment
marks ( the students should select a product that is Evaluation criteria for the submission & Construction, and Quality
neither too complex not too simple for them to detail) Presentation Management
3. Timely submission- 1 mark  Identification of critical operations
Evaluation Parameters:
 Submission & Presentation from the quality aspect and
1. Content of Tech-pack - 10
4. Evaluation criteria for the submission & explanation- 10 marks
Marks
Presentation  Identification of inline quality check
2. Checklist of points critical
 Spec sheet formatting- 10 marks points and explanation - 10 marks
to quality and its
 content details - 10 marks  originality of content, understanding of
explanation -- 10 Marks
 originality of content, understanding of cluster, garment, references/ bibliography- 5
3. Documentation- 10 Marks
references/ bibliography- 5 marks marks
4. Viva- 10 Marks
 Total marks (including continuous assessment) -
30.
Individual student may be evaluated regularly based on some definite parameters:

1. Regularity and discipline in the class
2. Conceptual understanding (understanding of the content/ technical understanding)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
94
4. Collaborative skills (contribution in the task assigned/ teamwork)
5. Bridge activity performance (outcome of self-study hours)
8. Progress of the work
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
End term evaluation (Jury) Total
Mid-module assessment End-module assessment
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL

1. Managing Quality in the Apparel Mehta & Bharadwaj New Age International
Industry
2. Quality Assurance for Textiles and Sara J. Kadolph Fairchild Books and Visuals
Apparel
3. Evaluating Apparel Quality Anita A. Stamper, Sue Sharp, Fairchild Books and Visuals
Linda B. Donnell
4. Juran’s Quality Control Handbook J.M. Juran & Frank M. Gryna Mc Graw Hill
5. Quality Manuals of various buyers - -
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
95
6. Apparel Quality: A guide to evaluating Janace E. Bubonia Fairchild Books
Sewn Products
7. Apparel Quality Lab Janace E. Bubonia Fairchild Books
8. Quality Characterization of Apparel Dr. Subrata Das Woodhead Publication India
9. Fundamentals of Quality Control and Amitava Mitra Wiley publication

Improvement , 4th Edition
 Class room, Projector, testing lab

 Faculty Advisor: Prof (Dr.) Archana Gandhi, NIFT Delhi &
Prof (Dr.) Divya Satyan, NIFT Chennai
 Subject Anchor: Ms. Shipra Sharma, Associate Professor, NIFT Kangra
 Subject Co-Anchor: Ms. Nupur Chopra, Assistant Professor, NIFT Gandhinagar
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
96
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 6
Practical -
84
Pattern Making & Garment Construction III Tutorial -
BFT405M 7 Major
(Formal Shirt) Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 To enable students to understand the fit and control points of Shirt.
 To enable students to understand the fit control points in Bifurcated Garments.
 To understand scientific way of manipulating patterns to achieve the desired style lines
 To understand standard construction techniques in assembling Men’s / Women’s Shirt.
 To understand standard construction techniques in assembling of Men’s/Women’s bifurcated garments.
LEARNING OUTCOME OF THE SUBJECT

Knowledge
 Students will be able to identify, choose and apply the best industrial practices to produce a formal shirt and a bifurcated garment
with appropriate seams and stitches.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
97
 They will learn how to develop the patterns of a formal shirt and a bifurcated garment and how to construct the same with best
industrial practices.
 They will be able to explain the function of suitable sewing machines and deskilling devices to achieve quality and higher
productivity to manufacture the above garments.
Skill:
 Students will be able to make the patterns of formal shirt, a bifurcated garment and their variations.
 They will also be able to construct the same to achieve desired fit and finishes.
 They will be able to run suitable sewing machines and use deskilling devices to develop quality garments with higher productivity.
Synthesis
 Students will be able to appraise the techniques of manufacturing a shirt and a bifurcated garment from a specification sheet with
best practices in terms of pattern making, operation breakdown and garment assembling to achieve quality garment.
Content:
Session Hours Topic / Details Suggested Self-Study
Content Pedagogy
1-21 21 Introduction to  Introduction and analysis of formal shirt Lecture and Self-Study : 6 Hours
Shirt to understand the manufacturing process demonstrations
 Construction of different sleeve placket Practical Classes Read about Shirt from Pattern
like continuous, square /diamond, and Making for Fashion Design by
continuous diamond using deskilling Helen Joseph Armstrong:
device. Chapter no. 6, pg. no. 471 to
492
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
98
 Construction of cuff like Basic, French,

Roll up using deskilling device. Complete all the placket,
 Introduction to different shirt placket, pocket and cuffs
pocket and construction techniques using demonstrated in Class
deskilling devices.
22-36 15 Men’s formal  Developing a Men’s formal shirt Pattern Lecture and Self-Study: 6 Hours
shirt Pattern and constructing the same with industrial demonstrations
techniques and standards. Practical Classes Complete the pattern making
and construction of shirt
Assignment 1 Develop a Men’s formal Shirt pattern and Self-Study: 6 Hours
construct the same with measurement chart Complete the pattern making
from the industry. and construction of shirt
Or
Develop a Men’s formal Shirt pattern and
construct the same with body measurements.
Visit  Industrial Visit / Market Visit
37-42 6 Introduction  Understanding bifurcated garments ‐ Lecture Self-Study: 3 Hours

to Bifurcated concept of crotch level, extensions and
Garment: crotch point Read about Pant from Pattern
 Terminology of bifurcated garments Making for Fashion Design by
Helen Joseph Armstrong:
Chapter 7, pg no. 762 to 765
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
99
 Importance and relevance of various

parameters controlling the fit and fall of
trouser ‐ body rise /back seat angle /
bottom hem /waist shaping /out seam
shaping /inseam shaping etc.
 Various leg line variations ‐ flared pants
/baggy fit / culottes /pedal pushers
/shorts / Capri etc.
43-48 6 Fly and  Concept of fly, waistband, Waistband Lecture and Self-Study: 3 Hours
Waistband extension and bottom hem variations demonstrations
 Construction of Different types of waist Practical Classes Read about Waist band and
band and waist band finishes. Pant variation from Pattern
Making for Fashion Design by
49-54 6 Pockets  Various kinds of pockets – Side Pockets & Lecture and Self-Study: 3
Back welt pocket (Single/Double), pocket demonstrations
bags and jet pieces: Development of Practical Classes Read about different types of
pattern and construction. pockets from Pattern Making
for Fashion Design by
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
100
55-60 6 Assignment 2 Developing Basic Trouser Block and Muslin Fit Self-Study: 3 Hours
with measurement chart from the industry. Complete pending work
Or
Developing Basic Trouser Block and Muslin Fit
with body measurements
61-69 9 Overall and  Learn to generate the pattern of overall Lecture and Self-Study: 5 Hours
Jump suit and jump suit from the concept of shirt, demonstrations
bodice, trouser and torso. Practical Classes Read about Jumpsuit
 Bibs and Straps Foundation from Pattern
Making for Fashion Design by
Chapter 8; pg no. 780 to 784
70-84 15 Term Garment  Developing a pattern of any Bifurcated Lecture and Self-Study: 7 Hours
garment from a Specification sheet and demonstrations Mentoring: 7 Hours
construction of the developed pattern Practical Classes Develop patterns for end term
with industrial techniques and standards. garment
Or
 Developing pattern of dungaree
(Selection of design to be done from
magazine and approved by the concerned
faculty) and construction of the
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
101
developed pattern with industrial
techniques and standards.
End Term  End Term Evaluation of Term Garment
Total Contact Hours (Practical): 84

hours
Self-Study: 42 hours

 Presentations
 Assignments
 Patterns
 Samples
 Test Fits
 Prototype
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
102
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Assignment 1 : 30 Marks Assignment 2 : 30 Marks End Term Jury : 40 Marks

(Mid Term) (End Term) (Integrated with UAQ)
Men’s formal Shirt pattern with Developing Basic Trouser Block and Muslin Integrated assignment with UAQ (Understanding
constructed sample. Fit with measurement chart from the Apparel Quality)
3. Pattern Making: 15 Marks industry.
c) Pattern Quality: 10 Students will create a design sheet for Men’s trouser for
d) Markings on Pattern:5 1. Pattern Making: 15 Marks which they will first develop a measurement technical
4. Garment Construction: 15 a) Pattern Quality: 10
sheet. They will make the patterns from the same and
Marks b) Markings on Pattern:5
c) Construction Quality: 10 2. Garment Construction: 15 Marks construct the garment. They will develop a check list of
d) On Time completion : 5 a) Construction Quality: 10 points which are critical to quality in the specific garment
Or b) On Time completion: 5 and asses the created garment on the created quality
Or
Develop a Men’s formal Shirt parameters.
Developing Basic Trouser Block and Muslin
pattern and construct the same Evaluation Criteria for PM & GC part
Fit with body measurements
with body measurements.
1. Pattern Making: 15 Marks a) Pattern Quality: 10
a) Pattern Quality: 10 b) Markings on Pattern:5
b) Markings on Pattern:5 c) Viva-Voce: 5
b) Markings on Pattern:5
2. Garment Construction: 15 2. Garment Construction: 20 Marks
Marks a) Construction Quality: 10
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
103
a) Construction Quality: 10 a) Construction Quality: 10 b) On Time completion: 5
b) On Time completion : 5 b) On Time completion: c) Viva-Voce: 5
Students will create a design sheet for dungaree for
which they will first develop a measurement technical
sheet. They will make the patterns from the same and
construct the garment. They will develop a check list of
points which are critical to quality in the specific garment
and asses the created garment on the created quality
parameters
Evaluation Criteria for PM & GC part
b) Markings on Pattern:5
c) Viva-Voce: 5
a) Construction Quality: 10
b) On Time completion: 5 Marks
c) Viva-Voce: 5
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
104
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100

1 Pattern Making for Fashion Helen Joseph Delhi; Pearson Education;
Design Armstrong 2009
2 Metric Pattern Cutting Winifred Aldrich New Delhi;Om Book
Service;2005
REFERENCE MATERIALS for Faculty

1 Pattern Making for Fashion Design Helen Joseph Armstrong Delhi; Pearson Education; 2009
2 Metric Pattern Cutting Winifred Aldrich New Delhi;Om Book Service;2005
3 Metric Pattern Cutting for Menswear Winifred Aldrich Blackwell Science Ltd., London,1999
4 How to Draft Basic Patterns Kopp, Ralfo, Zelin&LGross Fairchild Publication, NY;1991
5 Pattern Cutting and Making up‐ The Martin Shoben& Janet Ward Butterworth Heinmann, Oxford;1995
Professional Approach
6 Modern Sizing for Women’s and P.Kunick Philip Kunick Publication, London
Children’s Garments
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
105
7 Designing Pattern‐ A Fresh Approach Hillary Campbell New Delhi;Om Book Servie;2004
to Pattern Cutting
8 Dress Fitting Natalie Bray Blackwell Science Ltd., London;1994
9 Dress Pattern Designing Natalie Bray Blackwell Science Ltd , London;1994
10 More Dress Pattern Designing Natalie Bray Blackwell Science Ltd., London;1986
11 Sewing for the Apparel Industry Claire Shaeffer New Jersey;Prentice Hall, 2001
12 Sewing & Knitting Reader’s Digest (Australia) Pty Ltd, 1993 Edition.
13 Creative Clothing Construction Allyne Bane Mcgrawhill, 1966
14 Apparel Manufacturing Handbook Jacob Solinger USA;Bobbin Media Corp;1988
15 Clothing Technologies for Fiber to Europa Lehrmittel Nourney;Verlag-Lehrmittel;1999
Fashion
16 Federal Standard FED‐STD‐
751A,1983
INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENTS
 Pattern Making and Garment Construction Lab
 Dress forms
 4 Needle Placket Machine – 2 pc
 Top Center Plait Hemmer – 2 pc
 Imitation Folder – 2 pc
 Top Center Plait Binder – 2 pc
 Plait Folder with Interlining – 2 pc
 Single Needle Shoulder Top Stitch Attachment – 10 pc
 Sleeve Placket Binder – 10 pc
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
106
 Openable Top Swing Hemmer – 10 pc
 Continuous Type Down Turn Elastic Hemmer - with Sting – 2 pc
 Belt Loop Folder – 1 pc
 Teflon Presser Foot – 5 pc
 Pocket Hemmer for SNLS – 10 pc
 Pocket Hemmer for DNLS – 10 pc
 Blind Stitch Hemming Folder – 2 pc
 Pattern Making and Garment Construction Kit

 Subject Co-Anchor: Ms. Shweta Jain, Asso. Professor, NIFT Bengaluru
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
107
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Tutorial -
BFT401MF Retail Technology Management 2 Major-Floating
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
 Acquire knowledge and skills: Identify, interpret and evaluate information sources related to consumer marketing with the emphasis on
the use of information technologies.
 Provide opportunities: to face emerging technology challenges in current retail space.
 Develop Ability: to understand and appreciate the evolving technology landscape with respect to consumer needs and apply theoretical
concepts to real-life situations.
Knowledge
 Student will be able to identify and describe various aspects of retail functioning in context to store management
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
108
Skill
 Analytical Skills- Students will be able to analyze different aspects of in store merchandising like visual merchandising with emphasis on
Fashion
 Technical Skills: Students will be able to apply Planning tools for Inventory Management and CRM in context to retail management
 Hands- on Skills- Student would be able to make Store layouts
Synthesis
 Conceptually Students will be able to understand strategies related to Retail Management and its implication is fashion business
 Contextually Students will be able to apply strategies of retail management in context to logistic, inventory and store management in
Fashion retail
CONTENT

Introduction to Retailing – Global and Concepts and Terminologies
Indian Perspective  History
 Evolution
 Facts  Direct Teaching
1-2 2  Figures
 Industry Trends  Classroom discussion
 Challenges
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
109
Retail ownerships and Formats Retailer Characteristics,
Types of Retailers –
 Direct Teaching
Food, General
3-4 2
Merchandise, Non-store
 Classroom discussion
Types of Ownership
Current Trends and Success Stories  e-retailing,

5-6 2  Rural Retailing  Case
 Airport Retailing
Strategic Retail Planning Retail Strategy &  Direct Teaching
7-8 2 Elements of Retail Mix
Ethical and Legal Considerations in Retail Laws
9-12 4
Retailing – Indian Perspective  Industry expert Lecture
Retail Technologies for Seamless Retail Front-end Management
 Apps and Mobile Wallet cards
 Alternative checkout methods
 Internet of things (IoT)
 E-commerce anti-fraud tools  Presentation
13-14 2
 Blockchain and bitcoin /Demonstration/discussi
 Virtual/Digital assistants on by Industry expert
 Visual search technology
 Chatbots (artificial intelligence)
Retail Software  Point of Sale

how technology (e.g., customer  Supply Chain  Presentation
15-16 2
databases, integrated systems, and  Warehousing /Demonstration/discussi
buying and sales  Inventory Management on by Industry expert
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
110
forecasting systems) is used to support  Visual Merchandising and Store
retail businesses Planning
Store Management Responsibilities, Recruiting, Motivating,
 Direct Teaching
Evaluating store employees, Controlling
17-18 2
of cost and inventory
Store location and Display visual merchandising, store layouts and  Direct Teaching
19-20 2 presentation
location Strategy  Classroom discussion
Retail Customer management Different customer service
 Direct Teaching
strategies that can be used to improve
21-22 2
the consumer experience
Retail Operations and Inventory flow of goods and services in a retail
 Direct Teaching
Management environment- inventory control, supply
23-26 4
chain and risk management
Introduction to e-commerce Concepts and Terminologies
27-28 2

CP-DFT
02.02.2020
111
 Set projects, external or simulated briefs
 Presentations
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Two evaluation point Briefings, lectures, tutorials s during the semester and End term exam.
Mid-Term/Mid-Module Assessment
 Indicative Assignment
1. Research on Elements of Retail mix for an existing Retail Brand. OR
2. Case study presentation of Retail mix for an existing Retail Brand.
Assignment Type: Classroom Presentation
End-Term/End-Module Assessment
 Indicative Assignment
1. Research on New Retail Technologies and their impact on Retail business OR

2. Success and failure case study related to New retail technologies
 Assignment Type
Document and Presentation
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
112
End Term Evaluation
Jury: Broad Framework
1. Develop Retail Mix for an innovative product /service OR
2. Develop framework of new technology for retail
EVALUATION CRITERIA
 Demonstration of conceptual clarity
 Ability to apply in multiple real life scenarios
 Clarity of expression
 Innovativeness of the project
 Relevance to the contextual issue
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL For Students and faculty separately
 Levy, M., & Weitz, B. A. (2007). Retailing management. Boston, MA, McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
 Berman, B., & Evans, J. R. (1986). Retail management: a strategic approach. New York, Macmillan.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
113
 Equipped Classroom with Projector and White Board and Computer Labs with requisite softwares for demonstration.

 Faculty Advisor: Dr. Archana Gandhi, Professor, NIFT Delhi
 Subject Anchor: Dr. Sushil Raturi, Professor, NIFT Mumbai
 Subject Co-Anchor: Ms. Lipi Choudhary, Asst. Professor, NIFT Mumbai
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
114
Semester-V
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
115
SEMESTER - V

Code Week Study
Apparel Production Planning &
Sem. V M BFT501M Ms. Ettishri Rajput 6 3 7
Control
Sem. V M BFT502M Maintenance Management Prof. (Dr.) K. Ram Mohan 2 - 2
Sem. V M BFT503M Apparel Quality Management Prof. (Dr.) Divya Satyan 2 - 2
Prof. (Dr.) Angammal
Sem. V M BFT504M Introduction to Internet of Things 2 - 2
Santhi
Sem. V IDM Interdisciplinary Minor 3 - 3
Sem. V GE General Electives 5 - 5
M 1
Sem. V BFT505M Craft Cluster Study - 2
Week
Sem. V M BFT506M Textile Internship 2 Weeks - 2
Sem. V F BFT501MF Corporate Social Responsibility Prof. (Dr.) Divya Satyan 2 - 2
Sem. V DS BFT501DS1 Methods Time Measurement Prof. (Dr.) Prabir Jana 3 3 4
Sem. V DS BFT502DS1 Mechatronics Dr. Deepak Panghal 2 3 3
Sem. V DS BFT503DS2 Principles of Web Development Prof. (Dr.) Sudha Bindra 2 3 3
Sem. V DS BFT504DS2 Lean management Prof. (Dr.) Divya Satyan 3 3 4
Sem. V DS BFT505DS3 Anthropometry and Sizing Prof. (Dr.) Noopur Anand 3 3 4
Pattern Making & Garment
Sem. V DS BFT506DS3 Ms. Sharmila Sure 2 3 3
Construction for Loungewear
Total 25 9 32
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
116
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks) *
Lecture 3
Practical 3
84
Apparel Production Planning and Tutorial -
BFT501M 7 Major Core
Control
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
1. To understand the production planning functions ensuring optimum resource utilization in apparel manufacturing;
2. To learn Planning and Control using simulation exercises in the class room;
3. To apply the learnings in the practical industry environment in context of mass manufacturing of apparel;
4. To understand ergonomic principles, applications and factors in workplace;
5. To identify the causes of injuries and how to apply ergonomics principles to modify existing work areas, design new facilities,
and select and design equipment and tools.
Knowledge:
1. Basic understanding of fundamentals of production planning & control in context of mass manufacturing of apparel.
2. Basic understanding of Ergonomic principles, tools and techniques in context of apparel manufacturing
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
117
3. Sensitization towards Ergonomics and its applications in the work environment.
4. Learning the principles of ergonomics to create safer and productive work practices.
Skill:
1. Evaluate and plan capacity of the resources and its allocation ensuring optimum utilization.
2. Ability to perform Computer Aided Production Planning with practical constraints like operator skill availability, absenteeism,
machine breakdown etc.
3. Ability to assess a practical work environment on ergonomic aspects.
Synthesis:
1. Ability to apply the process planning & control in real apparel manufacturing environment ensuring resource optimization.
2. Designing an Ergonomic work-place in the practical environment.
CONTENT
Session Pedagogy and
Hours Topic/Content Details Self-Study
No. Duration (Hours)
1-2 2 Overview of Introduction to Process planning, its key Lecture Study
Apparel components Case/Article/Paper/Boo
Production Role and importance of production planning in k chapter highlighting
Planning and
Apparel manufacturing necessity of production
Control
Components of Planning Activities: Analysing, planning in Apparel
Forecasting, Planning & Scheduling and Control, Industry (1.0 hr.)
stages of production planning & control
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
118
3-4 2 Production Production control systems Lecture Study Feedback and
Control System Requirement of a control system feedforward controls
Impact of production planning on profitability of (1.0 hours)
an organization.
5-6 2 Factors Type of Manufacturing, Degree of complexities Lecture Study
Responsible for in the product, skills availability, absenteeism Case/Article/Paper/Boo
desired output k chapter highlighting
differences between
Continuous Production
system, Batch
Production, Job Shop
Production (1.0 hrs.)
7-10 4 Basic Apparel Production, Productivity, Capacity, Capacity Lecture & Report on suitability of
Manufacturing Utilization, Capacity Gap, Efficiency, Practical Exercise different production
Terms and Performance, Rating, Lead Time, WIP, (bas) systems in apparel
Definitions
Throughput time, effect of WIP on Throughput, manufacturing with
Pitch time, Takt time`, ON Standard, Off respect to the
Standard, Available time, Standard Time and parameters studied and
Work Content, (SAM/SMV) practical exercise
conducted (Individual
report) (2.0 hours)
11-13 3 Capacity Study Understanding Capacity, Line capacity, Lecture Study and discuss the
section/Factory capacity, Factoring capacity for relevance of short term,
attendance and efficiency mid-term, long term
demand forecasting for
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
119
ascertaining capacity
requirements (1.0
hours)
14 1 Order Analysis Analysing order, order size, specifications of the Lecture
product, and specifications of raw materials,
production equipment and tools, personnel
involved, backward planning, forward planning.
15-16 2 Operation Understanding Operation Breakdown, Lecture & Operation Breakdown
Breakdown Independent and dependent processes, Flow Practical Exercise of apparel item pre-
Diagrams approved by subject
faculty 2.0 hours
17-20 4 Requirements Determining Machine/equipment, Manpower, Lecture & Work on Production
Calculation Floater requirement, Pitch time Practical Exercise planning exercise given
by faculty (2 hours)
21-24 4 Line Balancing Machine determination based on standard time Lecture & Study the importance of
values Practical Exercise work-aids for improving
Calculating Target production values in a given productivity (discussion
time
Intrinsic and dynamic line balancing, and its to have inputs from
applications in different situations practical exercises
Man-power allocation as per skill matrix and its conducted on apparel
utilization production planning)
Managing WIP and consistent flow through (3.0 hours)
bottleneck management.
Concepts and Exercises
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
120
25-28 4 Push Vs. Pull Pennsville plant game exercise / any other Lecture, Practical
Production suitable game/exercise to give practical exposure Exercise &
system on Push Vs. Pull production system Discussion on the
Subject faculty member is suggested to explore
other exercises/games suitable to execute the learnings of the
line balancing concepts. exercise
conducted
29-33 5 Style Change Time loss in style variation environment, control Lecture & Study the new
Over analysis parameters Practical Exercise technologies that
Run-down time, Set-up time, Learning curve & enable Quick
Build-up pattern
Changeover (2.0 hours)
34-35 2 Product Dealing with alterations, Production control Lecture Study the evolution of
Specification point selection, Quantity Vs. Quality, Quantity quality control, quality
Analysis and Vs. Quality assurance and Total
style allocation
to line Quality management
and their relevance in
improving productivity
(2 hours)
36-38 3 Assignment 1 Individual Student to be given exercise on Practical Exercise
A. Cutting room capacity planning (Marks 15)
1. Capacity calculation
2. Preparation of cutting schedule
or
A. Productivity calculations( 15 marks)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
121
1. Single factor productivity calculations
2. Multi factor productivity calculations
B. Sewing room Planning (using MS Excel

simulation). The template for MS Excel simulation
to be provided by the subject faculty with the
guidelines. (Marks 15)
Evaluation Criteria
1. Total Production
2. Maintaining consistent WPI throughout
the line
3. Operator Utilization%
4. Efficiency Percentage
5. Ability to balance the line within the time
frame.
or
B. Select a sub section or parts section in a
garment manufacturing factory and source the
operation sequence along with SAM and skill
matrix. Attempt to balance the line for a given
target of production (15 marks)
39-59 21 Computer Students to explore the Production Planning Lecture & Faculty to provide self-
Aided using available software solution (With available Practical Exercise; study topics to students
modules in Fast React, using tools for production Discussion on 9 based on the practical
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
122
Production planning, resource planning, Start-up allowances hours of Self work done (3+3+3=9
Planning and learning curve, Balancing work load, Critical Study hours of self-study)
path analysis, open system for testing and
experimentation) where they need to apply the
concepts learned during the course.
Students to execute the orders ensuring on-time
delivery at an optimized cost.
Students to practice the Computer Aided
Production planning in Self-study Hours.
60-61 2 Introduction to  Introduction of Ergonomics Lecture

Ergonomics -Brief history and evolution
- Applications of Ergonomics
 Brief recap on learnings of previous
semester subject (Anthropometry and
Ergonomics)
Discussion on interactions between Human –

Machine – Environment in context of Ergonomics
62-64 3 Ergonomics in  Importance and scope of Ergonomics Lecture &
daily life  Importance of Ergonomics in our life Practical Exercise
 Basics of Ergonomics
• Awkward Postures, Chair, Computer
workstations (key board, Mouse,
Monitor), Sewing machines, Mobile
Phone, Bicycle, Cars, Currency, ATMs,
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
123
Kitchen, any other common product,
Tools, equipment etc.
Discussion on pros and cons in design of the

given products in Ergonomic aspects
65-67 3 Work-related  Types and causes of injuries and illnesses Lecture & Conduct postural
Musculoskeletal  Work-related Musculoskeletal Disorders Practical Exercise, analysis on real subjects
Disorders (MSD) Case Study to in the vicinity using
(MSD) read and discuss various ergonomic tools
Posture analysis – Right and Wrong Postures
Risk factors (2.0 hours)
which lead to
MSD
68-69 2 OSHA - General Duty Clause Lecture, Study the Indian
regulations - Applies to unregulated hazards Discussion of legislative scenario on
- Failure to keep a hazard free workplace Postural analysis Muscular Skeletal
- Hazard recognized by employer or employer’s conducted Disorders (1.0 Hours)
industry
- Hazard causing death or serious harm
1. - Methods existing to reduce these
harms
70-73 4 Ergonomic Risk  Ergonomic Risk factors (to be linked with Lecture & Choose any
factors the Vulnerability and Risk Assessment Practical Exercise industry/craft/workstati
using RULA, REBA and OWAS learned in on etc. and perform an
the previous semester) ergonomic review of the
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
124
 Risk Factors same based on the

- Environmental Factors parameters studied (5
- Activity Factors hours)
- Psychosocial Issues
 Environmental Factors
o Heat
o Cold
o Lighting
o Noise
o Vibration
o Eye Strain
 Activity Factors
o Static or awkward postures
o Varicose veins, back stress, pooling
of blood, etc.
o Weight/load
o Improper gripping
o Contact stresses
o Improper lifting. lowering,
carrying
o Force/exertion
o Repetitive motion
o Magnitude/size
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
125
o Duration
 Psychosocial Issues
o Job Dissatisfaction (friction with
supervisor or fellow employees)
o Depression/Anxiety, home
problems, psychological “distress”
o Intensified work load, work
pressure, fatigue, rotating Shifts,
Increased physical pain from stress with muscle

74-77 4 Statistics in  Statistical tools used in designing Lecture & Analyze the results of
Ergonomics Ergonomic products Practical Exercise the practical exercise
 Measures of Central Tendency, Measures conducted in the
of dispersion, Coefficient of variation, previous self-study with
Percentiles etc. respect to measures of
 Concept of Normal Distribution central tendency,
 Data collection techniques and Advanced dispersion, and
ergonomics analysis tools develop/Suggest
 Determining the product dimensions from improvements in the
body data Industry/Craft/Workstat
 Developing and proofing solutions ion studied (5 hours)
 Presenting analysis and recommendation
to management
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
126
78-81 4 Designing and  Ergonomic domains Lecture & Study any apparel
Ergonomic • Workplace design Practical Exercise, industry workstation
solution - Design for the extremes Case Study to and suggest solutions
- Design for the average read and discuss (design changes/work
- Design with adjustability schedule changes/Job
• Task design design changes/etc.) for
- Work smarter – not harder inclusive design/for
- What tasks are being performed improvement of
- Who is performing the tasks productivity or both (3.0
• Equipment design hours)
- Fit man to the task Vs. Fit task to
the man
82-84 3 Assignment 2 Part 1 (Compulsory) (Marks 15): Student will be

given brief of hypothetical company. Each student
supposed to setup the factory, create 40 orders
and show planning of the orders in the planning
board with all status reports for a given order.
Evaluation Criteria
1. Standard time allocation and calendar
making
2. Order loading in the lines ensuring on time
delivery
3. Learning Curve
4. Report generation
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
127
Part II (Marks 15): Assignment on
Ergonomic redesigning of the apparel or
craft workstation (based on ergonomics
principles)
Industry 1. Industry visit (IV) to a garment 6.0 Hrs. Industry Visit Report to
Engagement manufacturing unit. be submitted by
2. While on Industry visit (as indicated in students (Individual)
Point 1), a practical exercise on the shop-
floor Operation Breakdown and Line
balancing exercise to be conducted on
shop-floor without affecting the day-to-
day activities of the factory. Students (in
group) to compare theoretical line
balance (for a given style being produced
in lines) to the practical line balance. The
points (deviations in theoretical and
practical line balance) to be discussed
(under guidance of faculty accompanying)
for improved understanding.
3. Expert lecture by a production planner
(Sr. Planner with experience of minimum
4 years, Production Planning Head or
GM-Planning) from a mass-
manufacturing (may be conducted on
VC/Skype as well)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
128
4. The exercise under Industry Engagement
may be taken up as per centre specific
logistics and may be decided by the
subject faculty. It is mandatory to
undertake at least one activity.
LEARNING AND TEACHING METHODS:

1. Lecture
2. Case-study
3. Simulation
4. Games and exercises
5. Computer-aided tools
NATURE OF ASSIGNMENTS:
Assignment 1: 30 Marks Assignment 2: 30 Marks End Term Exam: 40 Marks
Individual Student to be given exercise on Part 1 (Compulsory) (Marks 15): Student will Written Exam – Based on the
A. Cutting room capacity planning (Marks 15) be given brief of hypothetical company. Each Conceptual understanding and
3. Capacity calculation student creates setup of the factory; create 40 exercises conducted during the
4. Preparation of cutting schedule orders and shows planning of the orders in the course. (40 Marks)
OR planning board with all status reports for a
A. Productivity calculations( 15 marks) given order. Weightage
1. Single factor productivity calculations Evaluation Criteria APPC – 20 Marks
2. Multi factor productivity calculations 1. Standard time allocation and calendar Ergonomics – 20 Marks
making
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
129
B. Sewing room Planning (using MS Excel 2. Order loading in the lines ensuring on
simulation). The template for MS Excel time delivery
simulation to be provided by the subject faculty 3. Learning Curve
with the guidelines. (Marks 15) 4. Report generation
Evaluation Criteria Part II (Marks 15): Assignment on Ergonomic
1. Total Production redesigning of the apparel or craft
2. Maintaining consistent WPI throughout workstation (based on ergonomics principles)
the line OR
3. Operator Utilization% Assignment on Ergonomic redesigning of the
4. Efficiency Percentage tools/equipment used in Apparel, Craft or
5. Ability to balance the line within the Textile industry work stations (based on
time frame. ergonomics principles)
OR
B. Select a sub section or parts section in a
garment manufacturing factory and source the
operation sequence along with SAM and skill
matrix. Attempt to balance the line for a given
target of production (15 marks)
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term End-Term End Term Evaluation (Written

Total
Assessment-1 Assessment-2 Exam)
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
130
REFERENCE MATERIAL:
1. Introduction to Clothing Manufacture, A J Chuter

2. Apparel Manufacturing Sewn Products Analysis, Ruth E. Glock & Grace I. Kuntz
3. Production planning and control by Stephen Chapman
4. Industrial Engineering in Apparel Manufacturing – Practitioners Handbook (ISBN: 978-81-932472-0-4) by Dr. Prabir Jana and Dr. Manoj
Tiwari
5. Fast React Software User Manual and Tutorial
6. Apparel Manufacturing Hand book by Jacob Solinger
7. Hand outs by Prof. Prabir Jana
8. Anthropometry: the individual and the population (Cambridge Studies in Biological Anthropology 14) by G.W. Lasker, C.G.N. Mascie-
Taylor, D.F. Roberts and R.A. Foley
9. Body space - Anthropometry, Ergonomics and the Design of the Work by Stephen Pheasant, Second Edition (1996) by Taylor & Francis
10. Fitting the task to the human by Grandjean & Kroemer
11. Ergonomics for Beginners by Jan Dul and B. Weerdmeester
12. Indian Anthropometric Dimensions by Chakrabarty Debkumar
13. Introduction of Ergonomics – Bridger- Tata McGraw Hill-1995.
INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENT:
 Classroom
 Computer lab with Fast react Software
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
131
 Pens (40 pens) with at least six components to conduct Pennsville plant game exercise
 Class room exercises/simulations on line balancing

Subject Advisor: Prof. (Dr.) Prabir Jana, NIFT Delhi,
Prof (Dr.) Ajit Kumar Khare and
Prof. (Dr.) Pavan Godiawala, Professor, NIFT Mumbai
Subject Anchor: Ms. Ettishri Rajput, Asst. Professor, NIFT Gandhinagar
Faculty Team: Prof. (Dr.) Samuel Wesley, NIFT Chennai
Dr. Manoj Tiwari, Asso. Professor, NIFT Jodhpur
Mr. Saurabh Chaturvedi, Asso. Professor, NIFT Kangra
Ms. Renjini. G., Asst. Professor, NIFT Bengaluru
Mr. Gangadhar Malik, Asst. Professor, NIFT Bhubneshwar
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
132
Hours/
Hours/
Subject Code Name of Subject Sessions Semester Credits Subject Type
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Tutorial -
BFT502M Maintenance Management 2 Major
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
 To provide Knowledge of Maintenance Activities for an apparel Industry
 To provide understanding of various maintenance systems
 Understanding relationship between production, quality, machine life, prevention of breakdowns and maintenance costs

Knowledge
 Understand Maintenance management concepts
 Planning and implementation of Maintenance activity
 Costing aspects of maintenance activity
Skill
 Skill of preparing maintenance schedules
 Deal with maintenance emergencies
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
133
Synthesis
 To integrate systems of maintenance Production, quality etc.,
CONTENT
Session Hours Topic Detailing Suggested
No. Pedagogy
- Objectives, Importance and responsibilities of
Maintenance Management
Introduction to - Need for Maintenance Management
1-3 3 hours Maintenance - Systems approach to Maintenance Management. Lecture
Management - Strategies & options of MM,
- Maintenance Information System
- Activities, duties and functions of department

- Organization structure of Maintenance Department
Functioning of - Preparation of Schedules for plant maintenance,
4-6 3 hours maintenance Preventive maintenance, shutdown maintenance, etc., Lecture
department - Preparation of machine history cards.
- Develop Maintenance SOP
- Some Case Studies
- Detailed discussion on Different types of Maintenance

systems like, Breakdown, Scheduled, Preventive,
Types/Systems of Corrective, Condition Based monitoring etc.,
7-9 3 hours Lecture
Maintenance - Preparation of above maintenance schedules for
various machines in RMG
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
134
- Introduction & need for reliability in Maintenance of
RMG Industry
- Quality, reliability and maintainability.
- MTBF, Failure rate, Availability, MTTF, Maintainability
etc.,
10 - 12 3 hours Reliability - Concept of systems reliability – Series and Parallel Lecture
configurations
- Simple numerical problems on series and parallel
configurations, MTBF,MTTF, Availability etc.,
- Factors effecting maintainability.
- Failure of machines/down time of machines on

account of distortion, overload, fatigue, wear & tear,
13 - 15 3 hours Failure Analysis corrosion, fracture and elevated temperature. Lecture
- Failure analysis as preventive measure for sewing
machines
- Cost of maintenance, cost of repairs, Life cycle costing,

- Maintenance budgeting
- Decision making on Repair v/s Replacement.
Replacement - Decision on scheduled discarding of sewing machines.
16 - 18 3 hours Lecture
Analysis - Simple numerical problems on replacement analysis,
restoration, repair and retrofitting.
- Introduction, Definition and objectives

Total Productive - Procedure/steps in implementing TPM
19 - 20 2 hours - Implementing of TPM in RMG Lecture
Maintenance
- Some Case studies
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
135
- Tribology practices, Indigenous substitutes for
imported spares, Reconditioning
21 - 22 2 hours Tero Technology - Preparation of Lubrication charts/schedules for Lecture
machinery in RMG
- Introduction to Maintenance Audit, Purpose &

procedure
- Application of Quality Circles, Kaizen, TQM etc., in
maintenance functions
- Spare part management
General - Training and Development of Maintenance Personnel
23 - 28 6 hours Management of - Fire &Safety engineering aspects with maintenance Lecture
Maintenance management
- Performance indicators of maintenance function
- Computer Aided Maintenance management
- Application of Industrial Engineering Techniques in
Maintenance
- Advanced and Recent Trends

 Lectures
 Videos on Maintenance of various sewing machines and other garment Production machinery.
 Demonstration SPME lab
 Industry visit
 Review of technical papers
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
136
Continuous assessment 1 : 30 Marks Continuous assessment 2 : 30 Marks End Term Jury: 40 Marks
(Mid Term) (End Term) (Integrated with IOT)
1. Preparation of Preventive 1. Group Presentation in Class on Study of 1. Using IoT sensors, Arduino and
maintenance Schedules of various Maintenance Department of a Garment factory. ThinkSpeak / C Programming /
Garment Production Machinery (SNLS, The study may include: Python, collect data about
Band Knife Cutting machine, Boiler,  Company Profile, Capacity Unscheduled downtime of different
Continuous Bed Fusing Machine, Feed  Maintenance Objectives , Maintenance Policy machines (may be 2/3 machines).
Off the Arm Machine, Over Locking  Maintenance Organization Structure Using this, calculate “Availability”
machine etc.)  Maintenance work Planning and control using the formula Availability =
 Critical Incidents / Challenges faced Uptime / (Uptime + Downtime).
OR  Cost saving ideas in maintenance
 Kaizen, Autonomous Maintenance OR
2. Review of a Journal paper on topics Techniques
related to different types of  Maintenance Tools and Workshop availability 2. Prepare a proposal for Maintenance
maintenance systems, Reliability,  OPLs (One Point Lessons) Model based on Condition
failure mode analysis or Sustainable/ Monitoring where the concept is
 Collect hardcopy or soft copies of
Green Approaches applied in Apparel Manufacturing
maintenance Charts
with help of IoT. Document
 Gap Analysis
Submission and PPT Presentation.
 Your Suggestions to improve the Existing
system
OR
2. Class test covering topics from session No. 15
onwards
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
137
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Indicative matrix for Continuous Evaluation (For Reference purpose only)
Sr. No. Evaluation Parameters Max. Weightage/

Marks
1. Extent of Review of literature 30 %
2. Quality of work/Document/ Report 20 %
3. Presentation/understanding of concept 30 %
4. Discipline in the class and on time completion 20 %
Total 100 %
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 Marks 30 Marks 40 Marks 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL (for faculty and students)

S. No Title Author Publisher
1 Maintenance Engineering and Management R.C. Mishra and K. Pathak PHI learning Pvt Ltd, Newdelhi
2 Industrial Maintenance H. P. Garg S.Chand & co
Newdelhi
3 Maintenance Engineering and Management R.Venkataraman PHI learning Pvt Ltd, Newdelhi
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
138
4 Ebook: An Introduction to Reliability and Charles. E. Ebeling McGrawHill, New York
Maintenabilty Engineering
5 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/242347666_Maintenance_management_Literature_review_and_directions
6 http://www.ptzp.org.pl/files/konferencje/kzz/artyk_pdf_2014/T1/t1_560.pdf HOW DOES MAINTENANCE INTEGRATE
LEAN AND GREEN MANUFACTURING PARADIGMS?
 Class Room with LCD and internet facility to run the videos
 Existing labs like Accessary Design work shop, G C Lab, Textile testing lab, weaving lab may be used for demonstration
 Sewing machine maintenance Lab with all RMG manufacturing machines

1. Faculty Advisor: Prof. Dr. A K Khare/Prof PavanGodiawala
2. Subject Anchor: Dr. K. Ram Mohan, Professor, NIFT Hyderabad
3. Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. Arivoli N, Assistant Professor, NIFT Bangalore
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
139
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Tutorial - Major - Core
BFT503M Apparel Quality Management 2
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
 The subject aims to make students understand the three critical processes of Quality viz. Quality Planning, Control & improvement.
 Students shall develop thorough knowledge of Quality Tools/principles Cost of Quality and other related technical aspects/practices.
 Students will be able to apply the learnings of the processes and tools for continuous Quality improvement.
Knowledge
 Students will be able to understand, discuss and explain Quality Planning, Control & Improvement Process and tools for implementing
the same.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
140
Skill
 Students will be able to choose and apply Quality tools for product and process evaluation and will be able to apply process capability
principles for quality improvement.
 Students will be able analyze and calculate the cost of Quality for an apparel firm.
Synthesis
 Students will be able to evaluate and select appropriate quality management tools and apply the tools in real life apparel manufacturing
situations.
Content:
Session Hours Topic/Content Details Suggested Self-Study
Pedagogy
1-4 4 Quality Planning  Definition of quality planning Lecture No Self Study hours included for
Process  The quality planning problem the subject
 The quality planning solution Suggested Reading-
Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
Chapter 3
5-6 2 Quality Control  Quality control defined Lecture Suggested Reading-
Process  The elements of the feedback loop Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
 Planning for quality control Chapter 4
 Stages of process control
7-8 2 Quality  Quality improvement: the basic concepts Lecture Suggested Reading-
Improvement  Mobilizing for quality improvement Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
Process  Quality improvement goals in the Chapter 5
 Business plan
9-10 2 Care Labels  Importance of care labels Lecture Suggested Reading- Care Label
Exploration Manual by Intertek /SGS
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
141
 Care symbols and variations in different

countries
 Care instructions for different fabrics
and garment types
11-12 2 Product Safety  Growing relevance of Product Safety – Lecture Suggested Reading-
the concept Product Safety Manual; Quality
 Product safety laws Characterization of Apparel -
 Product recalls
Chapter -5 : Safety issues for
different accessories in children
garment’ Chapter -6: Case studies
of safety review in children
garment
13-16 4 7 Classic Tools of  Conceptual Understanding of tools Lecture Suggested Reading-

Quality Control  Application of tools in Apparel Quality Fundamentals of Quality Control
Management and Improvement , Amitava Mitra
Chapter 5;
https://asq.org/quality-
resources/quality-tools
17-20 4 The New  Conceptual Understanding of tools like Lecture Suggested Reading-
Management & Affinity Diagram, Relations Diagram, Exploration ;https://asq.org/quality-
Planning Tools Tree Diagram, Matrix Diagram, Matrix resources/quality-tools
Data Analysis, Arrow Diagram , Process
Decision Program Chart
 Application of tools in Apparel Quality
Management
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
142
21-22 2 Statistical Process  Various statistical techniques used to Lecture Suggested Reading-
Control record and analyze data gathered https://asq.org/quality-
during, inspections and audits resources/statistical-process-
control
23-24 2 Quality  Relationship between Quality Lecture Suggested Reading-
Productivity & Productivity and Compliance About WRAP;BSCI; SAI, ETI etc.on
Social Compliance  Various aspects of Compliance in the internet; Quality &
Apparel Sourcing Compliance.pdf
25-26 2 Cost of Quality  Cost of Quality- Concept Lecture Suggested Reading-
 Categorization of defects, their Quality is Free- Phillip Crosby
implication for an organization Suggested Reading-
 Quality Maturity Grid Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
Chapter 8; Profitability through
Quality: The Role of 'Cost Of
Quality’ In The Indian Apparel
Industry IIT conf paper by Dr.
Rajesh Bheda
27-28 2 Quality in  Managing Quality in Decentralized Lecture Suggested Reading-
Decentralized Manufacturing Managing Productivity in Apparel
Manufacturing  Process capability model and its Industry -Rajesh Bheda;Quality in
application in Indian Decentralized Manufacturing-
 apparel industry PDF-Dr. Rajesh Bheda
Industry  Industry Visit (IV): Visit to Apparel FV
Engagement Manufacturing Unit to understand the Lecture
various Quality Management Policies
encompassing tools, principles and
practices.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
143

 Lectures
 Case study
 Self-directed study :
 Continuous Evaluation 1 & 2 as Submission and presentations

 End Term Evaluation- Written Examination
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Marks Continuous Assignment 2 : 30 Marks End Term Exam:
(Mid Term) (End Term) 40 Marks
Explorations in three different areas covered under the subject till midterm and post midterm have been Written exam as per
mentioned. ANY ONE EXPLORATION OR A COMBINATION THEREOF, CAN BE CHOSEN FOR ASSESSMENT examination and evaluation
WHILE THE REST CAN BE CLASS EXERCISES FOR LEARNING PURPOSE policy-Model B covering the
entire syllabus
 Exploration of the usage of new
1. Exploration on creating care labeling instructions for quality tools
various articles of apparel and Exploration of various And /or
apparel products from the point of view of safety  Exploration on the various
concerns compliance guidelines of firms or
And /or the Study of the quality
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
144
2. Exploration on the usage of the classic quality tools management practices of various
for a quality problem and presenting a report on the organizations
same.
Pls. see detailed continuous evaluation guidelines for more

clarity
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL FOR STUDENTS AND FACULTY

10. Juran’s Quality Control Handbook J.M. Juran & Frank M. Mc Graw Hill
Gryna
11. Quality Assurance for Textiles and Apparel Sara J. Kadolph Fairchild Books and Visuals
12. Managing Quality in the Apparel Industry Mehta & Bharadwaj New Age International
13. Care Label Manual by Intertek /SGS. - -
14. New Quality Tools from ASQ online resources - -
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
145
15. Quality Characterization of Apparel Dr. Subrata Das Woodhead Publication India
16. Fundamentals of Quality Control and Amitava Mitra Wiley publication

Improvement , 4th Edition
17. Fundamentals-of-Quality-Control-and- Amitava Mitra Wiley Publication
Improvement-Solution-Manual , 3rd Edition
The Quality Toolbox, Second Edition Nancy R. Tague ASQ Quality Press, Milwaukee,
9.
Wisconsin
10. Managing Productivity in Apparel Industry Rajesh Bheda CBS Publishers & Distributors
11. https://asq.org/quality-resources/quality-tools
12. https://asq.org/quality-resources/statistical-process-control
 Class room To accommodate 42 students
EQUIPMENT/TOOLS/ MATERIAL
 Projector
 Good quality mic and speaker set

 Subject Anchor: Prof (Dr.) Divya Satyan, NIFT Chennai
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
146
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1
Practical 1
28
Tutorial -
BFT504M Introduction to Internet of Things 2 Major
Demo -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
 Understand the basics of IoT & its design solution
 Application of IoT ideas in Business Domains

Knowledge
1. Concept of IoT
2. Functional views of IoT
3. IoT and its Applications in Smart Factory & Smart Manufacturing
Skill
1. Ability to understand & conceptualize Smart Factory & Smart Manufacturing
2. Capability to transform automated environment to IoT enabled environment
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
147
Synthesis
1. Design and Develop basic IoT applications for a strategic development of Apparel industry
2. Combine IoT with other technologies like
 Artificial Intelligence
To simulate and build applications required for Smart Factory & Smart Manufacturing
CONTENT
Session Suggested Pedagogy

Hours Topic Detailing Self-Study
No. and Duration (Hours)
1-2 2 hrs What Is the Overview Lecture& Demo Revise the sensor concepts as
Internet of Understanding the difference 2 hrs. covered in the subject – Elements
Things (IoT)? between Things and Things in IoT of Technology.
Real Life Examples, IoT Devices Peter Waher, 'Learning Internet of
Trends Things', Packt Publishing, 2015
GUI building
Understanding embedded https://www.tutorialspoint.com/e
systems mbedded_systems/index.htm
3-8 6 hrs IoT-Embedded Understanding the Building  Revise the concept of DC, servo
System -An blocks of IOT Lecture 4 hrs and step up motors
Architectural Sensing / Demo 2hrs. Revise the concept of networking
Overview: • Sensors can be either on-board as taught in Elements of
the microcontroller or attached to Technology.
the microcontroller.
Actuation Deployment', River Publishers,
• IoT devices can have various 2014 5. N. Ida, Sensors, Actuators
types of actuators attached that
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
148
allow taking actions upon the and Their Interfaces, Scitech
physical entities in the vicinity of Publishers, 2014.
the device.
Communication
• Communication modules are
responsible for sending collected
data to other devices or cloud-
based servers/storage and
receiving data from other devices
and commands from remote
applications.
9-14 6 hrs. Networking Need to Network Lecture/Demo/Expert William Stallings, "Computer
and Internet Networking components Lecture Networking with Internet protocols
Bluetooth and Technology", Pearson
WiFi, Ethernet Education, 6th printing 2011.
Internet structure/ Protocols
Client Server Module offered by
free space
Data capturing
TCP/IP Application Layers
HTTP
MQTT
CO-AP
15-20 6 hrs Design and Building on embedded circuit . Transaction of
implementatio Understanding the MIT inverter curriculum in industry/
n of IoT app. In house Lab with an
devices expert
requirement
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
149
21-28 8 hrs. Design and Circuit developed with the Lecture/Demo/lab
implementatio hardware and server API to exercises.
n of IoT connect to Bluetooth and Cloud
devices services.
requirement
EVALUATION CRITERIA

Small Project proposal (Distributed in Assignment-2 - Project development will be Integrated Assignment with
week-5 ) (30 marks) evaluated in 3 phases marked for 10 marks each, Maintenance Management:
Submit a project proposal in one page. The wherein the groups can refine their work in each Using IoT & Sensors, calculate
project proposal should follow a standard phase. Total Duration: Week 6 – 15 machining & idling times of a SNLS
template with the headers as abstract, machine (or) any other similar task to
components used and proposed a) During week 6-10, students will work on the help the maintenance activities.
deliverables. project which was proposed in week-5.
This evaluation will be done on the basis Deliverables: Submission of circuit diagram , User
of clarity and scope of the project idea interface pages developed, ( Marks – 10 )
(aligned to the need of the Apparel
Industry). b) Second project evaluation
Students can work in a group of 4. : Due in Week 12 (10 marks)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
150
Deliverables: connect the embedded system

over a client server model starting with
connection to your phone using Bluetooth or
wifi
Third Project evaluation

:Due in Week 15 ( 10 marks )
Deliverables: connect the project to cloud.
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL
a. Peter Waher, 'Learning Internet of Things', Packt Publishing, 2015
b. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/embedded_systems/index.htm
c. David Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetete, Rob Barton and Jerome Henry, ―IoT Fundamentals: Networking
Technologies, Protocols and Use Cases for Internet of Things, Cisco Press, 2017
d. Deployment', River Publishers, 2014 5. N. Ida, Sensors, Actuators and Their Interfaces, Scitech Publishers, 2014.
e. William Stallings, "Computer Networking with Internet protocols and Technology", Pearson Education, 6th printing 2011.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
151
f. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, ―Internet of Things – A hands-on approach, Universities Press, 2015
g. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi , ―The Internet of Things – Key applications and Protocols, Wiley, 2012 (for
Unit 2).
h. Jan Ho¨ ller, VlasiosTsiatsis , Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis , Karnouskos, Stefan Avesand. David Boyle, “From Machine-to-
Machine to the Internet of Things – Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence”, Elsevier, 2014.
i. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Michahelles, Florian (Eds), ―Architecting the Internet of Things, Springer, 2011.
j. Michael Margolis, Arduino Cookbook, Recipes to Begin, Expand, and Enhance Your Projects, 2nd Edition, O’Reilly Media, 2011.
 Computer lab with Ardiuno IDE downloaded
 IoT kit
Subject Anchor: Prof. (Dr.) A. Shanthi, NIFT Chennai

Subject Co-Anchor: Dr. Deepak Panghal - Assistant Professor, NIFT-Delhi
Team Members: Mr. S. Prabakar - Assistant Professor, NIFT-Chennai
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
152
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Name of Subject Sessions Semester Credits Subject Type
Code Week
(14 weeks) *
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Tutorial -
BFT501MF Corporate Social Responsibility 2 Major- Floating
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM-
 To introduce students to various of aspects of CSR and its importance in apparel industry.

Knowledge:
 Understand of concepts of CSR, triple bottom line concept, ethics and code of conduct related with corporate strategies.
 Recognize the role and importance of stakeholders in CSR activities
Skill:
 Analyze and compare CSR activities of various large organizations
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
153
Synthesis:
 Develop Social Compliance audit checklists for garment manufacturing companies
 Evaluate key issues in implementation of social codes in garment companies
CONTENT
Session Suggested
Duration Topic/ Contents Details Self-Study
No. Pedagogy
(Hours)
No Self Study hours included
Defining CSR. Aim and
for the subject
Objectives, Components of CSR,
Introduction to
Key drivers, History and Evolution of
Corporate Social Suggested Reading-
1-3 3 CSR in the Indian and Lecture
Responsibility Social Responsibility in the
international context, CSR policies an
Global Apparel Industry- Marsha
d Governance, Laws and Regulations.
A. Dickson, Suzanne
Competencies of CSR Professionals.
Loker, Molly Eckman
Stakeholder engagement, Interaction in Suggested Reading-
a Multi-Stakeholder Context: Strategic Corporate Social
CSR role on internal environment: Responsibility: Stakeholders,
Employees, Human Resource Globalization, and Sustainable
Stakeholders’ Eng Management - labour security and Value Creation- Chandler, D., &
Lecture
4-7 4 agement human rights, Health and Safety. Werther, W. B
CSR role on External environment: 1)
Customers: Consumer rights and
movements affecting CSR; (2)
Community: Community involvement,
(3) Shareholders (4) Suppliers
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
154
Suggested Reading-
Triple Bottom Line:
The Pillars of CSR
Paulina KsiężaKa, BarBara
CSR and Triple Bottom Line Approach, 3 Rs of Lecture
8-9 2 FischBachb-
Sustainability Sustainability
https://www.researchgate.net/
publication/325599995_Triple_
Bottom_Line_The_Pillars_of_CS
R
 CSR as a balance between Suggested Reading-
organizational means and ends
 The strategic lens: vision,
mission, strategy, and tactics
 Environmental and other global
The Strategic
forces propelling CSR
Importance of CSR Lecture
10-13 4  Impact of globalization and
Implementation
communications technologies
 The strategic CSR model
 The business-level CSR threshold
 Implementing CSR
 CSR as competitive advantage
Suggested Reading-
CSR in Fashion Historical background of CSR in apparel Lecture https://www.fashionrevolution.
14-15 2
Industry industry and evolution. org/further-reading/
Vendor Social Codes of conduct, implementing Suggested Reading-

Lecture
16-19 4 Compliance in the code-Implementation issues in https://www.fashionrevolution.
Fashion Industry Supply Chain org/further-reading/
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
155
Suggested Reading-
www.bsr.org
Social accounting, aspects of Suggested Reading-

Social Audits and Lecture
20-23 4 performance, the balanced scorecard,
Performance
the measurement of performance
Suggested Reading-
Lecture and
What is ethics? The why of ethics?, Social Responsibility in the
Ethical Stakeholder
24-28 5 ethical philosophies, Corporate Global Apparel Industry- Marsha
Management Role Play 5
behavior, Corporate Reputation A. Dickson, Suzanne
hrs.
Loker, Molly Eckman

 Lectures
 Stakeholder Role Play (Ethical Dilemma)
 TED Talks- relevant to the topics being discussed and taught in class
 End Term Evaluation- Jury
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
156
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1: 30 Marks Continuous Assignment 2: 30 Marks
End Term Jury: 40 Marks
Individual assignment -Students will Group assignment-Groups of 2-3 students will be Group Assignment- group of 2-3
select one organization (preferably non assigned a topic associated with CSR e.g. Cradle to students to be assigned the following
apparel) and study and analyze CSR Cradle manufacturing, Corporate Governance, Role of brief: As the head of a hypothetical
initiatives of that organization, also the NGOs in Fashion Supply Chain, Business Ecosystems Fashion brand, you are required to
stakeholders, contribution to and Impact of CSR, CSR audits Fashion Industry and detail a proposed CSR strategy for the
beneficiaries. Also research any bad CSR groups will undertake secondary research on the topic, firm with its benefits to the firm and
issues with these companies, reasons and map the best practices. also the implementation plan for the
remedial measures taken by companies OR same.
OR Group of 2-3 students to undertake a research on the Students to make a presentation and
Students to research and focus on the CSR initiatives of an apparel firm and convert that into submit the plan in the form of a
CSR initiatives of an apparel firm and how a working case study for discussion in class. Examples report.
it has contributed to the welfare of the can be taken from first assignment for the writing of Evaluation parameters can be:
community. the case with more detailed research. 1. Strategy formulation and detailing-
10 marks
2. Implementation plan - 10 marks
3. Benefits to the firm - 10 marks
4. Report and presentation- 10 marks
EVALUATION MATRIX
Continuous End Term Evaluation
Continuous Evaluation 2 Total
Evaluation 1 (Jury)
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
157
REFERENCE MATERIAL for Faculty and Students

Books-
1. Social Responsibility in the Global Apparel Industry; ISBN: 9781563675928;Imprint:Fairchild Books; Marsha A. Dickson, Suzanne Molly
Eckman Molly Eckman
2. Chandler, D., & Werther, W. B. (2014). Strategic Corporate Social Responsibility: Stakeholders, Globalization, and Sustainable Value
Creation. 3rd Edition. SAGE Publications, Inc. Paperback, ISBN #: 9781452217796
3. SAGE Brief Guide to Corporate Social Responsibility, ISBN-13: 978-1412997225
4. Triple Bottom Line: The Pillars of CSR;Paulina KsiężaKa, BarBara FischBachb-

https://www.researchgate.net/publication/325599995_Triple_Bottom_Line_The_Pillars_of_CSR
TED Talks and E learning- for Faculty and students

 Harish Manwani: Profit's not always the point
 Michael Porter: Why business can be good at solving social problems
 Mindy Scheier: How adaptive clothing empowers people ... - TED.com

Websites
o https://www.fashionrevolution.org/further-reading/
o www.bsr.org
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT TEAM-

 Subject Anchor: Dr. Divya Satyan, Professor, NIFT Chennai
 Subject Co-Anchor: Dr. Archana Gandhi, Professor, NIFT New Delhi
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
158
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks) *
Lecture 1
Practical 2
42
Methods Time Measurement Tutorial - Deepening Specialization
BFT501DS1 4
(MTM) Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 To provide basic understanding about the various concepts and significance of PMTS over and above what they have learned in IE
 To provide understanding and knowledge of various types/categories of MTM
 To inculcate skills among the students to undertake MTM activities for the improvement of productivity.
 To orient and prepare students using MTM based commercial solutions i.e. Computerized database(s) available commercially in Apparel
& allied industries/organizations

Knowledge:
 Basic fundamentals of Pre-Determined Motion & Time Systems
 Sensitization of various body movements and its impact on productivity.
 Introduce students to MTM solutions available commercially.
 Identify the suitability of proper MTM tool for the given situation in Apparel & allied industries/organizations
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
159
Skill:
 Ability to identify various body motions involved in performing task.
 Classify productive and non-productive body motions.
 Ability to devise the human motions sequence and describe the motions by means of codes.
 Devise the improvised method for a specific task.
 Ability to determine the Standard time for a task or a product.
 Ability to use MTM tools and specific computerized database practiced in the curriculum.
Synthesis:
 Manufacturing Process optimization through method rationalization.
 Resource allocation and balancing.
 Determine optimum cost for a product/task ensuring business profitability.
 Ability to sensitize the workforce towards adopting MTM based standardized methods.
CONTENT
Suggested
Session Hours Topic / Content Details Self-Study
Pedagogy
(Self-study 3 Hrs.)
Jana, P. & Tiwari, M., 2017.
Overview of Basic Terms used in Industrial Engineering
Industrial Engineering in Apparel
– Production, Productivity, Efficiency, Performance, Manufacutring. New Delhi:
Basic Terms used Utilization, On-Standard, Off-Standard, Observed time, Lecture 1 hrs.
Apparel Resources.
1 1 in Industrial Basic Time, SAM, SMV (Self-study 3
Kanawaty, G. & Wynne- Roberts,
Engineering Hrs.)
C., 1992. Introduction to Work
Re-cap of Work study concepts learned under
Study. 4th rev. edition ed.
Industrial Engineering
Geneva: International Labour
Office.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
160
Overview and History of Predetermined Time Systems
(PMTS),
History & Evolution of Methods Time Measurement
(MTM) (Self-study 6 Hrs.)
Comparison of MTM with other methods, Applications Barnes, R. M., 2009. Motion and
Introduction to of MTM, Applications of MTM in Garment Industry? Lecture 3 hrs. Time Study: Design and
2-4 3
MTM Methods-Time Measurement - fundamental motions Measurement of Work. 7th
of reach, move, turn, grasp, re-grasp, position, Edition (Wiley Student Edition) ed.
disengage, and release. s.l.:Wiley.
Overview of various MTM based commercial solutions

available
Jana, P. & Tiwari, M., 2017.
Lecture (2
Introduction to MODular Arrangement of Predetermined Time Industrial Engineering in Apparel
5-6 2 hour)
MODapts Standards Manufacutring. New Delhi:
Apparel Resources.
(Self-study 6 Hrs.)
Unit - Time Measurement Unit (TMU), BSI Rating Scale
Stohlman, D. G., 1969. Sewing-
& Performance
Lecture (with Performance & Methods-Analysis;
Sewing Need for Controls, Predetermined -Time Data
Visual Aids) 3 Time-Evaluation Data for The
7-9 3 Performance Motion Sequences and Simultaneous Motions
hrs. Control of Sewing Costs. 2nd
Data(SPD) Machine stitching times - MTM & Machine times,
Edition ed. Columbia(South
Stitching Time Formula
Carolina): Bobbin International
Time Values and Conversion Formulas
Inc..
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
161
(Self-study 6 Hrs.)
SPD Data Tables Stohlman, D. G., 1969. Sewing-
Sewing
Elements and their Cost Relationship Lecture (with Performance & Methods-Analysis;
Performance
Method improvisation and Standard setting Visual Aids) 4 Time-Evaluation Data for The
10-13 4 Data(SPD) for
Training of operator on Standard method hrs. Control of Sewing Costs. 2nd
Method
Incentive system Edition ed. Columbia(South
Improvement
Work station Layout and machine Operator Loading Carolina): Bobbin International
Inc..
Master Data - Product groups, Operation groups,

Machines, Parts, Workflow types
Public Data - Operations/methods, Workflows, Lecture (1
Models/styles hour)
Practical Work Data - Operation editor, Workflow editor Practical 2 hrs. (Self-study 3 Hrs.)
14-16 3 introduction to Share - Share operation, share workflow (With live timeSSD®, 2019. timeSSD® User’s
timeSSD® Administrator tools - Dashboard, incoming and demonstratio guide, s.l.: timeSSD®.
outgoing share requests, user management, user logs, n in lab)
configuration
Reports - Operations/methods reports, workflows
report
Practical
Pick up and position, Position, Handling, Sew, Dispose, Practical 6 Hrs.
Orientation of (Self-study 3 Hrs.)
Scissors, Clip Scissors, SWD (Standard Work Data), Get (With live
analyzing various timeSSD®, 2019. timeSSD® User’s
17-22 6 and Put 0,1,2,3, Hand movements, Move/Walk, demonstratio
motions with guide, s.l.: timeSSD®.
Write/Read, SFD (Standard Finishing Data), Get and n in lab)
timeSSD® software
Position 1,2, Handling, Ironing, Dispose, MTM-2
& visual aids
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
162
A. Written Test based evaluation

B. Practical Exercise (to be performed using timeSSD®
Practical
23-25 3 Assignment 1 on the Spot) – Students to be given sewing
Exercise 3 hrs.
operations (individually) to analyze in a given time
limit.
Operations for the study have to be Complex enough

Analyzing Manual
involving numerous body movements.
operations of Practical (with (Self-study 6 Hrs.)
Students to be given task (as homework) to analyze the
different garments Visual Aids) 6 timeSSD®, 2019. timeSSD® User’s
26-31 6 manual operations using videos. Student’s analysis to
with timeSSD® hrs. guide, s.l.: timeSSD®.
be discussed in group in the next class.
software & visual
aids
Analyzing
Automatic Operations for the study have to be Complex enough
Practical (with
operations of involving numerous body movements. (Self-study 6 Hrs.)
Visual Aids) 4
32-35 4 different garments Students to be given task (as homework) to analyze the timeSSD®, 2019. timeSSD® User’s
hrs.
with timeSSD® Automatic operations using videos. Student’s analysis guide, s.l.: timeSSD®.
software & visual to be discussed in group in the next class.
aids
Practical Breaking down the timeSSD® Operations into MTM2 Practical (with
(Self-study 3 Hrs.)
exploration of elements Visual Aids)
36-39 4 timeSSD®, 2019. timeSSD® User’s
timeSSD® to MTM- Breaking down operations into MTM-2 elements 4 hrs.
guide, s.l.: timeSSD®.
2 instead of SSD elements
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
163
Practical Exercise (to be performed using timeSSD® on

the Spot) – Students to be given Complex sewing
operations (individually) to analyze in a given time
Practical
40-42 3 Assignment 2 limit.
Exercise 3 hrs.
The individual work/exercise may be discussed with
class, with expert inputs emphasizing on do’s and
don’ts for improved accuracy.
 Expert Lecture
Industry Connect
 Visit to any Fair / Exhibition

 Lectures, Seminars, Practical/Tutorials
 Case Studies/Group discussions, team working
 Self-directed study and work experience or simulations
Practical Exam - Exercise to be conducted on the spot – Individual
EVALUATION CRITERIA
1. Ability to perform the elemental breakdown of the operations. (10 Marks)
2. Ability to capture the body movements from the video analysis. (10 Marks)
3. Ability to correlate the body movement to the MTM code and extracting corresponding time values. (05 Marks)
4. Contribution in the class, and relating the exercise with Real life shop floor examples. (05 Marks)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
164
EVALUATION MATRIX
Assignment 1: 30 Marks Assignment 2: 30 Marks End Term Exam: 40 Marks

Assignment Bifurcation (Practical Exam- Exercise to be conducted on

Assignment Bifurcation
A. Continuous Assessment (10 the spot) – Individual Exercise
A. Task-Based Assessment - (Written Test based
evaluation) (20 Marks)
Marks)  A set of 2 to 3 operations to be assigned
 Surprise Test based on the to an individual student.
Written test (with objective questions and short
topics covered till that  The student to solve some real problems
session. (05 Marks) either sewing on any pre-sewing or post-
answers based questions) to be conducted. The
coverage in the written test should be based on the  Case-based discussion on sewing operations.
first 13 Hrs. deliverance related to conceptual the topics covered. (03  The student to eventually establish a
deliverance on MTM. Marks) time standard of the reengineered
The topics to be covered are  Regularity in the class (02 process for the given operations.
 Basic Terms used in Industrial Engineering, Marks)
B. Task-Based Assessment (20 Evaluation Parameters
 Basic fundamentals of Work-Study  Ability to perform the elemental
Marks)
(Method Study and Time Study) breakdown of the operations. (05
 Operation Breakdown and Elemental Marks)
(Practical Exercise - Exercise to be
breakdown  Ability to capture the hand movements
conducted on the spot using
 MTM, PMTS and other commercial from the video analysis. (05 Marks)
timeSSD) – Individual
solutions such as MODAPTs and SPD etc.  Ability to correlate the hand movement
Practical Exercise (to be performed to the MTM code and extracting
B. Continuous Assessment (10 Marks) corresponding time values. (10 Marks)
using timeSSD on the Spot) –
Progress monitoring based on the timeSSD inputs.
Students to be given sewing  Suggesting an improved method by
The continuous assessment may be done on
operations (may be Basic and/or identifying the non-value added
following parameters
Complex) sewing operations movement. (10 Marks)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
165
 Ability to perform the elemental (individually) to Analyze in a given  Viva-voce / or Student may be asked to
breakdown of the operations. (05 Marks) time limit. write brief answers to the Conceptual
 Ability to capture the hand movements Questions (10 Marks) - Questions to be
from the video analysis and choosing out The individual work/exercise may asked by the subject faculty only.
the most appropriate code from timeSSD. be discussed with class, with expert
(05 Marks) inputs emphasizing on do’s and Note:
don’ts for improved accuracy. 1. End term exercise to be assessed from
the timeSSD Analysis report.
 Ability to perform the elemental 2. Student to save the Analysis Report in
breakdown of the operations. PDF format on their desktop.
(05 Marks) 3. The answer keys of the End term exam
 Ability to capture the hand (on the spot exercise) to be evaluated by
movements from the video the subject faculty itself.
analysis. (05 Marks)
 Ability to correlate the hand
movement to the MTM code
and extracting corresponding
time values. (05 Marks)
 Ability to relate the exercise
with Real-life shop floor
examples. (05 Marks)
REFERENCE MATERIAL
For Students
Jana, P. & Tiwari, M., 2017. Industrial Engineering in Apparel Manufacutring. New Delhi: Apparel Resources.
Barnes, R. M., 2009. Motion and Time Study: Design and Measurement of Work. 7th Edition (Wiley Student Edition) ed. s.l.:Wiley.
ILO, 2006. Introduction to work study (Indian Adaption). 4th Revised Edition ed. New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
166
Kanawaty, G. & Wynne- Roberts, C., 1992. Introduction to Work Study. 4th rev. edition ed. Geneva: International Labour Office.
Stohlman, D. G., 1969. Sewing-Performance & Methods-Analysis; Time-Evaluation Data for The Control of Sewing Costs. 2nd Edition ed.
Columbia(South Carolina): Bobbin International Inc.
timeSSD®, 2019. timeSSD® User’s guide, s.l.: timeSSD®.
For Subject Faculty

Stohlman, D. G., 1969. Sewing-Performance & Methods-Analysis; Time-Evaluation Data for The Control of Sewing Costs. 2nd Edition ed.
Columbia(South Carolina): Bobbin International Inc.
Barnes, R. M., 2009. Motion and Time Study: Design and Measurement of Work. 7th Edition (Wiley Student Edition) ed. s.l.:Wiley.
Konz, S., 1979. Work design. 2nd Edition ed. New York: Horizon Inc..
Jana, P. & Tiwari, M., 2017. Industrial Engineering in Apparel Manufacutring. New Delhi: Apparel Resources.
ILO, 2006. Introduction to work study (Indian Adaption). 4th Revised Edition ed. New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.
OSHA, 2000. Ergonomics: The Study of Work. [Online]
Available at: http://www.osha.gov/Publications/osha3125.pdf
Kanawaty, G. & Wynne- Roberts, C., 1992. Introduction to Work Study. 4th rev. edition ed. Geneva: International Labour Office.
Solinger, J., 1988. Apparel Manufacturing Handbook: Analysis, Principles and Practice. 2nd Edition ed. s.l.:Bobbin Blenheim Media Corp.
timeSSD®, 2019. timeSSD® User’s guide, s.l.: timeSSD®.
Class room, white board, LCD Projector/Smart TV
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
167
 timeSSD® subscription
 Desktop/laptop with 100Mbps internet connection.
 Video of various apparel manufacturing operations for motion/method analysis
Subject Anchor: Prof. (Dr.) Prabir Jana, NIFT Delhi

Subject Co-anchor: Dr. Manoj Tiwari, Associate Professor, NIFT Jodhpur
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
168
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1
Practical 1
28
Tutorial -
BFT502DS1 Mechatronics 3 Deepening Specialization
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 To acquire understanding of elements of Mechatronics System
 To sensitize students about the available low cost automation solutions in Apparel Manufacturing

Knowledge
To endow students with a comprehensive understanding of basic components of Mechatronics elements like
- Mechanical Components - Electronic Components
- Computing Elements - Actuators
- Sensors
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
169
Skills
- Students will be able to select the right type of degree of freedom required for movement, gripper requirement for holding
and power transmission mechanism to carry out the simple activity.
- Students will be able to develop a skill of identifying, selecting and assembling of basic electronic circuits.
- Students will be able to develop a skill to develop and analyze basic pneumatic and hydraulic circuits.
- Students will be able to develop a skill of identifying, selecting and assembling an application based circuits by using the
sensors.
Synthesis
- To identify and select the Mechatronics elements like mechanical, electronics, computing, sensor, actuator or similar
commercially available components used in the automation or from given circuit diagram of automatic machine.
- To become capable to perform or participate in basic feasibility study for the deployment of a Mechatronics solution for a
given scenario.
CONTENT
Session Duration Topic/ Details Suggested Self-Study
No. (Hours) Content Pedagogy
1-2 1 Introduction Theory: Introduction to Mechatronics, Evolution Lecture Building blocks of
[2 SS] to of Mechatronics, elements of Mechatronics, Mechatronics
application of Mechatronics system , Low cost system
Mechatronics
automation system and their application in
apparel manufacturing industry
1 Lab Demonstration: Faculty will demonstrate 2- Demonstration
3 basic and advance Mechatronics systems and
make students to understand their elements.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
170
3-6 2 Mechanical Theory: Mechanical Components in Lecture Combination of
[4 SS] element Mechatronics, mechanism used in Mechatronics, different
lever and four bar mechanism, slider cranks, 2D mechanical
Translation like rotational, linear etc. Ball screws, mechanism for
linear motion bearings, cams, systems controlled getting desired
by camshafts, indexing mechanisms, tool output
magazines, and transfer systems.
2 Lab Demonstration: Faculty will demonstrate Demonstration Impact of over
[6 SS] the concept of and under
a) Degree of freedom using link mechanisms constraint system
model
b) Basic gripper mechanism using models and
understanding of dealing with weight,
movement, friction co efficient of friction,
positioning
7-11 Electronics Theory: Electronic elements in Mechatronics, Lecture Study of exiting
2 element semi-conductors devices, transistors, digital systems to
electronics components like logic gates, flip- understand the
[2 SS]
flops, shift register, multiplexer and counter, requirement of
timer, analog to digital convertor, digital to individual
analog convertor, PCB, Relay and Switch Gear, electronic
breadboard component on
that
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
171
3 Lab Demonstration: Demonstration Develop 02
[4 SS] a) Students will develop basic electronic circuit electronics circuit
by using above mentioned electronic
components
b) Faculty will demonstrate utility of logic gates
using bread board and other basic electronics
devices and Student has to develop basic traffic
light arrangement logic gate systems.
c) Faculty will demonstrate application of digital
to analog and analog to digital convertor devices.
12-17 3 Computing Lecture Commercially
[3 SS] element Theory: Microprocessor and its Architecture, available
Micro-controller, Programming Logic microprocessor
Controllers, their basic structure, Embedded and
Board and its system details, classification and microcontroller
types of embedded boards, Selection criteria of and their
Embedded Board application
Understanding of Arduino UNO, Raspberry Pi domain
with coding environment detail and procedure
to write code and add to an Embedded Board
3 Lab Demonstration a) Faculty will demonstrate Demonstration Develop new case

[6 SS] the application based selection criteria for a assignment for
computing device computing
b) Faculty will demonstrate full functioning of system
computing device for 02 different applications
including coding environment
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
172
18-22 3 Actuators Theory: Basic Pneumatic and hydraulic circuits: Lecture Commercial
[2 SS] single acting, double acting cylinders, different available
types of control flow valves for (P&H), direction actuators with
control valve, pressure control valves diaphragm their
valve. specifications
Actuators, definition, example, types, selection.
Pneumatic actuator. Electrical actuator.
Hydraulic actuator, control valves, valve sizing,
valve selection.
Electrical actuating systems: solid-state switches,
solenoids, voice coil;
Piezoelectric actuator: characterization,
operation, and fabrication; shape memory alloys.
Bimetal actuators
Electric motors; DC motors, AC motors, single
phase motor; 3-phase motor; induction motor;
synchronous motor; stepper motors, Pneumatic
motor
2 Lab Demonstration: a) Demonstration of Demonstration 1-2 assignment

[4 SS] different types of Hydraulic and Pneumatic on FluidSIM® or
circuits with different types of valve & similar
controllers.
b) Faculty will demonstrate the functioning of
various types of actuators and their parts via
physical models.
c) Students will develop application based
Pneumatic or Hydraulic circuit by selecting right
components.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
173
23-27 2 Sensor Theory: Brief overview of measurement systems, Lecture Industrial and
[2 SS] classification, characteristics and calibration of prototype sensor
different sensors.
Measurement of displacement, position, motion,
force, torque, strain gauge, pressure flow,
temperature sensor sensors, smart sensor.
Optical encoder, tactile and proximity, ultrasonic
transducers, opto-electrical sensor, gyroscope.
Principles and structures of modern micro
sensors
3 Lab Demonstration: a) Faculty will demonstrate Demonstration Sensor data sheet
[6 SS] the commercially available sensors and their reading, Sensor
identification criteria.
a) Faculty will demonstrate 1-2 applications
using sensor based on microcontroller/
microprocessor including coding environment
b) Students will develop application based sensor
circuit.
28 1 Motion Control Basics of motion control, Mechanically and Lecture Trapezoidal and
[1 SS] Electronically Coordinated Motion, Component S-curve, single
of Motion Control system, Example of single axis and multi-Axis-
and multi-axis motion control system motion control
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
174

 Demonstration of actual Mechatronics elements
 Case study on available low cost systems
 Lectures, seminars, workshops and tutorials
 Industry expert interaction and field visits
 Exposure to commercial available Mechatronics elements
 Identifications of Mechatronics element
 Working knowledge of embedded system
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : Continuous Assignment 2 : End Term Exam: 40 Marks
30 Marks 30 Marks
Student in a group of 2-3 will be asked to identify Students in a group of 2-3 will be asked to select and Written Exam
different elements of Mechatronics system and install various elements for a Mechatronics system using (session 1-28)
working principle of individual element Embedded board and breadboard for a given scenario
OR OR
Student in a group of 2-3 will be asked to develop students in a group of 2-3 will be asked to do simulation
an electronic ckt. using flip flops/ ICs for a given for a given pneumatic system and further demonstrate
scenario the same pneumatic educational kit
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
175
EVALUATION MATRIX
Assessment 1 Assessment 2 End Term Evaluation (Exam) Total

30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL
 W.Bolton, “Mechatronics- Electronic Control System in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering”, Pearson, 2018
 A Kuttan, “Introduction to Mechatronics, Oxford University Press, 2010.
 Alciatore&Histand, “Introduction to Mechatronics & Measurement Systems, 4e”, McGraw-Hill Education, 2014.
 John G. Webster, Editor-in-chief, “Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors Handbook”, CRC Press (1999).
 Jacob Fraden, “Handbook of modern Sensors”, AIP Press, Woodbury (1997).
 NadimMaluf, “An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems Engineering”, Artech House Publishers, Boston (2000).
 Introduction to Embedded Systems: Shibu K V, McGRAW Hill Publications.
 Juvinal, R.C., Fundamentals of Machine Component Design, John Wiley and Sons, 1994
 Spottes, M.F., Design of Machine elements, Prentice-Hall India, 1994.
 MillmanHalkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw-Hill
 Helfrick A.D and Cooper .W. D., Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements Techniques, Prentice Hall 2008.
Mechatronics Lab
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
176
Sensor Kit
Lego Mindstroms®
Actuators
Embedded boards (Aurdino etc.)
Pneumatic kit with simulation software

Subject Anchor: Dr. Deepak Panghal, Asst. Professor, NIFT-Delhi
Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. Arivoli N., Asst. Professor, NIFT-Bengaluru
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
177
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1
Practical 1
28
Principles of Web Tutorial - Deepening Specialization
BFT503DS2 3
Development Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
* Teaching sessions to be planned for 14 weeks, excluding visits to fairs/exhibition and end term examination week.
SUBJECT AIM
 To design and develop a dynamic website
Knowledge
Students will have knowledge about:
 Web design Principles

 HTML5
 CSS3
 JavaScript
 PHP (version 7.1)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
178
Skill
 To design and develop web pages using all five medias((Text, graphics, audio, video, animation)
 Adobe Creative Suite – Dreamweaver as digital skills, Client side scripting (JavaScript) and Server side Scripting (PHP)
Synthesis
 Design and development of a dynamic website.

 Implementation of interactive web pages using HTML5, CSS3, and JavaScript
 Designing a responsive website using HTML5 and CSS3
 Development of a dynamic website using JavaScript ( Client Side Script ) and PHP( Server Side Script)
CONTENT
Session Hours Content/ Topic Details Suggested Pedagogy Self-Study / Studio Practice
Brief History of Internet, What is World Theory: Contact

Wide Web, Why create a web site, What is Session Suggested reading about
Introduction to HTML
HTML, HTML Documents, Basic structure of Practical : HTML Web basics and practice
1-2 and Basics in Web
2 an HTML document, Creating HTML Structure and basic HTMLtags (3 hrs.)
Design
document, Mark up Tags, Heading- tags
Paragraphs, Line Breaks, HTML Tags
Suggested reading about

Introduction to elements of HTML, working Theory : Contact
HTML tags and practice
with Text, Hyperlinks, Images and Session
3-6 4 Elements of HTML tags for Text, hyperlinks,
Multimedia, Working with Lists, Tables and Practical: HTML Tags
lists, tables, Forms and
Frames, Working with Forms and controls. i.e. HTML Elements
Frames (6 hrs.)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
179
Concept of CSS , Creating Style Sheet , CSS

Properties , CSS Styling(Background, Text Theory :Contact
Format, Controlling Fonts), Working with Session
block elements and objects, Working with Practical: Learn and
Lists and Tables, CSS Id and Class, Box Model practice CSS Syntax  Reading on CSS
7-8 2 Introduction to CSS ( Introduction, Border properties, Padding and rule. Topic and practice
Properties, Margin properties), CSS Implement CSS in Web CSS rules (3 hrs.)
Advanced ( Grouping, Dimension, Display, pages to create Web
Positioning, Floating, Align, Navigation Bar, templates or Web page
CSS Color , Creating page Layout and Site layout
Designs)
Reading JavaScript and

practice variables, literals,
Script tag, src, comments, variables, literals, Theory : Contact
type conversion, Arithmetic
type conversion, Arithmetic operators, Session
Introduction to operators, logical
logical operators, relational operators, Practical : Learn and
9-10 2 JavaScript, Operators, operators, relational
assignment operator, ternary operator use of JavaScript in
Popup boxes operators, assignment
comma, JS popup boxes (Alert, Prompt, Web Page
operator, ternary operator
Confirm
comma
(3 hrs.)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
180
Theory : Contact
Session
Practical:
Practice Conditional
Implementation of
Conditional Statements
If ,If-Else , Switch, conditional statements
11-12 2 Statements and (1.5hrs.)
while, do-while, for loop of JavaScript in Web
Loops Practice JavaScript Loops
page with multiple
(1.5 hrs.)
examples.
Use loops in Web page
with multiple examples
Theory: Contact
What is function, function types depends on Session Practice JavaScript
13-14 2 Functions with parameter, without parameter and Practical: Use of Functions
return type, local variable, global variable functions with (3 hrs.)
examples.
Theory: Contact
Reading and Practice of
Session
JavaScript Events and forms
Events- onload, onsubmit , onfocus, Practical: Use of Events
elements
onchange, Mouse Events & Keyboard events e.g. Mouse Events,
(3 hrs.)
Working with Form Elements(text, button, Keyboard Events etc.
Events and forms
15-16 2 password, select, text area, radio button, with examples.
checkbox ) ,Validating Form Fields Use of Form Elements
Design a website using HTML,CSS & using Login form
JavaScript Registration form and
multiple examples.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
181
Theory : Contact
Client Side Scripting vs. Server Side Scripting Session
Reading about PHP
17-18 2 Overview of PHP , Introduction to PHP, Advantages of PHP, Practical: Install PHP ,
(3 hrs.)
Set Up of PHP Using XAMPP XAMPP and execute
server side script
Theory : Contact
Reading & Practice on PHP
Session
Basics,
Practical : Learn and
Reading & Practice on
use basic Php syntax,
conditional statements
PHP Basic Variable, Data type, Operators , Print Implement Conditional
(1 hrs.)
Conditional Statement, if then else, switch case, While, Statement using PHP
19-20 2 Statements, do-while, for, for-each, Types of Array, Index with multiple
Loops in PHP
Loops and Array, Associative Array, Multidimensional examples, practice
(1 hrs.)
Arrays Array and Sorting arrays Loop in PHP with
Reading & Practice on PHP
multiple examples.
Array
Practice use of types of
(1 hrs.)
Array in PHP with
multiple examples.
Theory : Contact
What is a function, Types of functions, Built Session Reading & Practice on PHP
21-22 2 PHP Functions in function like numeric functions, string Practical: Use of functions
functions functions in PHP with (3 hrs.)
multiple examples.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
182
Theory : Contact
Session
Reading & Practice on Form
PHP Super global $GLOBALS, $_SERVER, $_REQUEST, $_POST, Practical: Implement
Validation and Super global
23-24 2 Variables & Form $_GET,$_COOKIE,$_SESSION, Uses of global super global variables
variables
Validation variables with example, Form validation of PHP and From
(3 hrs.)
Validation in PHP with
examples.
PHP and Database Theory : Contact

Connectivity PHP Database Connectivity using PDO with Session
Database connectivity using
25-26 2 (Database can be MySQL. Insert, Update, Retrieve, Delete DB Practical: PHP
PHP
MySQL, MS Access or records using PHP Database Connectivity
(3 hrs.)
Oracle etc.) with examples.
Specialized inputs
Theory : Contact
from industry on PHP
Session
and database Create a dynamic website
27-28 2 Create a dynamic website using PHP Practical: Create
connectivity. using PHP (3 hrs.)
Dynamic Website using
Continuous spot
PHP
evaluation-II

 Lectures
 Videos on various topics
 Demonstration
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
183
 Class practice assignments may be given in the class
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous evaluation guidelines:
1. By the end of 4th week, Explore various web sites and select a design and present the concept.
OR
Create the web site design using any tool which includes creation of all the web pages, front page design with navigation of buttons.
This can be evaluated for 10 marks.
2. By the end of 7th week, create a complete static web page using HTML and CSS
OR
Create a web page using any tool (Dreamweaver) and CSS
This can be evaluated for 20 marks
Mid-Term/
Mid-Module Assessment-1
At the end of 7th week, the Mid-term evaluation will have total of 30 marks.
3. By the end of 11th week, a practical or a written test can be conducted for evaluation either on various commands of PHP
OR
SQL queries for 10 marks.
4. By the end of 14th week, dynamic web site using HTML and PHP can be created
OR
A dynamic web site using any tool with any database of their choice can be created.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
184
This can be evaluated for 20 marks.
End-Term/
End-Module Assessment-2
At the end of 14th week, End-term evaluation will have total of 30 marks.
5. End Term Evaluation: Jury based

M.Mks: 40
Students will show a dynamic web site for any chosen topic using HTML and PHP and any database (sql server or MS-Access) which will
include insertion of data, retrieval of records, deletion of records and updating of data.
OR
Dynamic web site using any tool of their choice and any database of their choice with all the features of manipulation of data.
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
Books
 Laura Lemay , Rafe Colburn ,Sams Teach Yourself Web Publishing with HTML and CSS
in One Hour a Day, 6th Edition , Indiana : Sams Publication
 Robin Nixon, Learning PHP, MySQL & JavaScript with j Query, CSS & HTML5, 4th Edition, USA: O’Reilly Media, Inc.
 Lynn Beighley, Michael Morrison, Head First PHP & MySQL, 2nd Edition, USA:
O’Reilly Media, Inc.
 DT Editorial Services, Web Technologies, Black Book, 2018 , New Delhi :
Dreamtech Press
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
185
 DT Editorial Services,HTML 5 Black Book (Covers CSS3, JavaScript, XML, XHTML,
AJAX, PHP, JQuery), 2nd Edition, New Delhi : Dreamtech Press
E-Learning
 HTML5 Tutorial Available at: <https://www.w3schools.com/html/default.asp> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 CSS Tutorial Available at: <https://www.w3schools.com/css/default.asp> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 JavaScript Tutorial Available at: <https://www.w3schools.com/js/default.asp> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 SQL Tutorial Available at: <https://www.w3schools.com/sql/default.asp> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 PHP 7 Tutorial Available at: <https://www.w3schools.com/php7/default.asp> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 HTML5 Tutorial Available at: <https://www.tutorialspoint.com/html5/> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 CSS3 - Tutorial Available at: <https://www.tutorialspoint.com/css/css3_tutorial.htm> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 JavaScript Tutorial Available at: <https://www.tutorialspoint.com/javascript/> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 MySQL Tutorial Available at: <https://www.tutorialspoint.com/mysql/> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 PHP Tutorial Available at: <https://www.tutorialspoint.com/php/> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 PHP Manual Available at: <https://www.php.net/manual/en/index.php> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
Books
 Laura Lemay , Rafe Colburn ,Sams Teach Yourself Web Publishing with HTML and CSS
in One Hour a Day, 6th Edition , Indiana : Sams Publication
 Robin Nixon, Learning PHP, MySQL & JavaScript with j Query, CSS & HTML5, 4th Edition, USA: O’Reilly Media, Inc.
 Lynn Beighley, Michael Morrison, Head First PHP & MySQL, 2nd Edition, USA:
O’Reilly Media, Inc.
 DT Editorial Services, Web Technologies, Black Book, 2018 , New Delhi :
Dreamtech Press
 DT Editorial Services,HTML 5 Black Book (Covers CSS3, JavaScript, XML, XHTML,
AJAX, PHP, JQuery), 2nd Edition, New Delhi : Dreamtech Press
E-Learning
 HTML5 Tutorial Available at: <https://www.w3schools.com/html/default.asp> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 CSS Tutorial Available at: <https://www.w3schools.com/css/default.asp> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
186
 JavaScript Tutorial Available at: <https://www.w3schools.com/js/default.asp> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 SQL Tutorial Available at: <https://www.w3schools.com/sql/default.asp> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 PHP 7 Tutorial Available at: <https://www.w3schools.com/php7/default.asp> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 HTML5 Tutorial Available at: <https://www.tutorialspoint.com/html5/> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 CSS3 - Tutorial Available at: <https://www.tutorialspoint.com/css/css3_tutorial.htm> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 JavaScript Tutorial Available at: <https://www.tutorialspoint.com/javascript/> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 MySQL Tutorial Available at: <https://www.tutorialspoint.com/mysql/> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 PHP Tutorial Available at: <https://www.tutorialspoint.com/php/> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 PHP Manual Available at: <https://www.php.net/manual/en/index.php> [Accessed 5 July 2019].
 Computer Lab with Projector
 Internet explorer / Google Chrome
 IIS / Apache / Tomcat
 Adobe Dreamweaver CC Software
 XAMPP Software
 Computer Lab with Projector
 Internet explorer / Google Chrome
 IIS / Apache / Tomcat
 Adobe Dreamweaver CC Software
 XAMPP Software

 Subject Anchor: Dr. Prof. Sudha Singh, Professor, Bangalore
 Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. Nitin Uttam Salve, Assistant Professor, Mumbai
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
187
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 3
Practical -
42
Tutorial -
BFT504DS2 Lean Management 4 Deepening Specialization
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 Students will be able to gain knowledge about the fundamentals of lean manufacturing and concepts of waste elimination through the
use of various lean tools’ application to improve competitiveness and achieve high quality in apparel manufacturing and other
industries.
Knowledge:
 Students will be able to develop an understanding of the concepts and tools involved in Lean manufacturing and identify the various
tools used in the lean manufacturing to achieve efficiency of operations.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
188
Skill:
 Students will be able to assess the application of various Lean tools through the understanding of the requirements in the
manufacturing process.
Synthesis:
 Students will be able to apply the lean tools such as VSM, Kaizen, Kanban, Jidoka etc. to different situations as faced in the
manufacturing environment of an apparel industry.
CONTENT
Session Hours Suggested Self-Study

Topic/Content Details
No. Pedagogy
1-3 3 Introduction to lean  Lean manufacturing definition, Lecture Self-Study- 4 hrs -The
manufacturing  History timeline for lean Machine That Changed The
manufacturing, World – By James P. Womack,
 Concept of Muda, Mura and Muri. Daniel T. Jones & Daniel Roos
4-6 3 The Toyota Way, 14  Analyzing TPS and the 14 principles of Lecture Self-Study- 3 hrs
management principles, Toyota way The Toyota Way - 14
 How Toyota became the World’s best Management Principles By
manufacturer. Jeffrey K. Liker
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
189
7-12 6 Lean principles,  5 principles of Lean Lecture Self-Study – 6 hrs - Lean
Introduction to Lean  Gemba Manufacturing Pocket
Tools  Standardized work Handbook- – By Kenneth W.
 SMART goals Dailey
 PDCA
 Root Cause Analysis
 Value addition in Lean
o defining value
o Concept of VA, NVA and NNVA
13-15 3 Flow manufacturing and  TAKT Time Lecture Self-Study - 3 hrs

concept of VSM  Concept of cellular layout and Experiential Fundamental Principles Of
continuous flow learning- Lean Manufacturing – By
 Current state VSM& future state VSM suggested Shigeo Shingo
and flow manufacturing. role
play/game
for
continuous
flow
concept-
Faculty to
source
online
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
190
16-18 3 Introduction to 5S  5S system and workplace Lecture Self-Study - 3 hrs- Lean
practices organization. Manufacturing Pocket
Handbook – By Kenneth W.
Dailey
19-22 4 KANBAN  What is KANBAN, Lecture Self-Study - 3 hrs-

 classification of KANBAN, Experiential The Toyota Way - 14
 advantages of KANBAN process, learning- Management Principles By
 size of KANBAN, role play or Jeffrey K. Liker
 KANBAN supermarket, game for - Lean Manufacturing Pocket
 developing a KANBAN design. Kanban Handbook – By Kenneth W.
concept- Dailey
Faculty to
source
online
23-25 3 KAIZEN  Introduction to KAIZEN, Lecture Self-Study - 3 hrs- The Toyota

 KAIZEN history, Way - 14 Management
 KAIZEN principles, Principles By Jeffrey K. Liker
 KAIZEN umbrella, - Lean Manufacturing Pocket
 KAIZEN methodology, Handbook – By Kenneth W.
 5WHY analysis. Dailey
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
191
26-28 3 SMED  Concept of SMED, Lecture Self Study- 3 hrs- The Toyota
 examples of different types of quick Way - 14 Management
changeovers, Principles By Jeffrey K. Liker
 concept of internal and external - Lean Manufacturing Pocket
factors, Handbook – By Kenneth W.
 steps involved in SMED, Dailey
 benefits of SMED.
29-30 2 POKAYOKE  Concept of mistake proofing, Lecture Self-Study - 3 hrs

 how it can lead to zero defect
situation.

31-34 4 TPM- total productive  TPM- total productive maintenance, Lecture Self-Study - 3 hrs- The Toyota
maintenance  Concept and calculations for OEE- Way - 14 Management
overall equipment effectiveness. Principles By Jeffrey K. Liker
- Lean Manufacturing Pocket
Dailey
35-38 4 Visual factory  Principle of visual management, Lecture Self-Study - 6 hrs- The Lean
 types of visual control, Startup – By Eric Ries
 visual board, The Toyota Way - 14
 ANDON, Management Principles By
Jeffrey K. Liker
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
192
 concept of HEIJUNKA, JIDOKA & - Lean Manufacturing Pocket

HANSEI, Handbook – By Kenneth W.
 different type of floor marking, Dailey
 SIGNAGE.
39-42 4 JIT  Concept of ultimate factory, Lecture Self-Study - 3 hrs -

 principles of JIT manufacturing, The Toyota Way - 14
 Requirements of JIT & its advantages. Management Principles By
Jeffrey K. Liker
- Lean Manufacturing Pocket
Dailey
LEARNING AND TEACHING METHODS-
 Lectures, discussions, cases

 Industry expert interaction & field visit.
 Games aimed for understanding of concepts
 Case studies, articles.
NATURE OF ASSIGNMENTS-
 End Term Evaluation-Jury presentation
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
193
EVALUATION CRITERIA

Assignment -1 Assignment -2 End term jury – Based on minor
 Students in a group of 2-3 need  Students to explore the visual factory concept project covering the entire syllabus-
to study respective lean tools for implementation in their environment and Brief-implementation of a lean tool
implemented in a garment prepare a report on the same. The to resolve a practical issue in a
factory and prepare a report on environment chosen can be in the vicinity of garment manufacturing setup that
the same the institute, or within the institute itself (e.g was conceptualized in the
And/or GC lab). assignment 2 and how it can be
 Students to come up with ideas And /or implemented in a given setup.
for Kaizen implementation in  Students in a group of 2-3 need to choose a Emphasis to be on the detailing of
the manufacturing facility that lean tool based on the learning outcome of the the issue facing the manufacturing
they have studied course. They need to make a concept note on setup and the relevance of the
how to implement the lean tool in a choice of the tool(s) to resolve the
manufacturing setup as a research project. issue.
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
194
REFERENCE MATERIAL for faculty and Students

 The Toyota Way - 14 Management Principles By Jeffrey K. Liker
 The Machine That Changed The World – By James P. Womack, Daniel T. Jones & Daniel Roos
 Toyota Production System – By Taiichi Ohno
 The Lean Startup – By Eric Ries
 Fundamental Principles Of Lean Manufacturing – By Shigeo Shingo
 Lean Manufacturing Pocket Handbook – By Kenneth W. Dailey
Faculty to contribute and develop games for teaching various lean tools -share the same as a resource material.
 Industry visit to lean manufacturing setups
 Classroom with projector and VC connectivity for expert session
 Space for conduct of chosen games.
 Case studies
 Books
 Articles
 Videos
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
195
 Presentations
 Materials for conduct of chosen games.
 Other reference material available on net

Path way advisor: Prof. (Dr.) A.K. Khare &
Prof. (Dr.) Pavan Godiawala, NIFT Mumbai
Subject Anchor: Prof. (Dr.) Divya Satyan, Professor, NIFT Chennai
Subject Co-anchor: Mr. Ankur Makhija, Assistant Professor, NIFT Gandhinagar
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
196
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical 1 42
Tutorial -
BFT505DS3 Anthropometry and Sizing 4 Deepening Specialization
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM –
To understand prevalent garments sizing systems and size rolls.
To relate anthropometric growth of body with garment patterns and fit
To understand grading and relation to anthropometry and garment fit
Knowledge
Students will be able to understand the comprehensive process of sizing system development -beginning from the collection of human data,
which is the anthropometric survey, to the statistical analysis of the anthropometric data for a concrete sizing system and then the importance
of designing the clothing incorporating the fit of different body shapes. The will be able to relate the anthropometrics body build with grading
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
197
Skill
Student will be able to analyze the impact of body growth on fit of the garment and the grading rules. Student will able to the apply
anthropometry and its applications to the design and sizing of clothing
Synthesis
Students will be able to appraise the techniques of identifying correct landmarks for taking body measurements to achieve the desired fit. They
will be able to appraise the technique of grading to make the pattern bigger or smaller basis the growth of the body
Student will be able to interpret the size roll and relate size roll of one country to another.
CONTENT
Session Duration Topic Detailing Pedagogy Self-study
No. (Hours)
1 1 History of Sizing Evolution of sizing systems, The beginning of systematic 1 Hrs. Lecture Ref- 2 Chapter 1
System pattern construction and emergence of sizing for the mass 2 Hrs. Self-Study
production of clothing, Impact of fashion on development
of standard sizing for RTW garments.
2-3 2 Introduction to Overview of Anthropometry and its genesis; Traditional 2 Hrs. Lecture Ref 1- Chapter 2
Anthropometry Anthropometry 2 Hrs. Self-Study
Stationary and Dynamic Anthropometry, Three-
Dimensional Anthropometry Anthropometric data for
clothing design,- 1D, 2D, 3D data,
4-6 3 Human body Direct Way of taking measurements – Using 1 Hrs. Lecture Ref 1- Chapter 3
measurements -tools Anthropometer and other tools operated manually; 2 Hrs. Practical Practice
and instruments Indirect way of taking measurements – 3- D Body scanning; 3 Hrs. Self-Study
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
198
Standard definitions and different landmarks, Practical
exposure to take body measurements using
Anthropometer and other calipers Landmark identification
and correct postures
7-8 2 Anthropometric Need of a protocol or standard; International standards 1 Hrs. Lecture ISO
Protocols and related to anthropometry e.g. ISO 7250–1, ISO 8559 etc. 1 Hrs. Practical Identify
Standards Comparison of ISO measurement definitions of ISO7250 2 Hrs. Self-Study similarities and
and ISO 8559 and relate it to dress form/ human body differences
9-11 3 Sizing survey Methodology of conducting a sizing survey (Key 3 Hrs. Lecture Ref 1- Chapter 6
parameters); Importance and significance of national size 2 Hrs. Self-Study
and shape survey, Planning a national anthropometric
survey for clothing, challenges in conducting a sizing
survey. Discussion on sizing surveys of some countries
12-13 2 Sizing system Methodology of sizing system development, identification 2 Hrs. Lecture Ref 1- Chapter 1,4
development of key dimensions & control dimensions, secondary 3 Hrs. Self-Study &7
dimension for apparel sizing systems, Anthropometric
analysis using descriptive stats, bivariate analysis,
correlation, Multivariate analysis, PCA and Cluster analysis
and their application, body shape analysis, drop values, Size
system Development, Size system validation, Concept of
aggregate loss Various Sizing systems (Size systems of
different countries including USA, UK, EU, Japan, Korea
etc.)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
199
14-15* 2 Countries sizing Sizing survey of various countries methodology used and 2 Hrs. Lecture Ref 1- Chapter 10
survey challenges- USA, UK, Mexico, Thailand, China, Australia etc. 3 Hrs. Self-Study
Could be undertaken as discussion - interactive mode with
students
16-19 4 Assignment – 1 Students need to measure one garment each of upper 4 Hrs. practical Ref 1 – Chapter 9
(Group Assignment- torso and lower torso having similar style, of 3-4 same size 4 Hrs. Self-Study Practical
2-3 students) labels (6, 8, 10, 12,14 or XS, S, M, L, XL) for 4-6 different
brands and make a comparison report.
Or
Students need to make a comparative report on e-
commerce size charts of 6 different brands (2 different
categories). Comparison can be drawn on nomenclature/
size designation and labeling, size intervals, number of
sizes, size range, relative length and girth grades etc.
20 1 Sizing International Size standards, Importance of size 1 Hrs. Lecture Ref 1- Chapter 9
Standardization, designations, Key elements for designing size designations 2 Hrs. Self-Study
Apparel size Prevalent size rolls globally and in India, Concept of virtual
designations and sizing and its impact on the sizing systems.
labeling
21-22 2 Sizing and Fit Fit assessment, Fit testing Dress forms, Human fit models, 2 Hrs. Lecture Ref 1- Chapter 11
Virtual fit models, effect of material properties on sizing 2 Hrs. Self-Study &12
and fit (Stretch and non-stretch fabrics), allowance for
comfort and wear-ability
23* 1 Use of IT in Fit simulation, virtual product design and fit analysis, virtual 1 Hrs. Lecture Ref 1- Chapter 11
anthropometry try-ons and other future trends 2 Hrs. Self-Study
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
200
Could be undertaken as discussion- interactive mode with
students
24-26 3 Pattern Grading Grading process, Type of grading, advantages / 2 Hrs. Lecture Ref3 Chapter 1to6
disadvantages, 3D / 3D Grading advantages and 1 Hr. Practical Ref 4 Chapter 4
disadvantages; development of grade rules, relationship 2 Hrs. Self-Study Practice
between grade rules and associated body measurements.
Relation of anthropometry with Concept of 2D &3D
grading, split dig and grade plan
27-29 3 Bodice block grading Manual grading of bodice block 2D &3D split dig and grade 3 Hrs. Practical Ref3 Chapter 1to6
plan. 2 Hrs. Self-Study Ref 4 Chapter 2
Practice
30-33 4 Assignment – 2 3D grading of darted basic bodice block from size 6- 8- 10- 4 Hrs. Practical
(Individual 12-14 4 Hrs., Self-Study
Assignment) Or
Taking manual measurements of 2 girth, 2 height and 2
across measurements for 20 students (male or female)
and extracting same from 3D scanner and comparing the
difference
34-36 3 Skirt grading 2D Manual grading of Skirt from measurement 3 Hrs. Practical Ref3 Chapter 1to6
specification sheet - student to make split dig and grade 2 Hrs., Self-Study Ref 4 Chapter 2
plan for 1 size down and 3 sizes up Practice
37-39 3 Sleeve Grading 2D Manual grading of Sleeve on darted bodice block and 3 Hrs. Practical Ref3 Chapter 1to6
dartless bodice block - student to make split dig and grade 2 Hrs., Self-Study Ref 4 Chapter 2
plan for 1 size down and 3 sizes up Practice
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
201
40-42 3 Bifurcated garment 2D Manual grading of Bifurcated garment from 3 Hrs. Practical Ref3 Chapter 1to6
grading measurement specification sheet - student to make split 3 Hrs., Self-Study Ref 4 Chapter 2
dig and grade plan for 1 size down and 3 sizes up Practice
End term assignment Evaluation of Split diagram and grade plan of Skirt Sleeve
and bifurcated garment
Or
3D grading of darted basic bodice block from size 6- 8- 10
and Split diagram and grade plan of Skirt and bifurcated
garment (if 3D grading was not done as part of assignment
2)
*Could be undertaken as discussion - interactive mode with students

 Lecture, presentation, demonstration
 Practical, Hands on
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Marks Continuous Assignment 2 : 30 Marks End Term Jury : 40 Marks
Students need to measure one garment each of upper 3D grading of darted basic bodice block from Evaluation of Split diagram and grade
torso and lower torso having similar style, of 3-4 same size 6- 8- 10- 12-14 plan of Skirt Sleeve and bifurcated
OR garment
OR
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
202
size labels (6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or XS, S, M, L, XL) for 4-6 Taking manual measurements of 2 girth, 2 3D grading of darted basic bodice block
different brands and make a comparison report. height and 2 across measurements for 20 from size 6- 8- 10 and Split diagram and
OR students (male or female) and extracting grade plan of Skirt and bifurcated
Students need to make a comparative report on e- same from 3D scanner and comparing the garment (if 3D grading was not done as
commerce size charts of 6 different brands (2 different difference part of assignment 2)
categories). Comparison can be drawn on
nomenclature/ size designation and labeling, size
intervals, number of sizes, size range, relative length
and girth grades etc.
Break up of marks
1- Comparison of Size labels- 10 3D grading of darted basic bodice block from size 6- 8- 10- 12- Evaluation of Split diagram and
marks 14 grade plan of
2- Comparison of key body 1- Split diagram & grade plan one size up – 5 marks Skirt – 10 marks
measurements – 10 marks 2- Split diagram & grade plan for biggest size – 5 marks Sleeve -– 10 marks
3- Details of Assessment and analysis 3- Selection of zero position- 5 marks bifurcated garment – 10 marks
of mapping of one brand size to 4- Nested grading -15 marks Viva- 10 Marks
another – 10 marks OR OR
Taking manual measurements of 2 girth, 2 height and 2 3D grading split dig, grade plan and
across measurements for 20 students (male or female) and nested grading – 15 marks
extracting same from 3D scanner and comparing the Split diagram and grade plan of
difference Skirt – 10 marks
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
203
1- Manual measurement taking using anthropometric Bifurcated garment – 10 marks
kit – 10 marks Viva- 5 Marks
2- Measurement extraction from scanner – 10 marks
3- Statistically comparing difference and validating using
mean difference , Standard deviation and error
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL STUDENT

1. Anthropometry, apparel sizing and design- Woodhead publishing- Edited D. Gupta & N.Zakaria
2. Sizing in Clothing-developing effective system for RTW- Woodhead publishing- S.P. Ashdown
3. NIFT book of grading and sizing
4. Grading for fashion industry – Theory and practice -Patric J Taylor & Martin Shoben
REFERENCE MATERIAL FACULTY

1. Anthropometry, apparel sizing and design- Woodhead publishing- Edited D.Gupta & N.Zakaria
2. Sizing in Clothing-developing effective system for RTW- Woodhead publishing- S.P. Ashdown
3. NIFT book of grading and sizing
4. Grading for fashion industry – Theory and practice -Patric J Taylor & Martin Shoben
5. Clothing appearance and fir: Science and technology -- Woodhead publishing- J.Fan, W.Yu and L.Hunter
6. Grading for the Fashion Industry: The Theory and Practice by Martin Shoben and Patrick Taylor
7. Modern sizing and pattern making for women's and children's garments by Philip Kunick
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
204
8. Pattern grading for Women’s Clothes by Garry Cooklin, Wiley India
9. 3D Human Models from 1D, 2D & 3D Inputs: Reliability and Compatibility of Body Measurements Alfredo BALLESTER*, Ana PIÉROLA,
Eduardo PARRILLA, Jordi URIEL, Ana V. RUESCAS, Cristina PÉREZ, Juan V. DURÁ, Sandra ALEMANY Instituto de Biomecánica de Valencia
(IBV), Universitat Politècnica de València, Valencia, Spain DOI: 10.15221/18.132 http://dx.doi.org/10.15221/18.132
10. Garment-sizing Systems:An International Comparison Jongsuk Chun-Yoon Yonsei University, Seoul, South Korea and Cynthia R. Jasper
University of Wisconsin-Madison, Wisconsin, USA
11. Anthropometry. Comparative analysis of technologies for the capture of anthropometric dimensions -Rosmery Nariño Lescay, Alicia
Alonso Becerra, Anaisa Hernández González Instituto Superior Politécnico José Antonio Echeverría, La Habana – Cuba.
12. Data mining to improve industrial standards and enhance production and marketing: An empirical study in apparel industry Chih-Hung
Hsu SCIENCE DIRECT Expert Systems with Applications 36 (2009) 4185–4191
13. SIZE INDIA- Anthropometric Size Measurement of Indian Driving Population Dileep Kulkarni, Ranjan S, Vivek Chitodkar, Varada Gurjar, C
V Ghaisas and A V Mannikar- SAE International Symposium of international automatyive technology The Automotive Research
Association of India, India
14. UK National Sizing Survey – SizeUK Jennifer BOUGOURD and Philip TRELEAVEN International Conference on 3D Body Scanning
Technologies, Lugano, Switzerland, 19-20 October 2010
15. SizeGERMANY – the new German Anthropometric Survey Conceptual Design, Implementation and Results Dr. Andreas Seidl Dr. Rainer
Trieb, Dr. Hans-Joachim Wirsching
16. SizeITALY – The actual Italian measurement survey Peter V. STAMPFLI*a, Anke RISSIEKb, Dr. Rainer TRIEBb, Dr. Andreas Seidlb aSistemi
Assyst s.r.l., Lainate (MI), Italy bHuman Solutions GmbH., Kaiserslautern, Germany
17. Anthropometry of the Singaporean and Indonesian populations Tan Kay Chuan*, Markus Hartono, Naresh Kumar Department of
Industrial and Systems Engineering, National University of Singapore, Singapore International Journal of Industrial Ergonomics
International Journal of Industrial Ergonomics 40 (2010) 757e766
18. CESEAR Report
19. US : http://www.sizeusa.com/
20. Australia :Veitch, D. Veitch, L. and Henneberg, M. ; Sizing for the Clothing Industry Using Principal Component Analysis—An Australian
Example Published Online: 27 April 2007;SEDL / Journals / Journal of ASTM International (JAI)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
205
21. France: Elfriede Kirchdörfer and Martin Rupp; Possibilities and capabilities of 3D‐body‐scanning systems for the purpose of risk
assessment HETRA RfP C1.6 Human Health Projects ‐ Consumer Exposure 2005
22. Thailand: Supiya Charoensiriwath and Piyawut Srichaikul , Constructing Thailand's National Anthropometrics Database using 3D
Body Scanning Technology ,National Electronics and Computer Technology Center, Thailand 2009
23. www.sizethailand.org.
24. SizeChina
25. CAESAR REPORT
26. ISO 20685: 2010-11- International standard for 3D scanning methodologies for international compatible anthropometric data bases for
protocol for 3-D
27. ISO 20685-2:2015(E) - Evaluation protocol of surface shape and repeatability of relative landmark position
28. ISO 8559-1:2017 Size designation of clothes- Anthropometric definitions for body measurement
29. ISO 7250-1:2017 Basic human body measurements for technological design -Part 1:Body measurement definitions and landmarks
30. ISO 15535:2012(E) General requirements for establishing anthropometric databases
 Lab for housing scanner
 3D whole body scanner
 Anthropometer

 Faculty Advisor: Mr. S. S. Ray, NIFT Kolkota
 Subject Anchor: Prof. Dr. Noopur Anand, NIFT New Delhi
 Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. Amit Phogat, Assistant Professor, NIFT Gandhinagar
 Team Member: Ms. Vasundhara Chaudhary, Asso. Professor, NIFT Gandhinagar
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
206
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Pattern Making & Garment Tutorial -
BFT506DS3 3 Deepening Specialization
Construction for Loungewear
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 To enable students to understand the fit control points in T-shirt, Legging and Hoods.
 To develop the ability to assemble a women’s loungewear garment with industrial standards in terms of pattern, operation breakdown,
seams, stitches and usage of compatible needle, thread, deskilling device and so on.
Knowledge
 Students will be able to identify, choose and apply the best industrial practices to produce loungewear.
 They will be able to explain the functions of suitable sewing machines and deskilling devices to achieve quality and higher productivity
to manufacture loungewear.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
207
Skill
 Students will be able to make the patterns of T-shirt, Legging and Hoods.
 They will also able to construct the same to achieve desired fit and finishes.
Synthesis
 Students will be able to appreciate the techniques of pattern making and construction of loungewear
 Evaluate quality garment manufacturing process.
CONTENT
Self-Study / Studio
Session Hours Topic / Content Details Suggested Pedagogy Practice
Introduction To Understanding loungewear and its Lecture Market Survey on

1 –2 2 Loungewear categories. Loungewear (3 hrs)
Different types of Fabric used for
loungewear
Understand the fit control points in T-shirt,

Legging and Hoods.
Garment Demonstrations. Practice in Lab

3-5 3 Construction Of Construction of plackets applicable to knit (4 hrs)
Plackets used in garments
knits
Garment Demonstrations. Practice in Lab
6-8 3 Construction of Construction of patch pockets, half-moon (4hrs)
components using patch, rib attachment.
knits
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
208
Assignment 1 Students have to submit constructed Practice in Lab
9-12 4 components of Plackets, Pockets, half- Practical (3hrs)
moon patch, and rib attachment.
Components constructed using knit fabric
Or
Students have to submit a constructed

polo T- shirt with placket, collar and rib
attachment at sleeve. T-Shirt should be
constructed using knit fabric
Develop pattern for legging with all the Practice in Lab

13-15 3 Legging (Pattern marking Demonstrations. (3hrs)
Making)
Construction of legging with appropriate Practice in Lab
16-19 4 Legging fabric with elastic waist band Demonstrations. (3hrs)
(Construction)
Hoods Discussion on various kinds of hoods and Practice in Lab
20-22 3 their usage Demonstrations. (4hrs)
Developing pattern for basic hood /loose
fitting hood / cut in one with bodice
Test Fit
Assignment 2 Students have to submit Pattern and Practice in Lab
23-25 3 constructed Legging in knitted fabric. Practical (3hrs)
Or
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
209
Students have to submit Pattern and
constructed Legging with panels in
Knitted fabric.
Term Garment: T_ shirt with hood (selection of design to Patten Development,

26-28 3 be done from magazines and approved by Approval of design Test fit development
the concerned faculty) by faculty and construction of end
Patterns should be complete in all
term garment in Lab
respects and test fit is compulsory.
Constructed T-shirt with hood in (15hrs)
appropriate fabric.
OR
Athleisure sweat shirt (selection of
design to be done from magazines and
approved by the concerned faculty)
Patterns should be complete in all
respects and test fit is compulsory.
Constructed Athleisure sweat shirt in
appropriate fabric.

 Presentations
 Assignments
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
210
 Patterns
 Samples
 Test Fits
 Prototype
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Marks
(Mid Term) Continuous Assignment 2 : 30 Marks End Term Jury : 40 Marks
(End Term)
Students have to submit constructed Students have to submit Pattern and T- shirt with hood (selection of design to be
components of Plackets, Pockets, half- constructed Legging in knitted fabric. done from magazines and approved by the
moon patch, rib attachment. Components concerned faculty)
Patterns should be complete in all respects
constructed using knit fabric OR and test fit is compulsory. Constructed T-
shirt with hood in appropriate fabric.
OR Students have to submit Pattern and OR
constructed Legging with panels in Knitted Athleisure sweat shirt (selection of design to
Students have to submit a constructed polo fabric. be done from magazines and approved by the
concerned faculty)
T-shirt with placket, collar and rib Patterns should be complete in all respects
attachment at sleeve. T-Shirt should be and test fit is compulsory. Constructed
constructed using knit fabric Athleisure sweat shirt in appropriate fabric.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
211
Break up of marks

Continuous Evaluation : 30 Marks Continuous Evaluation : 30 Marks
1. Evaluation of Plackets: 10 Marks 1.Evaluation of Pattern of Legging : 15 Marks 1.Evaluation of Pattern and Test fit of T-shirt
2. Evaluation of Pockets: 10 Marks 2. Evaluation of construction of Legging : 15 with hood : 20 Marks
3. Evaluation of half-moon patch:5 Marks Marks 2.Evaluation of constructed T-shirt with hood
4. Evaluation of rib attachment : 5 Marks : 20 Marks
OR OR
OR 1.Evaluation of Pattern and Test fit of
1.Evaluation of Pattern of Legging with Athleisure sweat shirt : 20 Marks
1. Evaluation of Placket of : 10 Marks panels : 15 Marks 2.Evaluation of constructed Athleisure sweat
2.Evaluation of collar: 15 Marks 2. Evaluation of construction of Legging with shirt: 20 Marks
3.Evaluation of rib attachment : 5 Marks panels : 15 Marks
(T-Shirt should be constructed using knit

fabric)
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
Mid-Module Evaluation End-Module Evaluation
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
212

 Pattern Making for Fashion Design, Helen Joseph Armstrong, Harper Collins, LA
 Metric Pattern Cutting, Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Science Ltd., London.
 Metric Pattern Cutting for Menswear, Winifred Aldrich, BSP Professional Book, Oxford
 How to Draft Basic Patterns, Kopp, Ralfo, Zelin& LGross, Fairchild Publication, NY
 Pattern Cutting and Making up‐ The Professional Approach, Martin Shoben & Janet Ward, Butterworth Heinmann, Oxford
 Modern Sizing for Women’s and Children’s Garments, P.Kunick, Philip Kunick Publication, London.
 Designing Pattern‐ A Fresh Approach to Pattern Cutting, Hillary Campbell, Stanley Thornes (Publisher) Ltd.
 Dress Fitting, Natalie Bray, Blackwell Science Ltd., London.
 Dress Pattern Designing, Natalie Bray, Blackwell Science Ltd , London
 More Dress Pattern Designing, Natalie Bray, Blackwell Science Ltd., London
 Sewing for the Apparel Industry, Claire Shaeffer, Prentice Hall, 2001
 Sewing & Knitting, Reader’s Digest (Australia), Pty Ltd, 1993 Edition.
 Creative Clothing Construction, Allyne Bane, Mcgrawhill, 1966.
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mo0gNPtt-Aw
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WwiNprwLe0s

 Pattern Making for Fashion Design, Helen Joseph Armstrong, Harper Collins, LA
 Metric Pattern Cutting, Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Science Ltd., London.
 Metric Pattern Cutting for Menswear, Winifred Aldrich, BSP Professional Book, Oxford
 How to Draft Basic Patterns, Kopp, Ralfo, Zelin& LGross, Fairchild Publication, NY
 Pattern Cutting and Making up‐ The Professional Approach, Martin Shoben & Janet Ward, Butterworth Heinmann, Oxford
 Modern Sizing for Women’s and Children’s Garments, P.Kunick, Philip Kunick Publication, London.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
213
 Designing Pattern‐ A Fresh Approach to Pattern Cutting, Hillary Campbell, Stanley Thornes (Publisher) Ltd.
 Dress Fitting, Natalie Bray, Blackwell Science Ltd., London.
 Dress Pattern Designing, Natalie Bray, Blackwell Science Ltd , London
 More Dress Pattern Designing, Natalie Bray, Blackwell Science Ltd., London
 Sewing for the Apparel Industry, Claire Shaeffer, Prentice Hall, 2001
 Sewing & Knitting, Reader’s Digest (Australia), Pty Ltd, 1993 Edition.
 Creative Clothing Construction, Allyne Bane, Mcgrawhill, 1966.
 Pattern Making Lab
 Garment Construction Lab
 Deskilling devices
 Dress forms.
 Pattern Making Kit
 Garment Construction Kit

 Faculty Advisor: Mr. S S. Ray, Asso. Professor, NIFT Kolkata.
 Subject Anchor: Ms. Sharmila Sure, Asst. Professor, NIFT, Hyderabad.
 Subject Co-Anchor: Ms. M. Padmapriya, Asst. Professor, NIFT, Chennai.
 Subject Team Member: Ms. Shweta Jain, Asst. Professor, NIFT Bengaluru.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
214
TEXTILE INTERNSHIP
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
215
Hours/
Hours/
Semester
(2 weeks)*
Lecture -
Practical 2 weeks
Tutorial -
BFT506M Textile Internship 2 weeks 2 Major
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
To understand the concept of spun yarn production, grey fabric (both woven and knitted) production, dyeing, printing and
finishing of fabric, textile testing and their quality aspects both technical as well as for commercial purpose.
Knowledge

Flow process sequence and Technical details on machine particulars of spinning, weaving, knitting, dyeing, printing, finishing
and textile testing sections.

Particulars of raw material, intermediate products and final product, process details, product quality parameters.

Particulars of the manufacturing environment.

Human resource management.

Productivity analysis for various processes.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
216
Skill
 Demonstrate skills in the product development of textiles.
 Choose correct material for correct apparels.
Synthesis
 Students will be able to select correct raw materials and processes for different apparel products.
 Ability to come up with intervention ideas in the field of textiles as a garment technologist.
CONTENT
Session Duration Topic Detailing Pedagogy and

No. (Hours) Duration
1 24 Hrs Observations to be Observe and document the raw material specifications, Practical learning
made and information machinery features, machine & material process parameters
to be documented on available in detail in the areas as mentioned below:-
the Yarn A. Raw material storage and inspection section.
manufacturing and Detail documentation of the raw materials (fiber/filament) -
Winding section Its specifications, bale specifications, storage capacity its area
measurement and the brief layout. Fiber inspection and test
methods followed in the concerned manufacturing unit.
B. Blow room section.

Detail information on the opening & cleaning methods
followed – their timings, type of input/feed system, etc.,
mixing/blending ratios and the machineries used for this
purpose. Detail information on the input material and the
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
217
output materials’ specifications, productions per day per
machine, etc.
C. Carding section.
Detail information on the carding machine and process.
Machine specifications like draft (carding ratio), input
weights, wire pin specifications (angle, material, etc.),
different rollers in the carding machines, output material
specifications (linear density, productions per day per
machine, etc.).
D. Drawing section.
Detail information on the draft and doubling, machine detail,
number of draw frames in use in sequence, production per day
per machine, etc.
E. Combing section.
Detail information on the combing process and the machines in
use with productions.
F. Roving section.
Detail information on the roving process and the machines in
use with productions.
G. Spinning section.
Detail information on the spinning process and the machines in
use with productions, output yarn count, etc. H. Yarn storing
techniques and their testing methods.
H. Winding & Sizing section.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
218
i) Warp winding section Sectional warping, warp beam and

weavers’ beam preparation, sizing section- machineries,
production techniques, size paste ingredients, etc.
ii) Weft winding section Autoconer m/c, Rotoconer m/c, other weft
winding m/cs., winding process, production details, etc.
Students are also advised to observe at least one
problem from this section frequently occurring
and the plausible solution of that problem as a
case.
2 24 Hrs Observations to be Observe and document the raw material specifications, the Practical learning
made and information machinery features, machine & material process parameters
to be documented on available in detail in the areas as mentioned below:-
the weaving section:
I. Weaving section.
OR Different types of looms and their features and specifications
like WIR, rpm, production in length and weight, attachments
Observations to be if any like dobby, types of fabrics produced, fabric designing,
made and information efficiency, stop motions, safety measures, product defects,
to be documented on waste percentage, layout of the weaving section etc
the Knitted Fabric Students are also advised to observe at least one problem
manufacturing section: from this section frequently occurring and the plausible
solution of that problem as a case.
OR
J. Knitting section.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
219
Different types of knitting machines & knitting processes, like
flat bed and circular bed machines, their features and
specifications like gauge, diameter, productivity, product
defects, wastages, attachments if any like jacquard, etc.,
process details, machine layout, warp knitting & warp knitting,
machine control and safety measures, product details, knitted
designs.
Students are also advised to observe at least one problem
from this section frequently occurring and the plausible
3 24 Hrs Observations to be Observe and document the textile material and chemical used, Practical learning
made and information the machinery features,
to be documented on machine& material process parameters available in detail in the
the Dyeing and
areas as mentioned below:-
Printing Sections:
K.
i) Preparatory section. Processes namely, singeing,
desiring, scouring, bleaching, mercerization, etc., to be
observed and documentation on process parametric
controls, chemicals used, machineries used, etc., are to
be made.
ii) Dyeing section. Different stages of dyeing like, Fiber
dyeing, Yarn dyeing, Fabric dyeing. Different methods
of dyeing like H.T.H.P., Winch, Jigger, etc. Dyeing of
various types of blended materials like Polyester-
cotton, Polyester-viscose,
Polyester-wool, etc., apart from 100% pure textile
materials.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
220
And / OR
L.
Observe and document the textile material, process
parametric controls, chemicals used, machineries used,
etc..
ii) Printing section. Different styles of printing; printing
process detail, print paste ingredients, machineries
used, printing screen making techniques,
productivity, product detail, faults and wastages,
safety measures, etc.
Documentation on the process detail like chemicals

used, process parameters, & control, special features of
each type of machineries, productivity, product detail,
faults and wastages, safety measures, etc.
Observe and document the textile material, process

parametric controls for Calendaring and packaging.
Students are also advised to observe at least one

problem from this section frequently occurring and the
plausible solution of that problem as a case
4 24 Hrs Observations to be Observe and document the textile testing section in details in Practical learning
made and information the areas as mentioned below:-
to be documented on
the Testing and M. Textile testing section.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
221
Quality control Fiber testing, yarn testing, and fabric testing. Testing
sections: of different textile materials- their Physical,
Mechanical, Morphological properties, Colour
fastness properties, etc. Test method procedural
details and the instruments used to be documented.
Documentation on yarn defects, fabric defects, dyeing
and printing defects commonly found in the industry.
Students are also advised to observe at least one problem

from this section frequently occurring and the plausible
Practical learning on textile manufacturing, textile Product, textile testing, etc. on the floor of textile industry.
Machine manual, Videos, other leaning aids as per availability in the industry.
NATURE OF ASSIGNMENTS AND FINAL JURY
Learning Diary & Documentation (Assignments)

Report/Dissertation and presentation & Viva (Final Jury)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
222
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Learning Diary 30 %
Viva 20 %
Presentation 20 %
Report/Dissertation 30 %
Total 100 %
EVALUATION MATRIX
Faculty Mentor 40
Industry Mentor 20
External Jury 40
Total 100
Industry having textile manufacturing facility as mentioned like, Yarn and Fabric Manufacturing, Dyeing, Printing & Finishing, Textile testing
and Quality Control.
Different Textile materials, modern machineries and equipments used for textile manufacturing, other infrastructure, etc.….
NOTE:-
o The students are supposed to complete at least three of the abovementioned assignments working in atleast three sections.
o In case any student finds more than three sections available in the factory, the time allocated for carrying out the assignments in
each section may be suitably adjusted to cover all the sections available.
o The Project deliverables/results should be quantified as far as possible. Weightage would be given to the facts and
Statistics during evaluation of the report
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
223
Internship Report/ Document submission timeline:

 Each Student group needs to submit one hard copy of the document, as a GREEN COLOR (e.g., … )
 Hardbound document (report) and a soft copy to be submitted to the department.
Nature of the Internship Report/Document:
 The report should not be more than a 5000-6000 words typed A4 size document.
 It should be divided into following parts:
Part – I
Certificate for conducting the internship from the respective organization
Introduction
Objective of Internship
Company profile/ Company details
Organization Chart
Process Flow of the company with time duration for each activity / process
Part- II, III, IV, etc.
The report on each assignment (atleast three) conducted department/section wise as mentioned below must
be given as separate parts (e.g., Part II, III, IV, etc.)
Part-V
The learning experience with reference to a single most interesting incident during the course of internship should
be described in not more than 400 words.

Subject Anchor: Prof. Bibekananda Banerjee, NIFT Kolkata
Subject Co-Anchor: Dr. Shakeel Iqbal, Associate. Professor, NIFT Hyderabad
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
224
Semester-VI
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
225
SEMESTER - VI

Code Week Study
Sem. VI M BFT601M Human Resource Management Prof. Binwant Kaur 2 - 2
Sem. VI M BFT602M Sourcing & Costing of Apparel Products Mr. Joseph Regy 2 - 2
Sem. VI M BFT603M Apparel Merchandising Prof. (Dr.) Archana Gandhi 3 - 3
Sem. VI M BFT604M Research Methodology Dr. Rashmi Thakur 5 3 6
Sem. VI IDM Interdisciplinary Minor 3 - 3
Sem. VI GE General Electives 5 - 5
Sem. VI F BFT601MF Sustainable Production Prof. (Dr.) Jonalee Bajpai 2 - 2
Sem. VI DS BFT601DS1 Mechatronics-II Dr. Deepak Panghal 2 3 3
Minor Project on Designing a
Sem. VI DS BFT602DS1 Ms. Rengini G. 3 3 4
Manufacturing Setup-I
Sem. VI DS BFT603DS2 Data Analytics & R Prof. (Dr.) Raghuram Jayraman 3 3 4
Sem. VI DS BFT604DS2 Apparel Quality Management-II Prof. (Dr.) Divya Satyan 2 3 3
Pattern Making & Garment Construction
Sem. VI DS BFT605DS3 Prof. (Dr.) Jonalee D. Bajpai 3 3 4
for Contoured Apparel
Pattern Making & Garment Construction -
Sem. VI DS BFT606DS3 Prof. (Dr.) Noopur Anand 2 3 3
Jacket
Total 25 9 28
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
226
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
Tutorial - 28 Major
BFT601M Human Resource Management 2
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
The subject aims to provide knowledge and skill of functions of Human Resource Management to the students which will prepare them to
deal with human resources in the Industry. It will build understanding of processes of individual and group human behavior and human
resource practices.
Knowledge
 Various functions of HRM in an organization: recruitment, selection, placement, training and development, performance management,
motivation and team building,
 Processes related to individual and group human behavior, Principles of Human Resource Management, Emerging trends in HRM.
 Teamwork, leadership and motivational skills to organizational scenarios.
Skill
 Acquire skills for managing effectively the human resource in an organization.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
227
 Develop interpersonal skills.
 Prepare students to deal with Personality Assessment, Group Dynamics, Leadership and Self Development.
Synthesis
 To analyse the role and essence of HR management in an Apparel Industry and their contribution in providing support to the
organization in building successful enterprises.
 Application of the principles of Human Resource theory to effectively deal with human capital in a Fashion Industry.
CONTENT
Suggested Self-Study / Studio

Session Hours Topic / Content Details
Pedagogy Practice
Introduction: HRM Evolution of society organizations and
Reading on Human
work.
Resource Management
Work and nature of Changing definitions of individual purpose
process in Indian
Organizations and goals.
3 environment , The
1–3 Fundamentals of Organizational purpose Lecture and changing and emerging
and objectives Discussion scenario
Individual vs. Organizational Indian environment : The Changing and
purpose emerging Scenario
Definition and concept of Human
Overview of HRM Resource Management.
HRM-Nature, Scope functions Human Relation Approach, Human
Resource Approach
and objectives Lecture on Reading on Environment
3 HRM models Functions of Human Resource of HRM, Unions, Culture
4-6 different
Management , Managerial functions
Environment of HRM functions of and Conflict
Operative functions HRM
External and Internal forces Difference between PM and HRM
Environment of HRM
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
228
External : Political, Economic, Discussion
Technological, Cultural based on
Internal: Strategy, Task and leadership, nature and
Unions, Organizational culture and scope of
conflict. HRM,
Leadership
HR Planning Definition and Objectives.

Nature, importance The process of Human Resource
Planning. Assessing current Human
Factors affecting HRP Reading on Current HR
3 Resource and making an inventory.
7-9 The planning process Lecture on HR Practices in the
Requisites for successful HRP planning Organization
HR need and HR Supply forecast.
Barriers to HRP
Job Analysis
Concept of Job Analysis,
Job Description, Job Specification,
Nature, Purpose, Problems
Process of gathering job data:
individual interview, Group Interview
Methods of collecting job data Lecture on Job
2 Observation method Reading on different
10-11 analysis
Process of Job Analysis methods of Jobs
Job Design Role Play
Job Evaluation, Job analysis Methods
Steps, factors affecting Job
Job rotation, job engineering,
Design.
Job Design approaches
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
229
Recruitment
External: Supply and Demand
Factors governing recruitment
Unemployment rate , Labor market
2 Internal: Recruitment policy, HRP Theories on Recruitment
12-13 External and internal factors Lecture and
Size of the firm, Cost, Growth and Expansion /Process/factors
Role Play
Recruitment methods, recruitment planning. involved
Recruitment process
Selection Barriers to Effective Selection
Nature, Organization for strategy development, Searching, Screening Lecture Theories of Selection
2
14-15 Selection evaluation and control And Role Play Process
Induction purpose, Orientation Programme,
The workshop is part of experiential learning

Lectures, Role
activity. It aims at strengthening the soft skills
Play and other
2-3 needed for personal growth and career. It
activities
days deals with enhancements in the areas of
conducted with
excludi Outbound Programme * communication, building leadership skills, Outdoor activities
the students at
ng team spirit, ethics, positive attitude and
the site
travel motivational skills.
identified for
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
230
This 2-3 days workshop (excluding the travel) the
is required to be conducted as residential Programme.
outbound component.
Definition and purpose of employee training,

Training need analysis,
Avoiding managerial obsolescence
Preparing for promotion
Retaining and motivating employees
Training Design and Development,
Implementation of effective Training
16-17 2 Training and Development Employee Training methods Training and
Lecture on
On-the-job training development needs of a
Training and
Off-the-job training Garment Industry
Development
Evaluation of the training
Career development
Importance of Skill Development of operators
through training in Apparel Sector.
Performance Management
Nature, Objective
Performance planning and Review
Competency Mapping
Appraisal Process
2 Potential appraisal, Career and
18-19 Theory on Performance
Succession Planning Lecture
Edward Deming on Management
Challenges of performance appraisal
Performance appraisal
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
231
Dismissal,
Promotion, Transfer and Separation,
Theory on Promotion
2 Separation Horizontal Promotion,
20-21 Lecture Transfers and separation
Transfers, Lay off,
Vertical promotion.
Trade Unions, Dispute and settlements,
Collective bargaining, Factory Act, Child
Trade Unions
Labour Act.
Theory on Indian and
Change Management in HRM, Knowledge Lecture and Global HRM issues in
4 Indian and Global HRM –
22-25 Management, Case study Garment Industry
Emerging issues.
Human Resource Information System (HRIS) Discussion
Role of Human Resource in Apparel and
Factory Act, Child Labour Act
Textile Sector in India.
HRM issues faced by the companies today.
Industry Engagement:
Expert Lecture (EL) on HR initiatives taken by the Companies towards Recruitment and Selection / Expert lecture
3
26-28 Performance Management / Training and Development / Emerging HR trends adopted by them. (3 Hrs.)
(to be conducted during the semester by an Industry senior representative or alumni )
*Outbound Programme Course Outline (Conducted as a residential outbound workshop for 2-3 days (excluding the travel time))
Increase or maintain Motivation
Know yourself
Level of achievement motivation
Increase the intensity of achievement motivation
Goal setting behaviors
Your orientation towards tasks and rewards
Risk taking abilities
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
232
Sustaining peer-group pressure
Peer groups influences.
Ability to identify good and bad peer-groups.
Constructive goal setting and positive thinking peer groups
Issues related to adolescent mental health.
Decision making in the face of peer pressure.
Working in Team
Qualities of highly functional teams
Creating effective teams, turning individuals to team players
leadership roles in the workplace
Effective leadership
Managing team conflicts
Team harmony and individual growth
Coping up with stress

Improve abilities to manage work loads
Strategies to unwind
Assertiveness
Expressing in an open, honest and direct way.
Respecting the rights and beliefs of others
The problems of aggressive and passive behaviors and dealing with them
Dealing with difficult situations without causing conflict
Improve Communication and promote collaboration

Communication process and types of influencing
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
233
 Lectures: Understanding of concepts of Human Resource.
 Case Study: Experiential Learning
 Role Play: Group activity, enacting a situation in an organization with respect to a function of HRM
 Group discussion: Reflection of understanding
 Expert Lecture: Invite a representative of Industry (preferably Garment Industry) , an expert in HR functions and tools for a 3hrs
lecture.
NATURE OF ASSIGNMENTS: Continuous Evaluation
Assignment 1:
 Submission of answers to the questions (20 marks):
o Define HRM with respect to individual and organizational goals.
o Explain briefly the changing and emerging Scenario in HRM.
o State the functions of HRM and explain them briefly.
o What are the external and internal factors governing recruitment process?
o What are the various processes adopted by the organization for Selection of employees?
o What is Human Resource Planning and what are the demand forecasting methods in HRP?
 Presentation (10 marks): State various HR initiatives introduced recently (by an organization of your choice) for the benefit of
employees. [Session 7-10 ] [Session 11-14][Session 15-18]
Evaluation Criteria: Individual Student may be evaluated regularly based on parameters:
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
234
7. Regularity, attendance and Discipline in the class
8. Contribution/participation in the classroom
9. Completion of work as per schedule
11. Extent of research done
OR
Assignment 1:
 Submission of answers to the questions (20 marks):
o Define recruitment and internal and external factors influencing recruitment.
o Explain briefly the changing and emerging Scenario in HRM.
o State the functions of HRM and explain them briefly.
o What is the difference between recruitment and Selection
o Short notes on any 2: Knowledge based system, Competency management, performance management.
o What is Human Resource Planning and what are the demand forecasting methods in HRP?
 Presentation (10 marks): State various HR initiatives introduced recently (by an organization of your choice) for the benefit of
employees. [Session 7-10 ] [Session 11-14][Session 15-18]

CP-DFT
02.02.2020
235
Assignment 2:
I. Case Study (preferably of a Textile or Garment Company, Individual work) (20 marks):
To trace out the distinguished HR practices implemented in the company and to analyze them (20 marks)
Identify the HR issues faced by them, suggest creative solutions based on the HR theory.
a. Find out the reasons behind the success or failure of HR practices.
b. The above work will be evaluated during the sessions mentioned against each task and considered as the first assignment of 30
marks. [Sessions 1-10]
II. Role Play , Group Exercise – 4-5 students (10 marks)

Identify an enterprise and enact the roles of various positions in that organization. Enact the responses towards possible situations
as per organization's HR Strategy to satisfy, motivate and retain employees. Understanding the HR crisis faced by the company,
identify measures that may be required to regain its lost position in market. [Session 7-21]
Note: Through role play, students are assessed on depicting the role and responsibilities of each member in the HR department in an
organization. The strategies adopted by HRD to overcome the HR crisis faced by an organization through a role play. Through role play
students are assessed on skills such as teamwork, leadership and motivation to various organizational scenarios.

OR
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
236
Assignment 2:
I. Written Examination on topics covered in HRM such as Concepts, Scope of HRM, functions of HRM: HRP, Job Analysis, Recruitment
and Selection, Training and Development, Performance Management, Industrial Relations etc.
II. Role Play , Group Exercise – 4-5 students (10 marks)

Identify an enterprise and enact the roles of various positions in that organization. Enact the responses towards possible situations
as per organization's HR Strategy to satisfy, motivate and retain employees. Understanding the HR crisis faced by the company,
identify measures that may be required to regain its lost position in market. [Session 7-21]
Note: Through role play, students are assessed on depicting the role and responsibilities of each member in the HR department in an
organization. The strategies adopted by HRD to overcome the HR crisis faced by an organization through a role play. Through role play
students are assessed on skills such as teamwork, leadership and motivation to various organizational scenarios.

 End Term Jury (Groups of 2-3): 40 Marks
Students are assigned one of the HR functions for presentation. They will present the activities undertaken by the HR department as
part of the assigned function. They will identify a company (preferably an Apparel or Textiles), Study the initiatives taken by them as
part of the assigned HR function, say, Recruitment and Selection / Performance Management System / Training and Development /
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
237
Emerging HR trends (or any other related to workforce management). Students are required to collect secondary and (if possible)
primary data. A report may be prepared and presented along with a PowerPoint presentation on the above by the group of 2-3
students.
Understanding and knowledge of concepts in HRM: 40%
Extent of Research and HRM Case Studies: 20%
Application of HRM knowledge in Fashion Industry: 20%
Overall presentation: 20%
Parameters mentioned above may be given weightage (to be allocated by the subject faculty) and student may be evaluated accordingly on a regular
basis.
OR
 End Term Jury (Groups of 2-3): 40 Marks
Case Study (preferably of a Textile or Garment Company, Individual work) (20 marks):
Considering one or two functions of HRM, trace out the distinguished HR practices implemented by the company and analyze them
(success or failure). Also, identify the HR issues faced by them, you may suggest creative solutions based on the HR theory. Find out
the reasons behind the success or failure of HR practices.
Understanding and knowledge of concepts in HRM: 40%
Extent of Research and HRM Case Studies: 20%
Application of HRM knowledge in Fashion Industry: 20%
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
238
Overall presentation: 20%
Parameters mentioned above may be given weightage (to be allocated by the subject faculty) and student may be evaluated accordingly on a regular
basis.
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100

Suggested books:
 Human Resource Management- Texts and Cases by A. Aswathappa, 5th Edition
 Human Resource Management : A Contemporary Prospective by Ian Beardwell and Holden
 Personnel / Human Resource Management, Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd. By David A Decenzo and Stephens Robbins
 Personnel Management, Tata McGraw- Hill Publication by Arun Monappa and S. Mrza
 Personnel and Human Resources , Tata McGraw- Hill Publication by C.S. Venkata Ratnam and B.K. Srivastava
 Industrial Relations, Tata McGraw- Hill Publication by Arun Monappa
Reference Magazine, journals and other sources:

 EBSCO
 Proquest Emerald
 International Journal of Manpower
 Human Resource Management International Digest
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
239
 Strategic HR Review
 Personnel Review

 Human Resource Management- Texts and Cases by A. Aswathappa, 5th Edition
 Human Resource Management : A Contemporary Prospective by Ian Beardwell and Holden
 Personnel / Human Resource Management, Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd. By David A Decenzo and Stephens Robbins
 Personnel Management, Tata McGraw- Hill Publication by Arun Monappa and S. Mrza
 Personnel and Human Resources , Tata McGraw- Hill Publication by C.S. Venkata Ratnam and B.K. Srivastava
 Industrial Relations, Tata McGraw- Hill Publication by Arun Monappa
 Computers with Net facility for browsing through the on-line journals
 Class room
 White Board
 LCD Projector

 Faculty Advisors: Prof (Dr.) Archana Gandhi
 Prof (Dr.) Divya Satyam, NIFT, Chennai
 Faculty Anchor: Prof. Binwant Kaur, NIFT, Kolkata
 Faculty Co-anchor: Ms. Suman Verma, Assistant Professor, NIFT, Delhi
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
240
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Tutorial - Major
BFT602M Sourcing & Costing of Apparel Products 2
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
 To acquaint students with basic costing parameters, costing methods and sourcing strategies in apparel manufacturing.
 To enable students to calculate product cost of various apparel products.
Knowledge
 Understand and distinguish between various methods of costing, stages of costing, different types of costing and sourcing strategies.
 Identify the parameters considered when selecting suppliers.
Skill
 Breakdown a garment into various components and associated processes and create a cost sheet and calculate garment cost.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
241
Synthesis
 Assess potential areas of cost reduction and design methods through which costs can be reduced.
 Describe parameters for sourcing raw material and garments from internal and external sources.
CONTENT
Details Suggested Self-Study
Session Hours Topic / Content
Pedagogy
1-2 2 Introduction to Lecture “Cost Accounting- A Managerial
Cost Accounting Use and Objective Emphasis ”, Charles T. Homgren,
Difference between Cost accounting, management George Foster, Srikant M. Datar
accounting and financial accounting / Edition Nine / “Costing for
Cost centers/cost units clothing ”, Michael Jeffery /
Edition 1
3-4 2 Elements and Direct Cost /Indirect cost /Overheads Lecture/ “Costing for clothing ”, Michael
Classification of Discussion based Jeffery / Edition 1
cost & Cost Definition of costing, Difference between costing on Self Study
Behavior and pricing
Exercise of dividing costs into various classes
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
242
5-6 2 Materials costing Parameters involving material costing Lecture “Apparel manufacturing ”, Glock
Inventory -EOQ & Kunz / Edition Third
Resource optimization, Wastage : Normal and
abnormal
Accounting for wastage, scrap, defects etc.
Depreciation
7 1 Material cost Fabric Costing : Influencing factors Lecture “Predicting Costs in changing
parameters for Trims cost : Influencing factors environment ” – AAMA Report
apparel
8-9 2 Benchmark Market research in fabric / trim costing- 30 Marks

Assignment 1
10 1 Labour Costing Parameters of labour costing Lecture “Apparel manufacturing ”, Glock

Wage rate and piece rate & Kunz / Edition Third/” Costing
for clothing ”, Michael Jeffery /
Edition 1
11-12 2 Manufacturing Overheads, Classification of overheads Lecture “Apparel manufacturing ”,Glock
Cost Allocation and apportionment & Kunz / Edition Third/” Costing
Calculation of Prime cost for clothing ”, Michael Jeffery /
Defining general operating expenses Edition 1
13-14 2 Retail Pricing Cost plus / Demand pricing Lecture “Retail Buying from Basics to
Markups /Markdown calculation Fashion”, Richard Clodfelter /
Retail pricing strategies overview Edition two / page 422-436.
Export pricing
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
243
Incoterms and their application “Merchandising (Theory,
Freight costing Principle and Practice)”, Grace I
Types of freight cost Kunz / Edition Second / page
Freight cost calculations 422-423.
15-16 2 Stages of costing Precosting, Line adoption, Production costing, Job Lecture “Apparel manufacturing ”, Glock
costing and process costing losses, Equivalent units, & Kunz / Edition Third
Construction of process costing
17-18 2 Costing methods Direct Costing Lecture “Apparel manufacturing” , Glock

Absorption costing & Kunz / Edition Third
Activity based costing
Exercises on costing methods
19-20 2 Fabric costing for Weaving cost Lecture
Woven products , Costing as per Fabric construction Reference article at-
Knitted products Fabric cost per meter www.indiantextilejourn
& Fabric cost / garment al.com/articles/FAdetail
Yarn costing s.asp?id=2067
Trims & Calculations of yarn costing
Accessories cost Fabric construction –
and other charges Woven
Calculation for GSM
Fabric Cost per Kg.
Fabric cost / garment
Cost of trims (Labels, tags, buttons etc.)

Cost of accessories (Hanger, inner board, poly bag,
buttons etc.)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
244
CMT charges
Other charges (Print, Embroidery etc.)
Cost of Garment
Price of Garment
21-22 2 Standard costing Types of standard costing Lecture “Cost Accounting- A Managerial
Procedures variance analysis (material, usage, mix, Emphasis ”,Charles T. Homgren,
labor, overhead) George Foster, Srikant M. Datar
Target costing overview / Edition Nine/” Apparel
manufacturing ”, Glock & Kunz /
Edition Third
23-24 2 Sourcing Sourcing options Lecture “Apparel
Internal manufacturing Merchandising”, Jeremy
External manufacturing A Rosenau/David Wilson
or combination of both
Factors in sourcing decision
25-26 2 Sourcing Process The domestic and international sourcing process Lecture Reference article - Sourcing
Analysis of factors in sourcing decision strategies in clothing retail firms:
Methods of payment product complexity versus
Case studies in sourcing overseas supply chain by S
Guercini & A Runfola
Benchmark Numerical based class exercise (30 marks)
Assignment 2
27-28 2 Garment Costing exercise Lecture/ Class
Analyze various kinds of costing on a single exercises
garment (40 marks)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
245

 Lectures
 Practicals
 Case studies
 Market Survey
 Numerical Assignment
 Practical exercises
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1:
Continuous Assignment 2 :
30 Marks (Mid Term) End Term Jury : 40 Marks
30 Marks (End Term)
Group Assignment - Market Numerical Based Assignment Integrated assignment for Apparel Merchandising and Sourcing and
Survey – presentation and Individually Costing
document Costing of a garment – any woven or (Students Groups of 4-5)
Market survey for costing knitted garment- to be prior
parameters of fabrics and trims approved by the faculty for costing. 1. Each group will be allocated 2 countries-India, Bangladesh, Sri
Fabric – Rayon, Silk, Georgette, Individual Assignment- Garment Lanka, Vietnam, China, Cambodia, Indonesia etc.
Moss Crepe, Poplin, Cambric, Costing exercise, presentation and 2. Students will be allocated a product category Men's
Chambray, Voiles, Wool, Twills, documentation Shirt/Trouser/Shorts/T-Shirt/Skirt/Jeans/Dress/Dungarees
Canvas Sheeting, Cords, Denims, To do the costing of a garment 3. Consider a fabric content in which these garments will be made
Knits Jersey, Piques, I / Lock, incorporating all the costing (e.g. 100% Cotton, Cotton-Polyester, 100% Silk, Linen etc.) -to be
Jacquards, Velours, Novelties etc. parameters (Direct cost, Indirect cost, allocated by faculty. Research on whether the fabric is made
Trims-Interlining, Shoulder pads, Material cost etc.) Calculation of locally or will the allocated country import the fabric.
Buttons, Thread, Labels, Hang Marker Efficiency, Trims and
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
246
Tags, Size disc, Hanger, Hook & accessories used, cutting, sewing, 4. For selected fabric content select type of fabric (e.g Poplin, Pique
Bar, Zippers, Lining, Pocketing, finishing, printing /emb. (If etc.)
etc. applicable) cost, overheads 5. For each fabric type-search fabric suppliers in that country and
calculations etc. prices that they offer.
6. Price of trims
7. For the allocated 2 countries in which they will be manufactured-
Research on labour costs and CMT in that country for the
considered product category. Overheads and profits can be
standard (e.g. Overheads-15% of Raw material + CM and Profit- 8-
10% of Raw material+ CM+ Overheads)
8. Compare the final cost of the garment for the allocated countries.
Students will be expected to do research on each country's apparel
manufacturing industry, fabric manufacturing strengths and trim
manufacturing capabilities, labour costs.
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL For Students and faculty

 Predicting Costs in changing environment – AAMA Report
 Costing for clothing / Michael Jeffery / Edition 1
 Retail Buying from Basics to Fashion/ Richard Clodfelter / Edition two / page 422-436
 Merchandising (Theory, Principle and Practice) / Grace I Kunz / Edition Second / page 422-423
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
247
 Apparel manufacturing / Glock & Kunz / Edition Third
 Cost Accounting- A Managerial Emphasis / Charles T. Hamgren, George Foster, Srikant M. Datar / Edition Nine
 Apparel Merchandising/Jeremy A Rosenau/David Wilson
 Reference article at- www.indiantextilejournal.com/articles/FAdetails.asp?id=2067
 Reference article - Sourcing strategies in clothing retail firms: product complexity versus overseas supply chain / S Guercini & A
Runfola
 AV aids
 Class exercises
 Case Study discussions
 Lectures

 Subject Anchor: Mr. Joseph Regy , Assistant Professor, Bengaluru, Anchor
 Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. Chandramouli N. , Assistant Professor, Kannur,
 Team Member: Mr. Bikas Agarwal, Assistant Professor, Kolkata
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
248
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 3
Practical -
42
Tutorial -
BFT603M Apparel Merchandising 3 Major-Core
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
 To enable students to understand the concept of merchandising and its application & to familiarize the students with the role of
merchandiser in buying, manufacturing and retailing.
 To understand the linkage and functioning of the merchandiser with various departments of an organization and between organizations.
Knowledge
 Students will be able to understand the apparel supply chain and the need to coordinate with various entities of supply chain(from
manufacturing to consumer)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
249
Skill
 Students will be able to identify and distinguish between specific functions of retailer's merchandiser, merchandiser on the supply side
of the market and that in a buying office.
Synthesis
 Students will be able to evaluate the stages of buying/sourcing/supply and evaluate the most appropriate tools of merchandising used
to carry out specific functions.
CONTENT
Session Duration Topic Detailing Suggested Self-Study

(Hours) Pedagogy
1-3 3 Merchandising :  Merchandise Management : Evolution of Fashion Lecture No Self Study hours
The Concept Merchandising included for the subject
 Definitions of Merchandising, Merchandising for Retail Suggested Reading:
& Exports Apparel Merchandisers’
 Export house Merchandising , Buying House Performance & Supply
Merchandising, Retail Merchandising chain competitiveness by
 6 Rs' of Merchandising principles Archana Gandhi – Chapter 2
4-8 5 Organization  Organization structure of Export Houses and Buying Lecture Reading : Evolving role of
Structure ( Retail Houses, Role of Export house merchandiser , role of today’s merchandiser
& Export firms), buying house merchandiser, responsibilities (Activity
overview of Chart-Class exercise to assess who does what in all the
different functions from design to store)
departments  Retail Formats & Structures :
 Organization structure of a retail firm
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
250
 Formats of stores - Divisions and Responsibilities ,
Role of buyer , role of merchandiser
 Skills required of a Merchandiser - Communication &
Coordination with buyers , Qualities of Fashion
Merchandiser & Buyer
9-11 3 Fashion Apparel  Sourcing option- Different Sources : Domestic Lecture Reading
Sourcing and International Sourcing : Advantages , : Case Study: CS 1
Structures Disadvantages , Buying Offices Services offered
by a Resident buyer , Liaison office , types of
orders
 Factors affecting sourcing decisions
 Technology & Sourcing : JIT , Quick Response
12-15 4 Buying cycle &  Buying Cycles Lecture Suggested Reading :Fashion
Tools of  Tools of Merchandising , marketing & Buying by Helen Gowrek,
Merchandising merchandising calendar Chapter 3
 Critical path for product development
 Placing the order : Methods of Buying, negotiations,
terms of sales
16-20 5 Fashion  Fashion Forecasting Lecture & Suggested Reading &
Forecasting &  Directional shopping , comparative shopping Exploration Exploration : Calendar of
Product  Role of Trade Fairs , Exhibitions and Fashion shows major fairs and their role in
Development , calendar of major fairs product development and
 PD & Global sourcing (Need for PD , Product life next season merchandise
cycle, Product Identity, Product Differentiation, planning
People involved in process of PD and their roles) Case Study : WGSN
Product Development-Key
to Successful Sourcing
article by Dr. Noopur Anand
& Dr. Archana Gandhi
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
251
21-25 5 Merchandising :  Role of merchandiser in – Line planning, Line Lecture & Reading &
Execution development, Line review and line selection Exploration Exploration : Line
 Line development principles: The concept, role of development process,
merchandiser in line plan/range plan Planning exercises , mood
 Use of technology in Line development board development from
 Line development process: Development of Line plan Apparel merchandising : the
and execution - Line review, Line selection line starts here, 1st Edition
26-28 3 Merchandise  Multiplying Factor, Gross Margin, target prices Lecture
Costing  Incoterms (commonly used C, D, E, F terms) ,
Whole sale Price, Minimum Order Quantities
 Costing strategies and levels of costing
29-32 4 Vendor  Vendor selection & evaluation Lecture & Reading & Exploration:
Management  Retailer / vendor Relationships Exploration Kohl’s Vendor Selection
 Causes of conflict Criteria or similar one
 Negotiations Case Study: CS 2 & CS 3
 Ethical & legal behavior between retailer and vendor
33-36 4 Buyer  Buyer Checklist When meeting a new buyer what Lecture
Communication aspects that buyer and
manufacturer need to discuss_- Range presentation
to the buyer
( to assess logical sequencing)
37-42 6 Merchandising Demo of Modules of ERP/PLM by software providers Exploration
Software like-WFX, ITC Infotech, Royal Datamatics, Apparel
Connect, Elastic
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
252

 Lectures
 Case studies : ( Faculty may select the suggested case studies or similar ones for related areas)
 CS 1: Treadwell’s : The buyers decision by Judith Everett (Available in Concepts & Cases in Retail & Merchandise Management ,
2nd Edition)
 CS 2: Credit problems and order nightmares by Courtney Cothren & Stephens College, (Available in Concepts & Cases in Retail &
Merchandise Management , 2nd Edition)
 CS 3 : Retailer/Manufacturer Conflict by Suzanne G. Marshall , (Available in Concepts & Cases in Retail & Merchandise
Management , 2nd Edition)
 Role play exercise: Stakeholder exercise in merchandising
 Self-directed study :Reading
 Li & Fung Paper on Operations , H&M initiatives and Linkages & others
 Industry Engagement:
a. Expert lecture (EL) on “Evolving Role of merchandisers in fashion business”.
b. TIC : Usage of merchandising tools in a buyers office , buying agency , retail company and manufacturing company
 Continuous evaluation 1&2: Submission and presentations
 End Term Evaluation- Integrated Assignment of Apparel Merchandising along with Sourcing & Costing of Apparel Products subject
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
253
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Evaluation 1 : Continuous Evaluation 2 : 30 Marks (End Term) End Term Jury : 40 Marks
30 Marks
(Mid Term)
OPTION 1 - 4-5 brands of a OPTION 1 - Select one international apparel OPTION 1 - Integrated Assignment with Sourcing & Costing
specific product category retailer/brand owner. Document the retailer's of Apparel Products-
to compare and analyse: -Sales revenue/growth
 Price points -Target Customers Each group will be allocated 2 countries
 Silhouettes & Fits -Competitors -India, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Vietnam, China, Cambodia,
 Styling - product types Indonesia etc.
 Material - price points
1. Students will be allocated a product category
 Colors -Vendor Selection Criteria Men's Shirt/Trouser/Shorts/T-
 Promotion policies -CSR Policies Shirt/Skirt/Jeans/Dress/Dungarees; etc.
The information can be 2. Consider a Fiber content in which these garments will be
OPTION 2- Group Assignment Group
collected from both made (e.g. 100% Cotton, Cotton-Polyester, 100% Silk,
Assignment -Research on apparel supply chain
primary as well as Linen etc.) -to be allocated by faculty.
trends and their applicability 3. For selected Fiber content select type of fabric- also
secondary resources.
- PLM identify clearly the fabric characteristics like surface
Students can visit one or
- CPFR design, finishes, count, construction and GSM, weave, to
more outlets for the be able to compute costs correctly(e.g. Poplin, Pique etc.)
- RFID
brand/product at different 4. Research on whether the fabric is made locally or will the
- Sewbots
locations. Report has to be allocated country imports the fabric.
- Virtual Prototyping 5. For each fabric type-search fabric suppliers in that
in tabular form.
- Digital quality control country and prices that they offer.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
254
OPTION 2- Group - Apparel Industry 4.0 6. Price of trims and any other processes on the product
Assignment -Research on - AR & VR in apparel retail category selected which may be common to that
category (embroidery, washes, print, finish, Overdyeing
-Advantages and - Virtual Try-ons
etc.)
disadvantages of external 7. For the allocated 2 countries in which they will be
sourcing vs domestic manufactured- Research on labour costs and CMT in that
sourcing country for the considered product category. Overheads
-Intermediaries in apparel and profits can be standard( e.g. Overheads-15% of Raw
material + CM and Profit- 8-10% of Raw material+ CM+
sourcing
Overheads)
-Organization structure of 8. Any other assumptions that are made by the students to
retailers reach the cost of garments need to be clearly stated
-Future of sourcing 9. Compare the final cost of the garment for the allocated
-Fast vs slow Fashion countries.
-SWOT analysis of leading Students will be expected to do research on each country’s
apparel manufacturing industry, fabric manufacturing
apparel exporting nations strengths and trim manufacturing capabilities, labour
of the world (2-3 groups costs.
can cover different OPTION 2-
countries) Each group will be allocated 1 product type.
-Assessment of
merchandiser performance Students will compare apparel manufacturing,
transportation and shipping costs from any 2 exporting
countries to USA and Europe (any country in Europe).
Also do report on country’s apparel manufacturing industry,
fabric manufacturing strengths and trim manufacturing
capabilities
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
255
EVALUATION MATRIX

Total
Mid-Module Assessment End-Module Assessment (Integrated Assignment Jury)
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL
For Students:
rd
1. Fashion Marketing , 3 Edition Mike Easey Wiley Blackwell
2. Fashion buying, 2nd Edition Goworek, Helen Oxford : Blackwell Science
3. Apparel merchandising : the line Rosenau, Jeremy A. & Wilson D.L. New York : Fairchild
starts here, 1st Edition
4. Apparel Merchandisers' Performance Archana Gandhi Lambert Academic Publishing
and Supply Chain Competitiveness ISBN# 978-3-330-05372-4
5. Concepts & Cases in Retail & Nancy J. Rabolt , Judy K. Miler Fairchild Books, New York
Merchandise Management , 2nd
Edition
6. Merchandising, Theory, Principals, Grace I Kunz Fairchild Books
and Practice, 2nd Edition
7. Fashion Marketing: Theory, Principles Marianne C Brickle Fairchild Books
and practice
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
256
8. Articles & Research papers on Fashion Marketing ( like Fashion Marketing pdf from Liz Barnes)
9. Li & Fung Paper on Operations , H&M initiatives and Linkages & others
For Faculties
1. Fashion Marketing , 3rd Edition Mike Easey Wiley Blackwell
2. Fashion buying, 2nd Edition Goworek, Helen Oxford : Blackwell Science
3. Apparel merchandising : the line Rosenau, Jeremy A. & Wilson D.L. New York : Fairchild
starts here, 1st Edition
4. Apparel Merchandisers' Performance Archana Gandhi Lambert Academic Publishing
and Supply Chain Competitiveness ISBN# 978-3-330-05372-4
5. Concepts & Cases in Retail & Nancy J. Rabolt , Judy K. Miler Fairchild Books, New York
Merchandise Management , 2nd
Edition
6. Merchandising, Theory, Principals, Grace I Kunz Fairchild Books
and Practice, 2nd Edition
7. Fashion buying & Merchandising Sidney Packard, Dr. Arthur A. Winters Fairchild Books
8. Fashion Merchandising Virginia Grose AVA Publishing
9. Fashion Marketing: Theory, Principles Marianne C Brickle Fairchild Books

and practice
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
257
10. Retail fashion promotion & Mary Frances Drake Pearson
Advertising
11. Articles & Research papers on Fashion Marketing ( like Fashion Marketing pdf from Liz Barnes)
12. Li & Fung Paper on Operations , H&M initiatives and Linkages & others
Class room, Projector, Audio/Video facility
PLM software

 Subject Anchor: Prof (Dr.) Archana Gandhi, NIFT Delhi
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
258
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 3
Practical 2
70
Tutorial -
BFT604M Research Methodology 6 Major
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 Acquire knowledge of basic and advanced techniques for data analysis from a viewpoint of fashion business scenario;
 Provide hands on experience with data analysis using statistical tools;
 Develop an understanding on research, problem identification and methodology;
 Impart understanding on the decision-making techniques.

Knowledge
 Enabling students to select appropriate tools for inferential statistics;
 Recognize the importance of accuracy of statistical tools used in particular analysis of a business case;
 Methodology to discover trends by data analysis
 Understanding on some basic concepts of research and its methodologies
 Ability to select and define appropriate research problems and parameters
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
259
Skill
 Summarizing analyzed results in a conclusive form;
 Ability to take informed managerial decisions based on statistical analysis;
 Drafting a project/research proposal;
 Drafting project/research report.
Synthesis
 Offer pragmatic solution in the real-life business environment based on the statistical analysis;
 Organize and conduct research, independently, in an appropriate manner.
CONTENT
Session Duration Topic Detailing Pedagogy Self-study
No. (Hours)
1–2 2 Introduction to Objectives, Types, Research Process Lecture
Research
Methodology
3–4 2 Research Design Meaning, research Design for exploratory, Lecture Revise the topics from
descriptive and hypothesis testing research studies Reference 2 (3 hours)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
260
5–7 L2 Sampling Theory  Probability and Non-probability sampling, Lecture Revise the topics from
P1 Simple Random Sampling, Systematic Practical any one of the
sampling, stratified random sampling, cluster reference no. 1-5 (3
sampling, quota sampling, multi stage hours)
sampling, etc.
 Sample size Determination, Confidence level
and error % allowed
8-9 2 Review of Literature Identifying sources for secondary data and Lecture Students in a group of 2
reporting the same (in consultation with the
faculty) are expected to
identify a business
research problem and
prepare a research
proposal ( 6 hours)
10-11 2 Measurement & Classification, test of sound measurement, rating Lecture
Scaling and ranking scales, item analysis-cumulative scales
12-15 L2 Questionnaire Questionnaire Design Process, Types of Questions, Lecture Questionnaire

P2 Design Pilot Test of Questionnaire. Practical Development on the
chosen topic by
referring existing
questionnaires in the
report at resource
center (4 hours)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
261
16-17 2 Introduction to Scope and importance of data and its analysis, Role Lecture
Statistics of statistics in business environment, Application of
statistics in research
18-19 2 Methods of Data Primary & secondary data sources, Focus Group Lecture
Collection Discussion, Personal Interview method, Expert
opinion survey
20-23 L2 Introduction to  Introduction to frequency distributions Lecture Practice 6-8 frequency

P2 Frequency  How to construct a frequency distribution Practical distributions and cross
distribution  Usage of graphs to depict frequency tabulation on MS Excel
distributions (3 hours)
 Usage of frequency distributions
 Cross Tabulation using MS – Excel
24-27 L2 Measures of Central Mean, Median, Mode, Dispersion, Ranges, Relative Lecture
P2 Tendency dispersions Practical
28-31 L2 Measures of Standard Deviation, Coefficient of Variation (CV%), Lecture Practice calculation of
P2 Dispersion Variance, Standard Error Practical measures of central
tendency and dispersion
on manually and on MS
Excel (3 hours)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
262
32-36 5 Assessment 1  Presentation and submission of research Practical Students will gather
proposal along with the questionnaire primary data using
designed and nature and form of expected schedule from a
findings minimum number of
 Students will be provided feedback on the 100 respondents (6
questionnaire designed and they will gather hours)
primary data using schedule from a minimum
number of 100 respondents (during Self Study)
37-38 2 Introduction to Basic terminology, types of probability, Probability Lecture
Probability rules, Dependence & Independence
39-43 L3 Data Preparation Editing, coding, data entry, classification, tabulation Lecture
P2 Practical
44-46 L2 Normal Distribution  Normal distribution Lecture Study other
P1 and its applications  Normal distribution theorem Practical distributions-
 Normal Distribution curve and its ranges Lognormal, Binomial
 Skewness and Kurtosis and Poisson’s ( 4 hours)
 Point estimates, interval estimates
 Applications of Normal distribution using z-
table
47-50 L2 Correlation and Introduction to Correlation and regression, Lecture
P2 Regression Correlation (Karl-Pearson), Regression, Regression Practical
Line, Using Excel spread sheets to calculate
regression and correlation
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
263
51-55 L3 Hypothesis Testing Z – test, t- test for proportions and means Lecture
P2 Practical
56-60 L3 ANOVA and Chi- Inference about a population variance/two/ more Lecture Analysis of data
P2 square Test than two population, Test of independence and test Practical gathered using MS –
of goodness of fit Excel (6 hours)
61 – 63 3 Report Writing Significance and types of Report Writing, Lecture Refer various reports of
Referencing and bibliography students in resource
center (4 hours)
64 – 68 5 Assessment 2 - Students will present the findings of the Practical
survey and submit a report
- Students will be provided feedback on the
report submitted and they will present the
same with amendments to the external jury
69-70 2 Research ethics Meaning of research ethics, clients ethical code, Lecture
researchers ethical code, ethical codes related
to respondents, responsibility of ethics in
research
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
264

 Lectures and tutorials
 Case studies
 Practical- Software
 Data collection through primary and secondary research
 Report writing
 Presentation
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : Continuous Assignment 2 :
30 Marks 30 Marks
(In a group of maximum 2 students) (In a group of maximum 2 students)
Submission (soft copy) of all the Written Test on statistical analysis (Sampling, Nature of the exam – Jury based evaluation
references (minimum 20) collected Scaling, Frequency Distribution, Probability, Students (In a group of maximum 2 students) are
for secondary research along with Normal Distribution Correlation Regression, required to present the findings of the project carried
tabulated compilation of summary Hypothesis Testing, ANOVA, Chi-square) out, both secondary and primary research. The
from each literature (with details of OR students are required to apply appropriate statistical
references, keywords, major take Submission and Presentation of report on a tools, perform statistical analysis on a primary dataset.
away) chosen topic with a designed survey Evaluation parameters:
OR questionnaire as annexure and secondary
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
265
Presentation and submission of data representation using tools learnt along 1. Relevance of the topic and methodology
research proposal along with the with primary data analysis : adopted (10 Marks)
questionnaire designed and nature 2. Review of Literature (10 marks)
and form of expected findings. Evaluation parameters (for second format): 3. Data analysis (10 marks)
4. Viva-voce (10 Marks)
Evaluation parameters (for second 1. Identification of appropriate statistical
OR
format): tools – 15 marks
Students (individual) to study 3-4 case studies related
2. Research Report – 15 marks
to any manufacturing sector set-up and present a
1. Identification of gaps – 10
critical examination of the case w.r.t. to quality of
marks
secondary research done, tools used for primary
2. Research Proposal – 10 marks
research, and comment on methodology and come up
3. Questionnaire designed – 10
with suggestions and future scope of research.
marks
Evaluation parameters:
1. Relevance of article selected, critical comments

given on RoL, Methodology and Analysis (20
marks)
2. Quality of suggestions given for each paper (10
marks)
3. Viva-voce (10 Marks)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
266
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term Assessment End-Term Assessment End Term Evaluation (Jury) Total

30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL FOR FACULTY (Additional to reference material mentioned for students)
1. Montgomery D. C. and Runger G.C., Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 6th Edition
2. Montgomery D. C., Design and Analysis of Experiments, John Willey & Sons Inc, 8th Edition
3. Raymond H. M., Montgomery D. C. and Anderson C.M., Response Surface Methodology: Process and Product Optimization Using
Designed Experiments, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 3rd Edition
4. Stine R. A. and Foster D., Statistics for Business: Decision Making and Analysis, Pearson, 2nd Edition 2014
5. Leaf, G. and Douglas, K., Practical statistics for the textile industry, Manchester: Textile Institute
6. Keller G., Statistics for management and economics, 2015, 10th ed. South Western.
7. Anderson, D., Sweeney, D., Williams, T., Camm, J. and Cochran, J., Statistics for business and economics, Learning India, Delhi, 2017.
1. Cooper D. R. and Schindler P. S., Business Research Methods, Tata McDraw-Hill 8th edition
2. Kothari C.R. and Gard G., Research Methodology: Research and Techniques, New Age International Publishers, 3rd Edition
3. Malhotra N. and Das S., Marketing Research, 7th Edition, Pearson Publication
4. Mangal S.K. and Mangal S., Research Methodology in Behavioural Sciences, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
267
5. Levi R. I. and Rubin D.S., Statistics for Management, Prentice Hall of India 7th edition
6. Hayavadana J., Statistics for Textile and Apparel Management, Published by Woodhead Publishing Limited, ISBN 10: 9380308043 ISBN
13: 9789380308043
7. MIT openCourseWare. 2015. 6.Regression Analysis. [ONLINE] Available at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l1kLCrxL9Hk. [Accessed
2 November 2018].
8. MIT open CourseWare. 2015. 8.Time Series Analysis I. [ONLINE] Available at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uBeM1FUk4Ps.
[Accessed 2 November 2018].
9. MIT openCourseWare. 2017. 1.Introduction to Statistics. [ONLINE] Available at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VPZD_aij8H0.
[Accessed 2 November 2018].
 Classroom with seating for 36 students and presentation infrastructure
 Soft boards for students to display their analysis to the rest of the class
 IT Lab with MS – Excel

Faculty Advisor: Prof. (Dr.) A K Khare & Prof. (Dr.) Pavan Godiawala
Subject Anchor: Dr. Rashmi Thakur, Asst. Professor, NIFT-Mumbai
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
268
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Tutorial -
BFT601MF Sustainable Production 2 Major-Floating
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
To sensitize and create an awareness of sustainable design & technology, enabling students to recognize the economic and environmental
impacts of the design & technology they choose to reduce its ill effects.
Knowledge: Students will get acquainted with different aspects of Sustainability and its best practices:
Product Lifecycle Assessment, Carbon footprint, Green Labels, Sustainability Index, Green building.
Skill: Students will be able to understand the environment impact of an Apparel Supply Chain
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
269
Synthesis: Students will be able to explain the environment impact of an Apparel Supply chain and its probable sustainable alternatives.
CONTENT
Session Hours Topic/Content Details Suggested

Pedagogy
1-2 2 Introduction to Evolution of Sustainable Development -Rio to Paris Convention, Lecture
Sustainable COP21 Audio Visual
Concept of Sustainability and How something can be sustainable
Development and
Climate change and its effects on Environment
sustainability SDG’s (Sustainable Development Goals)
3-4 2 Sustainability & 3 pillars Various Definitions, Concept related to Sustainability, Environment, Lecture Case Study
of Sustainability Green, Eco Friendly, Concept of Circular Economy etc. in context of Audio Visual
Textile and Apparel Industry
Sustainable Design Cradle-to-Cradle: As a root to sustainability
Fast Fashion and Slow Fashion, Craft& Sustainability
TBL ‐ Triple bottom‐line approaches to sustainability. 3P’s of
Sustainability
5-7 3 Sustainable Supply Chain Application of 6 R Approach - Lecture Case
Life Cycle Approach – LCA – IT as tool for LCA – LCA Case Study Study Audio Visual
Apparel Industry lifecycle carbon Mapping
8-10 3 Environment Impact of Textile & Apparel Production Lecture Case Study
Sustainable Environmental Issues with Natural Fiber & Synthetic fiber Audio Visual
Development its Resources Consumed – Energy, water, chemicals and land in from
relevance in context of Fiber to Finishing
Textiles Waste and Emission produced – to Air, Water and Land from Fiber
to Finishing
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
270
Hazardous Substances in Clothing (PFC’s, Phthalates etc.)
11-13 3 Alternate Sustainable Solution from Fiber to finishing
Fiber– I– Organic Cotton, Wool, Silk.
II – Hemp, Jute, Sisal, Banana, Soya.
III– New developments in manufactured fiber. New more eco‐
friendly manufactured fibers: Lyocell and its variant’s
14-15 2 Trims – Non‐Electroplated Metal trims
Processing – Pretreatment (Sizing, Scouring, Bleaching,), Dyeing,
Printing and Finishing
(ZDHC) Zero Discharge of Hazardous Chemicals,
Restricted Substance List and Material Safety Data Sheet
16-17 2 The alternate Sustainable Apparel Production Lecture Case Study
Solution Waste Reduction &Management –Design, Cutting, Sewing, Finishing Audio Visual
Energy Efficient machines
Water Usage, Water footprint and Water Mapping
Assignment 1
Documentation and Presentation on different aspects of Sustainability Initiatives in Production covering various
industries other than Textile Industry (30 Marks) or Written Exam on concepts covered so far.
18-19 2 Green Labels, Ecolabel, Green Labels, Certifications, Regulations and Audit Lecture
Certifications, systems which are globally followed Audio Visual
Regulations and Audit GOTS, OEKO TEX, Blue Sign, BCI, Fair Trade, etc.
systems National and International Eco Label
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
271
20-21 2 Green/Sustainable Green Building Standard as per – LEED & GRIHA Lecture Case Study
Environment Green Factory Concept –Case study and AV – Mas Holding Green Audio Visual
Factory
Renewable energy and its sources with possible applications
Various forms of renewable energy
22-24 3 Sustainable Practices of On Sustainability Practices of dif. Industry Lecture
dif. Industry &Recent Sustainability Action Plan (DEFRA) Audio Visual
Development in Any recent development in area of Sustainability and its adoption
Sustainability by Indian Textile, Apparel and other Industry
25-26 2 Measuring sustainability Measuring sustainable production and Sustainable Index Lecture
SAC’s Higgs Index Ver. 3 and Nike’s MSI Audio Visual
Environment Management System (EMS 14000)
Brief on GRI standard
IT Integrated Tools and software’s used for Quantifying
Sustainability, Various indices used
27 -28 2 Assignment II Documentation and Presentation of different Sustainable Index and Sustainable measuring standards
or Written Exam for the portions covered post Mid Term portion
End Term Evaluation: Students (Groups of 3 -4) should study the Sustainability Report of any one Company and
summarize and present the key initiatives taken by industry as per Sustainability Report: Textile, Apparel Retail Fashion
National and International Company or If for Assignment 1 & 2 Written test is not followed as an option of Assignment
then Written Exam could be an alternate option for End Term.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
272
Lectures
Case Study
Visual aids
Exploration
1) Brand using Organic Fiber option, 2) Craft Study, 3) Eco Dyeing/Green Building/Packaging,
4) Green Building 5) ETP Unit 6) any production facility following Sustainability Practices.
Technology Awareness - Eco Certification, Index awareness Lecture.
Expert Lecture (Any One) Environment Impact of Textiles & alternate Solution, 2 – Sustainability Measurement, 3 Waste Management.
4 – Sustainable Initiatives in Industry, 5 – Any project, Case study lecture on Sustainability.
Documentation
Presentation
Written Examination
EVALUATION CRITERIA
30 Marks (End Term) End Term Jury/Exam: 40 Marks
30 Marks (Mid Term)
Documentation and Presentation (in Students (Groups of 3-4) should study the Sustainability
1) Students (in a group of 3-4) search
a group of 3 - 4) of different Report of any one Company and summarize and
literature on different Industry to prepare Sustainable Index and Sustainable present the key initiatives taken by industry as per
an essay of 6000 words. The students will measuring standards
Sustainability Report: Textile, Apparel Retail Fashion
submit a document as well as present their
Marks 30 National and International Company.
work to the class.
Document 10 marks
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
273
1A) Manufacturing process of the Industry Presentation: 10 marks Marks 40
and its environmental impact Class participation: 10
or Research 20 Marks
1B) The different sustainable initiatives
Presentation 15 Marks
taken by different organizations in that Written Test for the portions covered
Assigned industries post Mid Term (30 Marks) If for Assignment 1 & 2 Written test is not followed as
Marks 30 an option of Assignment then Written Exam could be an
Document 10 marks alternate option for End Term.
Presentation: 10 marks
Class participation: 10
Or
Written Test for the portions covered till
Mid Term (30 Marks)
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
274

1. Alison Gwilt and Timo Risanene, Shaping Sustainable Fashion, Earth Scan
2. Kate Fletcher and Linda Grose, Fashion and Sustainability, Lawrence King Publishing
3. Kate Fletcher, Sustainable – Fashion and Textile, Earthscan Rouledge2nd Edition
4. Mahapatra N. N., Textiles and Environment, Woodhead Publishing
5. Annie Gullingsrud, Fashion Fibers – Designing for Sustainability, Bloomsbury
6. Parthiban M. and Srikrishnan M. R. and Kandhavadivu P., Sustainability in Fashion and Apparels –Challenges and Solution, Woodhead
Publishing
7. Kate Fletcher and Mathilda Tham, Routledge Handbook of Sustainability and Fashion, EarthScan Routledge
8. Richard Blackburn, Sustainable Textiles: Life cycle & environmental Impact, Woodhead Publishing
9. Richard Blackburn, Biodegradable & Sustainable Fibers, Woodhead Publishing
10. Chetan Singh Solanki, Renewable Energy Technologies, PHI Learning

1. Janet Hethorn and Connie Ulasewicz, Sustainable Fashion : Why Now, Bloomsbury
2. Case Study 1 - Sustainability Initiatives in different Business Context
3. Case Study 2 - Green Factory
4. Case study 3 - LCA done for different products
5. Case Study 4 - Waste Management/Resource Optimization, Recouping eco-impacts and intendancing concerns - A case of Textile
Upcycling AIMA available at https://www.caseresearchaima.in/case-catalogue
6. Case Study 5 – Sustainable Supply Chain.
7. BSR Report on Apparel Industry lifecycle carbon Mapping, https://www.bsr.org/reports/BSR_
Apparel_Supply_Chain_Carbon_Report.pdf
8. Carbon Footprint, http://www.wrap.org.uk/sites/files/wrap/Appendix%20IV%20-%20Carbon%20footprint%20report.pdf
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
275
Classroom with LCD projector for Point Presentation with Audio Visual Aids.
Higgs Index Version 3 (Paid Version) and Licensed LCA software tool – Gabi or other LCA software.

Faculty Advisor: Dr. A K Khare, Professor, Mumbai
Dr. Pavan Godiawala, Professor, Mumbai
Subject Anchor: Dr. Jonalee Bajpai, Professor, Bangalore
Subject Co-Anchor: Ms. Aboli Naik, Asst. Professor, Mumbai
Team Members: Ms. Aarti Solanki, Associate Professor, Gandhinagar
Ms. Girija Jha, Asst. Professor, New Delhi
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
276
Hours/
Hours/
week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 0.7
Practical 1.3
28
Tutorial -
BFT601DS1 Mechatronics II 3 Deepening Specialization
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 To acquire understanding of control mechanism of a Mechatronics system
 To develop capability to analyze design and simulate a Mechatronics system
Knowledge
 To endow students with a comprehensive understanding of Mechatronics system in the purview of
- Control system - System Design
- Simulation processes
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
277
Skill
 Students will be able to develop the skill to identify, select and develop an appropriate control system for a mechatronic system
 Students will be able to analyze the feasibility of a proposed mechatronic system through simulation approach
Synthesis
 To design and develop a mechatronics system for a given scenario of apparel manufacturing industry.
CONTENT
Session Duration Suggested
Topic Detailing Self-Study
No. (Hours) Pedagogy
Theory: Control System: Open loop, closed

loop, P, PI, PD, PID, PLC control system Application/examples of SCADA,
3
Transfer function and stability analysis, Lecture
[4 SS] HMI and MMI
SCADA, HMI and MMI, Interfacing issues,
and safety features.
1-5 Control system Lab Demonstration:

Develop ladder programs for a PLC
a) Faculty will demonstrate the application
2 based selection criteria for different types involving logic functions, latching,
[6 SS] of control system Demonstration internal relays and sequencing.
b) Students have to identify and deploy the Deployment of control system for a
control system on a mechatronics system taken environment
developed in the previous semester
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
278
Theory: Key elements, Mechatronics Different case studies developed as

design process, Application types,
Optimization of Mechatronics design, Fault project (product/process
3 diagnosis, case studies of Mechatronics development) at Universities (e.g
Lecture
[3 SS] system like pick and place robot, automatic Max Planck Institute, Stanford
Mechatronics car parking, sorting and packing machines,
system Design and University, Johns Hopkins
6-10 home appliances like washing machines
application University, etc)
etc.
Lab Demonstration: a) Faculty will Development of Mechatronics

2 demonstrate steps for the development of Demonstration system for any one situation/or set
[3 SS] a Mechatronics system for one or two
applications. of actions
Theory: Simulation of system, software Commercial usage (practical usage)

4 available for simulation of Mechatronics of simulated mechatronics system,
Lecture
[4 SS] software like Simscape Matlab®, LabVIEW exploration of other simulation
etc. software for mechatronics system
Simulation of
11-18 Mechatronics Lab Demonstration:
System a) Faculty will demonstrate the features/ Explore various
4 tools available in simulation software and Demonstration tools/options/commands available
[8 SS] also demonstrate the simulation steps for
in Simscape, LabView etc
one or two Mechatronics system
applications.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
279
Industry/academic reports on LCA
solutions existing in manufacturing
units (automotive, construction,
electronics, apparel); futuristic but
10 Project on Lab Demonstration: Students will be feasible solutions for apparel
19-28 [14 SS] Mechatronics required to develop a Mechatronics system Demonstration manufacturing units in specific.
system for an apparel manufacturing. Visit to manufacturing unit,
establishing need, proposing
solution, checking feasibility,
implementation (if feasible and
possible)

 Demonstration of actual Mechatronics systems
 Lectures, seminars, workshops and tutorials
 Working with simulation software
 Visit to fairs on automation and smart systems
 Industry expert interaction and field visits
 Simulation of a Mechatronics system
 Development of small Mechatronics system for apparel / similar industry
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
280
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Marks Continuous Assignment 2: 30 Marks End Term Jury : 40 Marks
Students in groups of 3-4 will be given a case Student in a group of 3-4 will be assigned a Students in a group of 3-4 will be required to
study for development of a Mechatronics problem related to Mechatronics system. develop a physical Mechatronics system/ device
system. They have to give presentation on They have to simulate the same on software. having application in apparel / similar industrial
design methodology needed for that scenario scenario. Students are required to adhere to
and also need to select elements of proposed a) Cutting section design steps of a Mechatronics system.
system with proper justification. b) Sewing section Students also have to define the deployment
Proposed area: c) Auxiliary section procedure along with the advantages of
a) Cutting section developed system.
b) Sewing section a) Cutting section
c) Auxiliary section b) Sewing section
c) Auxiliary section
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
281
REFERENCE MATERIAL
 K. Ogata, “Modern control engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
 B.C. kuo, “Automatic Control Systems”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004
 I.J.Nagrath and Gopal. “Control system engineering”, new age international (P) Ltd., 2006.
 M.Nakamura. S. Gata& N. Kyura, Mechatronics servo system control. Springer 2009.
 G. Gordon, “System Simulation”, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning (2009).
 V. Giurgiutiu and S. E. Lyshevski, “MicroMechatronics, Modeling, Analysis, and Design with MATLAB”, 2nd Edition, CRC Press (2009).
 Devadas Shetty, Richard A.Kolkm, “Mechatronics system design, PWS publishing company, 2009.
 Bradley, D. Dawson, N.C.Burd and A.J. Loader, “Mechatronics: Electronics in product and process”, Chapman and Hall, London, 1999
Mechatronics Lab, Simulation Software, Control Systems
Control System, Simulation software, Sensor Kit, Hydraulic and Pneumatic system working model, Software like Matlab®, Microprocessor

Subject Anchor: Dr. Deepak Panghal, Asst. Professor, NIFT-Delhi
Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. Arivoli N., Asst. Professor, NIFT-Bengaluru
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
282
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1
Practical 2
42
Minor Project on Designing a Tutorial -
Manufacturing Setup -I Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
*Teaching session is planned for 14 weeks, excluding visits to fairs/exhibition and end term examination week.
SUBJECT AIM
 The subject aims to impart the understanding of material and information flow design by the application of the basic apparel
manufacturing fundamentals.
 It aims to facilitate in application of the students’ knowledge of machines, manufacturing processes and products in designing of an
apparel manufacturing set up.
Knowledge
 Students shall understand the factors and their effect, considered in manufacturing set up design; pertaining to material flow, interactions
between departments and sequence in workflow.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
283
Skill
 Students shall be able to apply the knowledge of manufacturing processes to facilitate design of optimized system of material and
information flow through the various manufacturing processes.
Synthesis
 The student shall be able to design an operating set up for a manufacturing facility by considering varied product types, equipment and
machines requirement, capacity planning, inter-departmental material and information flow.
CONTENT
Suggested
Session Hours Topic / Content Details Self-Study
Pedagogy
 History of Apparel Manufacturing,
 Abolition of textile quotas,
 Manufacturing centres,
Overview of Global Apparel  Global scenario of Apparel
1-2 2 Lecture 2 hr.
Manufacturing Manufacturing,
 Competitiveness of Indian apparel
manufacturing sector.
Functioning of an Apparel Manufacturing Set-up

 Organization Structure,
Structure of Apparel
3-4 2  Manufacturers, Sub – Contractors, Lecture 2 hr
Manufacturing Set-up
 Transactions related to Information and
Material,
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
284
 Communications between Buyers and

Vendors.
Key activities and roles of different departments

 Sourcing, Merchandising, Product
Development, Pattern Making/CAD,
Material Stores, Spreading & Cutting,
Lecture 1 hr.
5–6 2 Sewing, Finishing & Packing, IE, PPC,
Practical 1 hr.
Quality etc.
 Sequence of activities
 Key challenges
Identification and Selection of a suitable

Location
 In case of location- choice for the First
Time or new organisation
 In case of location-choice for existing
organisation
Lecture 1 hrs.
7-8 2 Plant Location  In case of global location
Practical 1 hrs.
Factors affecting the plant location
 Raw materials availability
 Proximity to the market
 Labour availability
 Govt. policies etc.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
285
Location Models
Self-study- 3 Hrs.
 Factor rating method
Lecture 1 hrs. -Chapter 18
 Weighted factor rating method
9-11 3 Practical 2 hrs. Reference 1
 Load-distance method
-Chapter 13
 Centre of gravity method
Reference 2
 Break even analysis
Overall manufacturing system flow cycle

(Macro), advantages of planned material flow,
need for master flow pattern, material and Lecture 1 hr Self-study -3 Hrs.
12-14 3 Designing material flow resource movement. Practical 2 hrs. Chapter
Basic material flow pattern in different types of 5,reference 1
production systems – straight line, U-shape,
zigzag, serpentine flow, circular flow etc.
Data required for flow analysis. Analysis

techniques – operation breakdown chart, flow Self-study -3 Hrs.
Lecture 1 hr
Conventional methods of process chart, multi-product chart, string
15-17 3 Practical 2 hrs.
analyzing flow diagram, outline process chart, flow diagram, Chapter 6
from –to chart, travel chart, multiple activity Reference 1
chart, procedure chart.
Lecture 1 hr Self-study -3 Hrs.
Application of CPM in flow analysis, PERT. Use
18-20 3 Critical path method, PERT Practical 2 hrs. Chapter 6,
of Gantt chart in process scheduling
Reference 1
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
286
Indicative Assignment (any one of the following)
1. Student will present/ submit visual
representation of material flow for any
Self-study -6 Hrs.
Assignment 1 (in a group of one section in garment factory. Practical 5 hrs.
21-25 5 Preparation of
maximum 2 students) 2. Student will present/ submit the
the assignment
scheduling of various orders using any
one tool in any one section/department
in a garment factory.
Characteristics and means of inter-department
Communications between communications -Inwards, receipts, plans,
26-28 3 Practical 2 hrs. Chapter 10,
departments timetables, production reports, schedules, MIS,
Reference 2
ERP
Factors for consideration in-process design -
Designing the manufacturing product type, level of technology,
29-31 3 Practical 2 hr Chapter 10,
process Preliminary Production planning - resource
Reference 2
planning for a particular plant capacity
Analysis of physical set up requirements in
various departments in garment production
units- machines, space, personnel, WIP, storage
32-34 3 Department study Practical 2 hrs. Chapter 8 & 9.
and sequence of operations.
Reference 1
Role of each department and job description of
personnel
Capacity Planning for resources for a particular Lecture 1 hr Self-study -3 Hrs.
35-37 3 Resource planning product type- machines, manpower, space. Practical 2 hrs. Chapter 7
WIP management Reference 5
Indicative Assignment (any one of the following) Self-study -6 Hrs.
Assignment 2 (in a group of
1. Designing an information flow system for an Preparation of
maximum 2 students)
apparel Manufacturing set up the assignment
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
287
2. Designing a material flow system (material
handling) for an apparel manufacturing set
up
Assessment and feedback on Assignment 2
Self-study -6 Hrs.
Practical 5 hrs.
38-42 5 Students will improvise the assignment based Preparation of
on the feedback from the subject faculty and the assignment
present the same for end term external jury

Lecture, Industry Visit, Expert Lecture, case study
Presentation of manufacturing system design through various charts, diagrams, SOPs
EVALUATION CRITERIA
(in a group of maximum 2 students) (in a group of maximum 2 students) (in a group of maximum 2 students)
Indicative Assignment (any one of the following) Indicative Assignment (any one of the Indicative End term Assignment (any one of the
1. Student will present/ submit visual following) following)
representation of material flow for any one 1. Designing an information flow The manufacturing set up designed in assignment
section in garment factory. system for an apparel II to be elaborated using relevant charts/ schedules
2. Student will present/ submit the scheduling Manufacturing set up and standard operating procedure after feedback
of various orders using any one tool in any 2. Designing a material flow system from faculty
one section/department in a garment (material handling) for an apparel 1. Designing an information flow system for an
factory. manufacturing set up apparel Manufacturing set up
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
288
2. Designing a material flow system (material
handling) for an apparel manufacturing set up
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Individual students may be evaluated regularly based on certain defined parameters as selected by subject faculty (suggestive list is given
below). The work in progress is evaluated continuously based on the evaluation parameters over a period of time for both assignment 1 and 2.
The subject faculty may modify the parameters or marks allotted for each parameter as per the requirements of individual assignment.
S.no Evaluation parameter Marks

1 Regularity and discipline in class 2
2 Contribution/ participation in classroom/ practical activities 4
3 Contribution in task assigned 4
4 Punctuality and on time completion of work 4
5 Quality of work done 8
6 Progress of work 8
Total 30 marks
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
289
End term evaluation
1 Components of system developed 10
2 Relevance of concepts applied 10
3 Details incorporated 10
4 Tools / methods for presentation 10
Total 40 marks
REFERENCE MATERIAL
1. Plant Layout & Material Handling by James M Apple, John Willy & Sons, 3rd Edition.
2. Apparel manufacturing handbook, Solinger J. Van NoStrand and R. Einhold Company. 1980.
3. Industrial Engineering and Production Management: M. Telsang, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
4. Managing Productivity in the apparel Industry by Dr. Rajesh Bheda
5. Introduction to Clothing Manufacture, A J Chutter, Blackwell science; 1995.
Visual aids for classroom presentation

Subject Anchor: Ms.Renjini.G, Asst. Professor, Dept. of Fashion Technology, NIFT Bengaluru
Subject Co – Anchor: Mr. Praveen Nagarajan, Asst. Professor, Dept. of Fashion Technology,
NIFT Chennai
Advisors: Dr. A. K. Khare, Professor, Department of Fashion Technology,
NIFT Mumbai
Dr. Pavan Godiawala, Professor and Centre Director, Department Fashion Technology, NIFT Mumbai
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
290
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical 1
42
Tutorial -
BFT603DS2 Data Analytics & R 4 Deepening Specialization
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
Develop aptitude to analyze data, interpret & communicate the analysis and visualize the outcomes through inferential statistics using logic for
querying data sets.
Knowledge
 Understanding concepts around Business Analytics & Intelligence
 Exploring recommendations with function
Skill
 Sentiment Analysis
 Analysis of Variance (ANOVA)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
291
Application
 Sentiment Analysis on data from Social Media
 Real-life retail case studies using R-Studio
CONTENT
Session Duration Suggested Self-Study
Topic Detailing
No. (Hours) Pedagogy
1-3 3 Introduction to Data Data Strategy Theory: 2 Hrs. “Data Strategy –
Sourcing & Collection Big Data & IoT Practical: 1 Hrs. Bernard Marr” Chapter
Business becoming Data Business Self-study: 3 Hrs. 1 of Reference Book No.
Different types of data
16
Gathering & Accessing data; Handling Missing Data
4-6 3 Turning Data into Evolution of analytics Theory: 2 Hrs. “Data Strategy –
Insights Looking at the different types of analytics Practical: 1 Hrs. Bernard Marr” Chapter
Advanced analytics: machine learning, deep Self-study : 3 Hrs. 7 of Reference Book
learning and cognitive computing
No.160
Combining analytics for maximum success
7-12 6 Multivariate Analysis Outline of Univariate & Bivariate Analysis Theory: 2 Hrs. “Using R for
Linear & Curvilinear Regression Analysis Practical: 4 Hrs. Introductory Statistics –
Assumptions, Interpretation of coefficients Self-study : 6 Hrs. John Verzani” Chapter 1
Outliers
Principles of Forecasting, Time Series of Reference Book No. 1
Types of Forecasting Methods and their
characteristics, Moving Average, Exponential
Smoothing, Trends and Seasonality
Multi linear Regression
Cluster Analysis
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
292

(Hours) Topic Detailing
No. Pedagogy
13-15 3 Managing R “R” Data Structures Theory: 2 Hrs. “Using R for
Saving & Loading “R” Data Structures Practical: 1 Hrs. Introductory Statistics –
Importing & Exporting Data from CSV files. Self-study : 3 Hrs. John Verzani” Chapter
Exploring relationships between variables
A&B of Reference Book
No. 343
16-18 3 Understanding R Exploring and Understanding Data, Mean/Mode, Theory: 2 Hrs. “Using R for
Quartiles and five number summary Practical: 1 Hrs. Introductory Statistics –
Collecting Data, Exploring & Preparing data Self-study: 3 Hrs. John Verzani” Chapter 2
Model Building, Evaluating Model Performance
and Improving Model Performance. & 3 of Reference Book
Box Plots, Histograms, Distributions. No. 31
19-21 3 Classification kNN Algorithm Theory: 2 Hrs. “An Introduction to

Algorithm: Calculating distance, Choosing appropriate k Practical: 1 Hrs. Statistics with Biological
Nearest Neighbors Case Study: Using Cluster (Artisans) Data with the Self-study: 3 Hrs. Data – Babak Shahbaba”
kNN Algorithm. Collecting Data, Preparing Data
Chapter 12 of Reference
(Transformation, Creating & Training data sets),
Training the model on the data, Evaluating and Book No. 291
improving performance.
22-24 3 Classification Probability, conditional Probability Theory: 2 Hrs. “An Introduction to

Algorithm: Baye’s theorem Practical: 1 Hrs. Statistics with Biological
Naive Bayes Naïve Bayes Classification Self-study: 3 Hrs. Data – Babak Shahbaba”
Laplace Estimator.
Case Study: Dealing with Manufacturing / Retail Chapter 13 of Reference
Data. Collecting Data, Preparing Data Book No. 303
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
293

No. Pedagogy
(Transformation, Creating & Training data sets),
Training the model on the data, Evaluating and
improving performance.
25-27 3 Classification Understanding Classification Rules – Separate & Theory: 2 Hrs. https://www.analyticsvi
Algorithm: Conquer Practical: 1 Hrs. dhya.com/blog/2016/04
Rules and Decision One Rule Algorithm Self-study: 3 Hrs. /complete-tutorial-tree-
Tree RIPPER Algorithm.
based-modeling-
Understanding Decision Trees – C5.0 Decision Tree
Algorithm, Choosing the Best Split scratch-in-python/
Case Study: Identifying Defects in Industrial Data
with Rule Learners. Collecting Data, Preparing
Data (Transformation, Creating & Training data
sets), Training the model on the data, Evaluating
and improving performance.
28-30 3 Forecasting Algorithm: Understanding Regression – Simple Linear Theory: 2 Hrs. “An Introduction to
Regression Regression, Least Square Estimations, Practical: 1 Hrs. Statistics with Biological
Correlations, Multiple Linear Regression.
Self-study: 3 Hrs. Data – Babak Shahbaba”
Understanding Regression Trees and Model Trees
– Adding Regression to Trees.
Case Study: Predicting Expenses using Linear Book No. 253
Regression. Collecting Industrial Data, Preparing
and improving performance.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
294

No. Pedagogy
31-33 3 Prediction Algorithm: Understanding Neural Networks Theory: 2 Hrs. “Neural Networks with
Neural Networks Biological to Artificial Neurons, Activation Practical: 1 Hrs. R – Giuseppe ciaburro,
functions, Network Topology and Training Neural Self-study: 3 Hrs. Balaji Venkateswaran”
Networks.
Case Study: Modeling strength of Civil Structure.
Collecting Data, Preparing Data (Transformation, Book No. 30
Creating & Training data sets), Training the model
on the data, Evaluating and improving
performance.
34-36 3 Clustering Algorithm Market Basket Analysis using Association Rules Theory: 2 Hrs. “An Introduction to
Understanding Clustering Practical: 1 Hrs. Statistics with Biological
kMeansAlgorithm for Clusters Self-study: 3 Hrs. Data – Babak Shahbaba”
Using Distance to assign and update clusters
Choosing an appropriate number of clusters
Case Study: Identifying Market Segments using Book No. 291
KMeans Clustering. Collecting Data, Preparing
and improving performance
37-39 3 Introduction to R for Built-in functionalities Theory: 2 Hrs. “Neural Networks with
Machine Learning Parallel computing Practical: 1 Hrs. R – Giuseppe ciaburro,
Node patterns of neural networking connecting Self-study: 3 Hrs. Balaji Venkateswaran”
multiple axons and synapses
Book No. 30
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
295

No. Pedagogy
40-42 3 IoT and R Understanding IOT – Arduino Projects Theory: 2 Hrs. https://magesblog.com/
Programming Collect Data from Arduino Projects Practical: 1 Hrs. post/2015-02-17-
Analysis with R Programming Self-study: 3 Hrs. reading-arduino-data-
directly-into-r/

- Lectures
- Demonstration
- Visual aids
- Videos
- Industry Visit: Garment Manufacturing Unit
- Sample data collection and documentation
- Report Preparation
- Presentation
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
296
Individual Student may be evaluated regularly based on some definite parameters, (a suggestive list of such parameters is mentioned below, and same
may vary depending on the nature of specific subject)

Each of the parameter may be given some weightage (as find suitable by the subject faculty) and student may be evaluated accordingly at a regular basis.
It is to be noted that, Continuous Assignment doesn’t mean giving new assignment/task every time but the same assignment (as Assignment 1 or
Assignment 2) to be evaluated (in a transparent, logical and simple way) in a continuous evaluation manner on the parameters suggested (as mentioned
above).
Indicative matrix for Continuous Evaluation (For Reference purpose only, Faculty members may modify it as per their own understanding and specific
nature of the subject)
Max. Weightage/
Sr. No. Evaluation Parameters
Marks
5. Regularity and Discipline in the class 2 Marks
6. Contribution/participation in the classroom/lab discussion 4 Marks
7. Contribution in the task assigned 4 Marks
8. Punctuality and on time completion of the work 4 Marks
9. Quality of the work/task assigned 6 Marks
10. Progress of Work/task assigned 10 Marks
Total 30 Marks
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
297
Assignment -1 – (30 Marks)
I. Using data collection methods and applying principles of statistics carry out the following:
(i) Identify problems faced in industrial engineering and collect appropriate data.
(ii) Prepare data collected and carry out statistical analysis using R Programming (Session 1 to 4)
(i) Result interpretation using R Programming (Session 6)
(OR)
II. Using data collection methods and applying principles of statistics carry out the following:
(i) Identify problems faced in industrial engineering and collect appropriate data.
(i) Use any one of the following methods in Principle of Forecasting:
a. Time Series
b. Types of Forecasting Methods and their characteristics
c. Moving Average
d. Exponential Smoothing
e. Trends and Seasonality Multi linear Regression using R Programming (Session 1 to 4)
(ii) Result interpretation using R Programming (Session 6)
By completing one of the above assignments, Students will acquire knowledge about Statistical Data handling and visualization and
develop customize business reports for decision making. The above work will be evaluated during the sessions mentioned against each
task and considered as the first assignment of 30 marks.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
298
Assignment – 2 – (30 Marks)
I. Complete the following tasks choosing a suitable algorithm from the following list: -
(i) Collect and Preparing Data (Transformation, Creating & Training data sets)
(ii) Identify a suitable algorithm from the following to applied to the problem: (Session 7 to 12)
a. Nearest Neighbors
b. Naïve Bayes
c. Rules and Decision Tree
d. Regression
e. Neural Networks & Clustering Algorithm
(iii) Train the model, Evaluate and improve performance using R Programming (Session 13 to 14)
The above work will be evaluated during the sessions mentioned against each task and considered as the assignment of 30 marks.
(Or)
II. Complete the following tasks: -

(i) Select a suitable algorithm viz., Neural Networks & Clustering Algorithm according to the problem identified (Session 7 to 12)
(ii) Collect and Preparing Data (Transformation, Creating & Training data sets)
(iii) Train the model on the data, Evaluate and improve performance using R Programming (Session 13 to 14)
The above work will be evaluated during the sessions mentioned against each task and considered as the assignment of 30 marks.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
299
End Term – 40 Marks
Using the above mini projects, add an IOT module

Or
Using the above mini projects Documentation and Presentation on recent advancement in Fashion studies using R Programming
Students will acquire knowledge about the Advance data analysis techniques required by Data Scientists
REFERENCE MATERIAL
1. Data Strategy – Bernard Marr
2. Using R for Introductory Statistics – John Verzani
3. An Introduction to Statistics with Biological Data – Babak Shahbaba
4. Neural Networks with R – Giuseppe ciaburro, Balaji Venkateswaran
1. Minimum 64 Bit Operating System Computer with Internet Facility

2. Download R 3.6.0 for Windows (80 megabytes, 32/64 bit) Open source License
3. Download R Studio Open Source License
4. Download Jamovi Open source License

Subject Anchor: Prof. (Dr.) Raghuram Jayaraman, NIFT Bengaluru
Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. S. Prabhakar, Assistant Professor, NIFT Chennai
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
300
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Tutorial - Deepening Specialization
BFT604DS2 Apparel Quality Management II 3
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 The subject will impart knowledge about the role of Quality in the entire Business Management Framework.
Knowledge
 Students will be able to extend tools and techniques Total Quality Management to different aspects of business.
Skill
 Students will be able to identify and relate quality to core business functions like HR & Training, R&D, Marketing and Customer Service
in apparel business.
Synthesis
 Students will be able to appraise and assess the integral principles of Quality in apparel business functions
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
301
CONTENT
Session Hours Topic/ Content Details Suggested Self-Study
Pedagogy
1-2 2 Total Quality  Introduction to total quality Lecture Self-Study : 3 hours
Management  The evolution of total quality Suggested Reading-
 The impact of national and Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
international quality awards on Chapter 14; Total Quality
Total quality management Management , 1st Edition , Key
concepts and Case Studies- D.R
Kiran
3-8 6 Tools of Total  Lean Tools Lecture Self-Study : 9 hours ‘Chapter 2:

Quality  Six Sigma Mega Tools: Quality Management
Management  FMEA Systems’ - The Quality Toolbox,
 Balanced Scorecard Second Edition, Nancy R. Tague (3
 Quality Function Deployment (QFD) hrs)
‘Chapter 25: Lean Management’
Total Quality Management , 1st
Edition , Key concepts and Case
Studies- D.R Kiran (3 hrs)
‘Chapter 24: Six sigma’ Total Quality
Management , 1st Edition , Key
concepts and Case Studies- D.R
Kiran ( 3 hrs);
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
302
9-10 2 ISO 9000 series of  Role of ISO in Facilitating Lecture Self-Study : 3hours
International International Trade Implementing ISO 9001:2015, Jan
Standards  Characteristics of ISO 9000 Gillet, Paul Simpson, Clarke & Lizuka;
Standards The Quality Toolbox, Second Edition,
 The Clauses of ISO 9001 and Their Nancy R. Tague-‘Chapter 34: Quality
Typical Structure Management Systems’
 The Role of Continuous
Improvement in ISO 9001
11-12 2 Benchmarking  Benchmarking Fundamentals, Lecture Self-Study : 6hours

Definitions and Objectives Exploration Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
 The 10-STEP of Benchmarking Chapter 12(2 hrs); The Quality
Process Toolbox, Second Edition, Nancy R.
 Xerox Case Study on Benchmarking Tague-‘Chapter 29(2 Hrs);Xerox
Case Study( 2 hrs.)
13-16 4 Quality and Income  Quality and company economics Lecture Self-Study : 3 hours
 Customer needs and the quality Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
planning process Chapter 7
 Quality and price
 Quality and share of market quality,
earnings, and stock
 Market prices
 Life cycle costing
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
303
17-18 2 Human Resource  Human resources and customer Lecture Self-Study : 3 hours
and Quality satisfaction Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
 Design principles of work and Chapter 15
organization
 Employee selection
 Training in a total quality
organization
 Integration of the committed
people with the total quality system
19-22 4 Training for Quality  Management of the quality training Lecture Self-Study : 6 hours
function Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
 Curriculum design Chapter 16
 The future of training for quality
23-24 2 Quality in Research  Defining quality for research and Lecture Self-Study : 3 hours
& Development development Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
 Planning and organizing for quality Chapter 19
in research and development
 Operational quality planning for
research and development
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
304
25-26 2 Quality in  Quality in the marketing function of Lecture Self-Study : 3 hours
Marketing Function Organizations Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
 Customer satisfaction versus Chapter 18
customer loyalty
 Customer behavior concepts
 Market research—tools and
techniques
 Market research for new and
modified products
 Quality activities within the
marketing function
 Quality improvement in marketing
 Quality measurement in marketing
27-28 2 Computer  Communications and Computer Lecture Self-Study : 3 hours

Applications to Systems Hapter 20 Juran’s Quality Control Handbook-
Quality Systems  Design controls Chapter 10 and Chapter 20
 Testing and validation
 Software attributes
 Sources of Statistical Software
 Computer-aided inspection
 Future trends
Industry  Industry Visit (IV): Visit to Apparel

Engagement Manufacturing Unit to understand
role of Lean Tools / ISO 9000 series
in sourcing and manufacturing
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
305

 Lectures
 Case study : Case Study on Benchmarking
 Self-directed study
o Reading : Application of TQM techniques and tools for bringing about Quality by different firms

 Continuous evaluation 2 : submission as report and presentation
 End Term written Exam
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : Continuous Assignment 2 : End Term Exam: 40 Marks

30 Marks (Mid Term) 30 Marks
(End Term)
 Exploration of the use of various tools dealt  Students in groups of 3-4, to undertake End Term Written examination
with in the sessions 1-6 in resolving problems as a study of the role of quality in -paper of 40 marks covering the
undertaken by different organizations-written marketing functions of firms entire syllabus
End Term Exam as per Model B
report and/or
of the NIFT Examination and
And/or  Conduct a research on the role of Evaluation Policy 2018
 Students in groups to choose a relevant case quality in the future trends of
study and discuss how the tool(s) was used to technology adoption by firms.
achieve quality by the organization.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
306
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL FOR FACULTY AND STUDENTS

18. Juran’s Quality Control Handbook J.M. Juran & Frank M. Mc Graw Hill
Gryna
19. Implementing ISO 9001:2015 Jan Gillet, Paul Simpson, Infinite Ideas Limited
Clarke & Lizuka
20. Lean Manufacturing: Tools, Techniques & How to William M Feld CRC Press
use Them
21. An Executive Handbook World Class Quality Suresh Lulla TATA McGRAW HILL
22. Total Quality Management , 1st Edition , Key D.R. Kiran Elsevier, Butterworth-Heinemann
concepts and Case Studies Imprint
23. The Quality Toolbox, Second Edition Nancy R. Tague ASQ Quality Press, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
307
Class room
EQUIPMENT/TOOLS/ MATERIAL
• Projector
• Good quality mic and speaker set

 Subject Anchor: Prof (Dr.) Divya Satyan, NIFT Chennai
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
308
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1
Practical 2
Pattern Making & Garment 42
Tutorial -
BFT605DS3 Construction for contoured 4 Deepening Specialization
apparel-I Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
● Acquire knowledge of contoured garments
● Develop garment construction skill for contoured garment
Knowledge
● Student will be able to identify different trims used ( Silicone tape, Boning, busk, elastics)
● Student will be able to identify different types of sewing machines and attachments used to make contoured garments.
● Students will be able to convert basic bodice to contour guided patterns (Front and Back Upper bodice).
● Students will be able to manipulate contoured guided patterns into contoured designs.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
309
Skill
● Students will be able to analyze the contoured design and identify the required contour guided lines to be applied for the particular
design. (Neckline, Armhole, Underbust, side seam, shoulder of front and back bodice)
● Students will be able to choose trims suited for contoured garments.
● Students will be able to create contoured patterns of empire line and corset design.
Synthesis
● Students will be able to categorize the contoured and non-contoured garment.
● Students will be able to assess the control points and evaluate the fit of any contoured garment.
● Students will be able to appraise the contouring techniques of pattern making in developing patterns and evaluate quality garment
manufacturing process.
CONTENT
Session Hours Topic / Content Details Suggested Pedagogy Self-Study
1- 6 6 Understanding of ● Introduction to contoured garments Lectures on contour Self-Study: 6 Hours

principles of ● Measure and draw contour guidelines principle, Demo on
contouring and for Neckline, Armhole, Underbust, measure and draft Reference 1; Pattern
preparing Slopers side seam, shoulder of front and back contour guided patterns, Making for Fashion
for the same bodice and torso Visual aid of contour Design, Chapter 9
guided pattern Contouring principle
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
310
7-12 6 Application of ● Application of the contouring Lecture, Demonstration Self-Study: 6 Hours
principles of principles on various garments like and Practical classes
contouring Halter, dropped neckline, empire line, Selection of design from
backless garment, Bustier, bra top magazine / text book /
dresses, corset etc. in combination of online ecommerce
various dart manipulation principles website. Analyze the
learnt in the past i.e. princess line, features of the design.
without princess line, gathers, flare, Fabric and trims
multiple darts etc. sourcing.
● https://corsetda
tabase.com/
● https://corsets-
uk.com/
13- 16 4 ASSIGNMENT 1 Selection of any contoured dress Or Demonstration Self-Study: 8 Hours
Top Design like Halter Or Bra Top Or
Deep neckline Or Corset from Develop pattern with all
magazine, textbooks or e-commerce necessary information.
website and developing pattern and Reference2 : Use video
test Fitting for the same https://youtu.be/J8BoIK
Vs5lY
Use Garment
construction Lab for test
fit
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
311
17- 24 8 Finishing of ● Introduction to various components Lecture and Self-Study: 6 Hours
contoured garment used for finishing of Contoured Demonstration
garment like bones, busk, cups, Study different trims
underwire, Zipper & Zipper guards, used in corset.
shoestring ties, elastics etc. ● https://corsetma
● Facing , fusing , piping etc. king.com/
25-32 8 ASSIGNMENT 2 ● Sample preparation for any 2 Lecture, Demonstration Self-Study: 6 Hours
samples: bones, busk, cups, and Practical classes
underwire & shoestring ties. Cutting and Sewing
corset with proper
finishing.
33-42 10 End term ● Selection of a contoured dress / Lecture, Demonstration Self-Study: 10 Hours
Assignment gown/ Top from magazine, text book , and Practical classes
E-commerce site and execution of the Design selection,
same in similar material pattern making and
garment construction.
Industry connect ● Expert lecture / Industry visit to
understand challenges of contoured
garment manufacturing process.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
312

Lecture
 Lectures on need of contouring and contouring principles.
Demo
 Demonstration of measuring of contouring cutouts, creating contour guided patterns, manipulating contoured guided patterns.
Demonstration of contoured sewing techniques (Shaped darts, insertion of bones).
Reading and Exploration

 Selection of designs by students with approval of faculty.
Visual Aids
 Contour guided pattern, Corset construction videos
Industry Connect
Industry Visit/Expert lecture

 Expert lecture / Industry visit to understand challenges of contoured garment manufacturing process.
Exploration through E-commerce website

 Student will study different designs of contour garments through E-commerce website
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
313
 Assignment 1 : Selection of a corset / shoulderless top from magazine / textbooks / e-commerce website and developing pattern for
the same
 Assignment 2 : Sample preparation for a corset / shoulderless top with lining and bones
 End Term Jury : Selection of a contoured dress / gown from magazine, text book , E-commerce site and execution of the same in similar
material
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Assignment 1 : 30 Marks Assignment 2 : 30 Marks End Term Jury : 40 Marks
Selection of any contoured dress Sample preparation for any 2 Selection of a contoured dress / gown/ Top
OR samples bones, busk, cups, from magazine, text book , E-commerce site
Top Design like Halter OR Bra Top Or Deep neckline underwire & shoestring ties and execution of the same in similar
Or Corset from magazine, textbooks or e-commerce material
website and developing pattern and test Fitting for 1. Pattern Making: 15 Marks
the same a) Pattern Quality: 10 1. Pattern Making: 20 Marks
b) Markings on Pattern:5 a) Pattern Quality: 10
5. Pattern Making: 15 Marks 2. Garment Construction: 15 Marks b) Markings on Pattern: 5
e) Pattern Quality: 10 a) Construction Quality: 10 C) Viva-Voce: 5
b) On Time completion : 5
f) Markings on Pattern:5
6. Garment Construction: 15 Marks a) Construction Quality: 10
e) Construction Quality: 10 b) On Time completion: 5
f) On Time completion : 5 C) Viva-Voce: 5
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
314
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL for Teachers

S. NO Title Author Publisher
Helen Joseph
1 Pattern Making for Fashion Design Delhi; Pearson Education; 2009
Armstrong
(2017). [video] Available at:
2 Contouring Principles
https://youtu.be/J8BoIKVs5lY
● [video] Available at:
https://shop.mybluprint.com/sewi
3 Sewing Corsets: Essential Techniques.
ng/classes/sewing-corsets-
essential-techniques/49147
https://corsetacademy.net/

1 Pattern Making for Fashion Helen Joseph Delhi; Pearson Education; 2009
Design Armstrong
2 Contouring Principles (2017). [video] Available at:
https://youtu.be/J8BoIKVs5lY
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
315
● Contour dress forms size 32B, 32C, 32D
● Garment construction lab
● Pattern Making lab
● Different type of bones, Busks, fabrics used in contoured garments to show the students
● TV/Projector to shows the audio visuals

 Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. P. Chakravarthy, Asso. Professor NIFT Kannur
 Team Members: Ms. Priyadarshini, Asso. Professor. NIFT Hyderabad
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
316
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical --
28
Pattern Making & Garment Tutorial --
Construction -Jackets Studio Work --
Studio Practice --
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 To enable students to relate body shapes to patterns of structured garment
 To make students understand the fit control points in Jacket
 To enable students to understand challenges of structured garment (jacket formal) Men’s wear / Women’s wear

Knowledge
 To develop the patterns of jacket and to construct the same using the best industrial practices to make bifurcated garment with
appropriate seams and stitches.
 To make the patterns of Jacket, 2piece sleeve, Notch and shawl
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
317
Skill
 To enable students to generate well fitted jacket by using appropriate machine and appropriate materials in terms of lining and
accessories in correlation with shell fabric or nature of the fabric which is used for formal jacket.
Synthesis
 To be able to appraise the techniques of manufacturing with best practices in terms of pattern making, operation breakdown
and garment assembling to achieve quality garment
CONTENT
Suggested
Session Hours Topic/Content Details Self-Study
Pedagogy
Concept and Discussion of Types of jackets – Casual & Formal

Introduction of the Different kinds of formal Jackets- single Breasted, Lecture-1 Ref-2
1 1 Blazers, Tailcoats, Double Breasted Jackets. How to
subject and briefing Self-study Hrs. - 3
about the product take measurements
Pattern drafting of the Front, Back and side panel of Lecture & Demo- 3
Jacket Front and Ref-1&3
2-4 3 jacket Hrs
Back
Self-study Hrs. - 9
Test Fit of jacket body in muslin. Practical-2 Hrs.

5-6 2 Assignment 1
Self-study Hrs. - 6
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
318
Lecture & Demo- 6
Collar, Sleeve Demo of pattern making of Shawl Collar, Notch Hrs Ref-1&3
7-12 6 Collar, 2 pc Sleeve, lining
Drafting Self-study Hrs. - 6
Demo of Construction of Shawl Collar, Notch Collar, Lecture & Demo-

Collar, Sleeve Ref-1,2&3
13-25 13 2 pc Sleeve, lining, Interlining 13Hrs
Construction
Self-study Hrs. - 6
Practical-2
26-27 2 Assignment 2 Patterns of Notch Collar OR Shawl Collar in muslin
Self-study Hrs. - 3
Constructing a jacket component – 2pc sleeve,

Assignment-3 notch shawl collar with lining on full OR half a side Self-study Hrs. - 9
28 1 Expert Lecture Challenges in Jackets Men / Women Lecture-1 Hr

Lecture and demonstrations, showing videos
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
319
NATURE OF ASSIGNMENTS & EVALUATION CRITERIA

Pattern and Test Fit of jacket body in muslin. Patterns of Notch Collar OR Shawl Constructing a jacket component – 2pc sleeve,
Collar in muslin notch shawl collar with lining on full OR Half a side
Pattern  Patterns for all components made – Body of jacket with lining – 10 marks Sleeve fit &
 Patterns for all components made – 5 marks 5 marks construction – 10 marks
 Information GL, Cut, Notches, size seam  Information GL, Cut, Notches, size Collar fit & construction - 10 marks
allowance table etc. marked on each seam allowance table etc. marked Cleanliness- 10 marks
pattern- 10 marks on each pattern- 10 marks
 Understating and correct application of  Understating and correct
theory and principles (correct interpretation application of theory and principles
of style line, pattern trued within (correct interpretation of style line,
themselves and between adjacent pattern trued within themselves
components, Style lines marked correctly, and between adjacent components,
etc.)– 10 marks Style lines marked correctly, etc.)–
Test Fit- 5 marks 15 marks
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
320
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100

1. Aldrich, W. Metric pattern cutting for Men’s wear, 5th Edition
2. Armstrong, H.J. Pattern making for Fashion design, 4th Edition
3. Pattern Cutting and Making up- The Professional Approach, Martin Shoben & Janet Ward

1. Aldrich, W. Metric pattern cutting for Men’s wear, 5th Edition
2. Armstrong H. J. Pattern making for Fashion design, 4th Edition
3. Modern Sizing for Women’s and Children’s Garments, P.Kunick
4. Pattern Cutting and Making Up for Outerwear Fashions, Martin. Shoben, 1995 Edition
5. Sewing for Apparel Industry, Claire Shaeffer, Prentice Hall, 2001
6. Federal Standard, FED-STD-751A,1983
Pattern making and Construction Lab, Normal Sewing machines, fusing machine and steam iron.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
321
EQUIPMENT/TOOLS/MATERIAL:
Basic Pattern making tools and appropriate material for demonstration by the faculty members.
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT TEAM:

 Pathway advisor: Mr. S.S. Ray, Associate Professor, NIFT, Kolkata
 Subject Anchor: Prof. (Dr.) Noopur Anand, Professor, NIFT, New Delhi
 Subject Co-Anchor: Ms. Sharmila Sure, Assistant Professor, NIFT, Hyderabad
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
322
Semester-VII
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
323
SEMESTER – VII

Code Week Study
Sem. VII M BFT701M Plant Layout Mr. Amit Kumar Phogat 6 3 7
Sem. VII M BFT702M Advanced Apparel Manufacturing Management Ms. Ettishri Rajput 2 - 2
Sem. VII M BFT703M 2D Apparel CAD & Grading Prof. (Dr.) Suhail Anwar 2 - 2
Sem. VII M BFT704M Product Analysis & Development Dr. Abhijit Mukherjee 2 - 2
Sem. VII IDM Interdisciplinary Minor 3 - 3
Sem. VII GE General Electives 5 - 5
Sem. VII M BFT705M Apparel internship 8 Weeks - 8
Sem. VII F BFT701MF International Business Ms. Suman Verma 2 - 2
Sem. VII DS BFT701DS1 Robotics and Automation Prof. R. Russel Timothy 3 3 4
Minor Project on Designing a manufacturing
Sem. VII DS BFT702DS1 Ms. Rengini G. 2 3 3
Setup-II
Sem. VII DS BFT703DS2 ERP for Fashion Business Prof. Binwant Kaur 3 3 4
Sem. VII DS BFT704DS2 Supply Chain Management in Fashion Industry Prof. (Dr.) Rajani Jain 2 3 3
Sem. VII DS BFT705DS3 Fit issues & Trouble Shooting Prof. (Dr.) Noopur Anand 3 3 4
Sem. VII DS BFT706DS3 3D Apparel CAD and Simulation Prof. (Dr.) Suhail Anwar 2 3 3
Total 25 9 36
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
324
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical 4
84
Tutorial -
BFT701M Plant Layout 7 Major
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
84
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 To appreciate the importance of facility design in manufacturing industry.
 To understand the basic principles of effective plant layout design that apply to the manufacturing industry and apparel industry in
particular.
 To develop drafting skills using AutoCAD to facilitate in layout planning.

Knowledge
 Students shall be able to familiarize themselves with Impact of poor layout, advantage and characteristics of a good layout.
 Understanding of different type of manufacturing plant layouts and their compatibility with different manufacturing systems.
 Appreciation of material handling system and its impact on plant layout design.
 Understanding of building typology and its impact on plant layout and cost of project.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
325
 Students shall be able to comprehend requirement of various zoning ordinance/byelaws and the Factory’s Act for development of
layout that promotes safety, health and wellbeing of workforce.
 Students will have working knowledge of AutoCAD tools.
Skill
 Student shall develop skills to design layouts for new enterprise/improve existing layouts considering optimizing space utilization.
 Students shall be able to compare various layout alternatives to select the best possible layout from point of view of material flow pattern
and material handling.
 Students will be able to select appropriate tools for converting the plans into feasible drawings.
Synthesis
 Student shall be able to evaluate the plant layout objectively to identify shortcomings in the existing layout and bring about changes in the
layout thus reducing the overall cost of manufacturing.
 The students will be able to present the work in multiple iterations of micro layout using AutoCAD.
CONTENT
Session Duration
Topic Detailing Pedagogy Self-Study
No. Hours
1 1 Introduction to Definition of plant layout, the purpose and Lecture Approaches to facility
plant layout design importance of layout design, Impact of design (ref. #3, pg 9-12)
Facility design to productivity & quality, The levels of space
characteristics of good layout, factors
planning (ref. #3, pg 13-21)
affecting layout.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
326
2 1 Types of layout and Types of manufacturing layouts (process, Lecture
their suitability product, combined, group
technology/cellular) reflecting different
manufacturing systems (batch production,
continuous flow etc.). PBS, UPS and
modular system, their impact on sewing
floor layout.
3-4 2 Basic material flow Basic material flow pattern in different Lecture Ref. #8 & #11
patterns on shop types of production systems – straight line,
floor U-shape, zigzag, serpentine flow, circular
flow etc. Factors to be considered for
material flow planning. Use of assembly
chart and flow diagram for recording
process and material flow. String diagram
for evaluation of material flow.
5-6 2 Plant location  Importance of facility Location Lecture /Case Site planning and location
analysis and  Factors Influencing the selection of the Study (ref. #3, chapter 6; ref. #7,
selection location – availability of land, raw chapter 15).
material, manpower, transportation,
Case study on plant
communication facilities, local laws and
regulations, environmental factors, location selection and
government policies etc. application of MCDM
7 1 Facility design  Nature of business – fabricator, in- Lecture/
process – need house manufacturer, CMT, full package Exploration
analysis production, domestic/exporter etc.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
327
 Product analysis – quantity, variability

(P-Q analysis), staple v/s fashion
products, degree of standardization.
 Process design – manufacturing system
adopted, capacity required, manpower
and machine requirement calculation,
level of technology.
 Need of auxiliary services – production
services, administrative services,
personnel services, physical plant
services
8-10 3 Facility design  Qualitative analysis of affinity between Lecture and

process – activity activities based on sequence of Practical
relationship & workflow or material flow, movement
desired degree of
of personnel and information flow.
closeness between
activities  Activity relationship chart and activity
relationship diagram.
11-13 3 Assignment - 1 Prepare and present the brief for architect Presentation
stating the space and facilities required for
the proposed facility.
14-17 4 Introduction of Engineering drawing concept and principle Lecture & Practical
AutoCAD, drawing AutoCAD layout and coordinate system (demonstration of
and principle.
concepts and practical concept
Drawing tools – line, circle, polygon, ellipse
principles and tools)
etc.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
328
18-20 3 Practical Practical exercise and demonstration Lecture & Practical
based on drawing tools (demonstration
with visual aids)
21-23 3 AutoCAD drawing Moves, copy, array, D settings, break, Practical
& editing tools mirror, offset Etc. (demonstration of
practical concept
and tools)
24-26 3 Practical Practical exercise and demonstration Practical
based on editing tools
27-29 3 Advanced AutoCAD Trim, extend, and stretch B hatch, P line, P Practical
editing tools edit, explode, fillet, chamfer, MatchProp
30-32 3 Practical Practical exercise and demonstration on Practical
machine drawing based on advance auto (demonstration
cad editing tools with visual aids)
33-35 3 Dimension Dimlinear, Dimaligned, Dimdiameter, Practical
Dimradius, Dimcenter, Dimbaceline,
Dimcontinuous, Qleader, Dimstyle,
36-38 3 Practical Practical exercise based on facility design Practical

and layout related to apparel industry (demonstration
with visual aids)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
329
39-42 3 Formatting tools View, Color, linetype, lineweight and layer Practical
concept and properties (demonstration of
Practical exercise based on usage of practical concept
formatting tools
and tools)
43-55 13 Factory Layout Creation of a Factory Layout on Auto CAD Lecture & practical
with detailed specifications of all utility
areas.
56-59 4 Facility design  Calculation of area required for Lecture & practical Facility design
process – production Processes – cutting, considerations related to
calculating area sewing, finishing, inspection health and welfare of
requirement workmen under Factories
(equipment and manpower).
Act, 1948.
 Storage area requirement – receiving
area (including receiving inspection),
raw material storage (fabric & trims),
WIP, finishes goods storage and scrap.
 Areas for production personnel
 Utilities – sub-station, power
generating equipment, boiler, air
compressor, maintenance room,
staircase/elevators etc.
 Canteen, locker room, crèche, toilets,
drinking water etc.
 Administrative area, reception, time
keeper office etc.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
330
 Furniture requirements
60-61 2 Building typology Understanding of the building Structure Lecture Various forms of building
and its effect on e.g. brick and RCC construction, beams, and their elements.
plant layout design pillars, bay size/column span, steel frame
and cost construction. Various types of industrial
Sustainable construction
structures – single-story and multi-storey
buildings, north light truss, saw-tooth techniques and building
truss, portal frame structure etc., materials
Site location and related factors like

weather, prevailing wind, solar path etc.,
their impact on building design, building
massing and orientation.
Visit may be planned to any manufacturing

facility (Apparel and non-apparel) for
study of industrial building structure.
62-63 2 Government/legal Facility design considerations related to Lecture Development Control
norms with respect health and welfare of workmen under Rules, National Building
to industrial Factories’ Act, 1948. Code 2016, Part 3 (Vol. 1)
building
construction and Understanding of general development
development control regulations w.r.t. FAR, margins and
setbacks, staircase and exit requirement,
parking, use of basement etc.
64 1 Understanding of Type of architectural drawings (plan, Lecture Explore architectural
elevation, sections etc.), architectural drawing types and drafting
drawing conventions, drawing layout, title symbols / conventions
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
331
architectural block, scale of drawing, drawing
drawings and orientation etc.
conventions
65-66 2 Introduction to Importance and objective of material Study about various
material handling, Types of material handling Lecture/ visual mechanized system
handling equipment, specialized material handling Aids available for material
equipment’s/systems related to the
apparel industry. handling in garment
manufacturing.
67-71 5 Facility design Developing block diagram or space Lecture & Reference #9 & #10
process – allocation allocation diagram, allocation of space to Demonstration
of space to various activities/services, consideration
for space allocation – relation between
activities internal and external material flow,
flexibility to meet future changes and
expansion, column span/bay size, aisles
location and width building type and
number of floors, multi-floor multisite
space allocation
72 1 Introduction to Requirement of services: Lecture Fire and Life Safety,
services and  Electrical – fan & light National Building Code
utilities  Plumbing- water supply 2016, Vol. 1, Part 4;
 Steam distribution & drainage Building Services, National
 Lighting & ventilation (natural) Building Code 2016, Vol. 2,
 Air conditioning Part 8 Section 1 & 3;
 Building fire safety
 Parking
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
332
Understand each of the above as a thumb Drainage and Sanitation
rule provision. Requirements, Sub-section
4.2, Section 2, Part 9;
73-78 6 Preparation of Final Development of final layout plan – floor- Practical
Layout wise, site-wise etc.
79-81 3 Assignment – 2 Submission and presentation of layout for Practical

Internal Evaluation.
82- 84 3 Improvement in Improvement in final layout incorporating Practical
layout the inputs from faculty.

 Lecture, Visual Aid, Case study
 Hands-on, practical, Simulation based
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Individual Student may be evaluated based on some definite parameters such as:
 Contribution/participation in the classroom discussion
 Contribution in the group task
 Punctuality and on time completion of the work
 Progress of work assigned
 Quality of the work done
Above list of parameters is indicative only and faculty teaching the subject can define their own parameters, as deemed appropriate. Each of
these parameters may be given suitable weightage and student may be evaluated accordingly on a regular basis.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
333
Continuous Evaluation 1: 30 Marks Continuous Evaluation 2: 30 Marks

The class will be divided into groups of 3 – 4 students and Development of plant layout on Development of plant layout for
assigned a practical problem of designing a layout of an AutoCAD and presentation of same for a manufacturing unit and
apparel manufacturing unit. The group will be given all the Internal Evaluation. presentation of final plant layout
constraints like, Type of building, Area available, Nature of
Business, Required output, Level of Technology etc. As a first to end term jury.
step the group has to prepare a brief for Architect stating the
space and facilities required for the proposed unit.
Presentation on Architect brief to decide the building plan
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL for faculty
Books
1. Apple , J. M., 1977. Plant Layout and Materials Handling. 3rd ed. London: John Wiley.
2. Kanawaty, G., 1992. Introduction to Work Study. 4th ed. Geneva: International Labour Office (ILO).
3. Lee, Q., 1996. Facilities and workplace design: an illustrated guide. 1st ed. Norcros (USA): Engineering & Management Press.
4. Muther, R. & Hales, L., 2015. Systematic Layout Planning. 4th ed. Marietta (USA): Management & Industrial Research Publications.
5. Neufert, E. & Neufert, P., 2012. Architect's Data. 4th ed. Sussex: Blackwell Publishing Ltd..
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
334
6. Phillips, E. J., 1997. Manufacturing Plant Layout: Fundamentals and Fine Points of Optimum Facility Design. 1st ed. Dearborn-Michigan:
Society of Manufacturing Engineers.
7. Sule, D. R., 2008. Manufacturing Facilities - Location, Planning and Design. 3rd ed. New York: CRC Press -Taylor & Francis Group.

Articles
1. Bowes, P., 2014. Modular Factory Layout – Case Studies. Stitch World, 01 Oct.
2. Collyer, P., 2009. Designing a Multi-Storey Factory for a Smooth Department-to-Department Workflow. Stitch World, 01 Nov.
3. Collyer, P., 2009. Designing a Multi-Storey Factory for a Smooth Floor-to-Floor Workflow. Stitch World, 01 Oct.
4. Jana, P., 2009. Different Machine Layouts in Sewing Line. Stitch World, 1 May.
Others
1. BIS, 2016. National Bulding Code of India 2016 Volume 1 & 2. 1st ed., Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
2. BIS, 1973, Code Of Practice For Industrial Lighting, IS 6665 -1972 (Reaffirmed in 2005), Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
3. The Factories Act 1948
4. BIS, 2002, Design And Installation Of Fixed Automatic Sprinkler Fire Extinguishing Systems — Code Of Practice, IS 15105 -2002, Bureau
of Indian Standards, New Delhi
5. Kumar, V., n.d. Lession 3 Plant Location and Layout. [Online]
Available at: https://sol.du.ac.in/mod/book/view.php?id=1240&chapterid=893
[Accessed 2 July 2019].
6. Kanda, A., 2008. Project and Production Management Lecture - 31 Layout Planning. [Online]
Available at: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/pdf_download.php?&subjectId=112102106&lectid=31&lang=English
[Accessed 2 7 2019].
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
335
 Computer Lab with relevant applications (AutoCAD)
 Classroom with audio visual aids
-
 Faculty Advisor: Prof. (Dr.) A K Khare, NIFT Mumbai
 Subject Anchor: Mr. Amit Phogat, Assistant Professor, NIFT Gandhinagar
 Subject Co-Anchor: Ms. Ettishri Rajput, Assistant Professor, NIFT Gandhinagar
 Team Member: Mr. Chandramouli N, Assistant Professor, NIFT Kannur
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
336
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Advanced Apparel Manufacturing Tutorial -
BFT702M 2 Major
Management Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
The aim of the subject is to:
 Develop an understanding of operations research and use of the same in advanced manufacturing management.
 Develop an appreciation for the operational excellence in managing an apparel manufacturing organization.

Knowledge
The students will develop an understanding of the modelling tools of operations research and apply the same in optimization of resources.
Skill
Student shall learn to apply mathematical models to analyze operational problems and devise optimum solutions
Student shall understand the various manufacturing management methods used by the Industry
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
337
Synthesis
Optimization of resources with respect to apparel manufacturing processes and their application to different manufacturing management
methods.
CONTENT
Session
Hours Topic Detailing Pedagogy
No.
Introduction to P/O M for Manufacturing industries
Introduction to Operation
Evolution of P & O management
1-2 2 Management for Lecture
P & O management in other industries
manufacturing industries
Linear Programming Problem formulation
Linear Programming (LP) in P/O Management

3-4 2 Resource Optimization LP Problem formulation, Lecture
Graphical Solution & its Economic Interpretation
5-8 4 Simplex Simplex Method of LPP and its Economic Interpretation (both for Lecture
minimization and maximization problems) , Opportunity cost
9-10 Transportation Lecture

2 Models, Basic feasible solution, Optimal Solution
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
338
Assignment Models and Assignment Models and Traveling Salesman Problem

11-14 4 Traveling Salesman Problem Use of assignment in scheduling/loading Lecture
Terminology
Job Sequencing / Scheduling n jobs-2 machine
15-16 2 Lecture
2 jobs – m Machines – graphical method
n jobs – m machines
Forecasting for Production

Forecasting for Production
17-18 2 Estimating the future sales volume, the rate of sales, and the rate of Lecture
delivery. Application of Time Series
Basics Understanding of Project Management Lecture/

2 Project Management Project planning
19-20 Practical
Project scheduling models
Exercises
Use of PERT/ CPM in project planning
Case study on use of operation management tools in achieving

business goals related to garment industry. (group of 2-3 students)
Assignment 1 Or
Report on financial implications of resource optimization or the lack of

it(group of 2-3 students)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
339
21-22 2 Lean Manufacturing

Agile manufacturing
Lecture &
23-24 2 Flexible manufacturing
Operational excellence Practical
Modular manufacturing
exercises
25-26 Six Sigma, Theory of Constraints, Latest developments in Apparel
2
Manufacturing
Best practices
27-28 Steps in benchmarking
2 Benchmarking Lecture
Product and process benchmarking
Case studies from apparel/non-apparel manufacturing industry
Research, documentation and presentation on any assigned topic
(Topic related to Operational Excellence) (group of 2-3 students)
or
Assignment 2
Research, documentation and presentation on how operational
excellence may affect manufacturing costs. (Group of 2-3
students)
LEARNING AND TEACHING METHODS-

 Lectures, seminars, workshops & tutorials.
 Case studies, articles.
 Assignments on implementation of operation management techniques in various scenarios.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
340
NATURE OF ASSIGNMENTS-
 Case study analysis.
 Study of scholarly articles.
 PPT presentation
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Marks Continuous Assignment 2 : 30 Marks End Term Exam: 40 Marks
Case study on use of operation management Research, documentation and presentation on Written Exam
tools in achieving business goals related to any assigned topic (Topic related to
garment industry. (group of 2-3 students) Operational Excellence) (group of 2-3
students)
OR
OR
Report on financial implications of resource
optimization or the lack of it (group of 2-3 Research, documentation and presentation on
students) how operational excellence may affect
manufacturing costs. (Group of 2-3 students)
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
341
REFERENCE MATERIAL:
1. Production and operations management, Everett E. Adam, Jr. Ronald J. Ebert Prentice-hall of India
2. Modern production/operations management, Elwood S. Buffa & Rakesh K. Sarin – 8th edition, John Wiley & Sons
3. R. Panneerselvam – Operations Research – PHI – 2nd edition
4. Operations Research by V K Kapoor, Sultan Chand and Sons
5. World class manufacturing: the lessons of simplicity applied, Richard Schonberger, The free press
6. Best practice benchmarking: a management guide, Sylvia Codling, Gower publishing limited
7. Pull production for the shop floor , Productivity Press. Development Team
8. The synchronized production system: going beyond just-in-time through kaizen, Hitoshi Takeda, Kogan page limited
9. Goldratt, Eliyahu M. Theory of Constraints. [Great Barrington, MA]: North River Press
10. Manufacturing handbook of best practices: an innovation, productivity and quality focus, Jack.B.Revelle, CRC Press
11. 5S for operators: 5 pillars of the visual workplace, Hiroyuki Hirano, Productivity Press
12. The Strategic Guide to Value Stream & Process Mapping: Genesis of Manufacturing Strategy , Quarterman lee &Brad Snyder, Enna
Products Corporation
 Classroom with projector and VC connectivity for expert session
 Case studies
 Books
 Articles
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
342
 Videos
 Presentations
 Other reference material available on net

 Pathway Advisor: Prof (Dr.) Ajit Kumar Khare and Prof. (Dr.) Pavan Godiawala,
 Subject Anchor: Ms. Ettishri Rajput, Asst. Professor, NIFT Gandhinagar
 Subject Co-Anchor: Mr. Ankur Makhija, Asst. Professor, NIFT-Gandhinagar
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
343
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1
Practical 1
Tutorial -
BFT703M 2D Apparel CAD and Grading 28 2 Major
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
 To enable the students to develop understanding of theory of grading
 To familiarize the students with anthropometric concepts
 To understand the basic principles of digital pattern making, grading and marker making.

Knowledge
 Students will be able to identify the points of growth on body and co-relate to the pattern and its cardinal points
 Understanding of CAD/CAM systems and their use in Apparel Industry
Skill:
 Students will be able to construct the digital patterns and grade them into large and/or small sizes with the understanding of growth of
body
 Usage of CAD/CAM systems in garment industry
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
344
Synthesis:
 Students will be able to comprehend the techniques of grading of patterns for larger and smaller sizes
 Construction of 2D pattern drafting , grading and marker making in digital format
CONTENTS
Session Duration Pedagogy and Duration
Topic Detailing
No. (Hours) (Hours)
Concepts & Principles Concept of growth of body and patterns of

growth. 2 Dimensional & 3 Dimensional grading and relation with
Lecture and Demo
1-2 2 Body, Grading systems- draft and nested grading, Importance and
method of selection of grading systems, Track , Limitation and
advantage of systems
Manual Pattern Grading Principle Concept of grading of skirt, bodice and

3-4 2 Lecture and Demo
Grading- bifurcated garment as per body growth
Concepts,
principles and Grade plan Shirt grading extraction of increments from specification
application sheet, conversion of increment in split diagram and grade rule
Grading of Shirt and it’s components Grading of shirt -front, back,

yoke, sleeve, cuff and collar
Digital Pattern making, grading and Marker making
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
345
Introduction to
apparel CAD, Introduction to CAD, digital pattern making, grading and marker Lecture and
digital pattern making, categories of CAD system, digital drafting tools points, lines, Demonstration and
10-11 2
making and curve etc. and pattern digitization hands-on with CAD
pattern software
digitization
Pattern Basic Bodice Demonstration and
12-13 2
Construction hands-on with CAD s/w
Pattern Digital Pattern construction of shirt components Demonstration and
14-15 2

16-17 2

18-19 2
20-21 2 Assignment-I Digital pattern construction for various parts of the shirt Spot
Grading of the shirt pattern Demonstration and

22-23 2 Pattern Grading
hands-on with CAD s/w
Marker Planning Marker creation of the shirt pattern Demonstration and
24-25 2
of shirt pattern hands-on with CAD s/w
26-28 3 Assignment -II Pattern making, grading and marker planning Spot
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
346

 Lecture and demonstrations.
 Presentations
 Assignments.
 Review & feedback by faculty
 Students will be able to use effectively CAD/CAM system for creation of digital Patterns, Stylization, Grading and Marker Making
 Acquire skills to use digital tools in Pattern Making, Grading and Marker Making.
Digital submissions of the created patterns, markers and grading
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Continuous Assignment 2 : 30 Marks End Term Jury : 40 Marks
Marks (Mid Term) (End Term) (Integrated with PAD)
Student will create tech pack of garment
Develop the digital patterns for Grade the pieces of shirt pattern and create digital selected in PAD like Top/dress / trouser /
various parts of the shirt. marker as per the given specifications. skirt/shirt etc. Develop the digital patterns,
grade them and create the marker for the same
Note: As the assignment is developing and grading of garments, only one assignment brief is given as the faculty can decide on various
garments.
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
347
INDICATIVE ASSIGNMENT FOR END TERM JURY

2D APPAREL CAD AND GRADING
(End Term Jury – Practical Evaluation, Supervised Jury)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Time Allotted: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 40
You are required to make the following components of shirt pattern using any CAD system:
i) Back with Yoke

ii) Front with Placket and Buttons
iii) Sleeves with Cuff
iv) Collar Stand and Collar
v) Pocket with Flap
Measurements are as follows:
A) Back and Front
S. No. Particulars Inches

1 Chest 39.0
2 Length 29.0
3 Neck Girth 17.0
4 Across Shoulder 18.5
6 Shoulder Drop 1.5
7 Under Arm position from HSP 9.5
8 Waist position from HSP 17.5
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
348
9 Waist circumference 39.0

10 Neck drop 0.75(Back) 3.0(Front)
11 Ease circumference-wise 5.0
B) Sleeve
S. No. Particulars Inches

1 Length 23.5
2 Bicep 18.0
3 Cuff length 9.5
4 Cap Height 4.0
C) Cuff width = 2.5 inch D) Pocket size is 5 x 5.5 inch
Grading values:
Grading will be done in three sizes 41 and 43 whereas 39 is basic size.
In consecutive sizes, difference in length is 5 cm and in chest is 8 cm.
In order to make the symmetry among the pieces, grading values at other points may be taken by the students themselves.
Marker Specifications:
Table length = 11 Meter

Fabric Width = 142 cm
Selvage = 1 cm
Size ratio = 2:1:1:1
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
349
REFERENCE MATERIAL
Theory and principle of grading -Patric J Taylor & Martin Shoben, The NIFT book of grading & sizing vol2, Software manual and tutorials
INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENT & EQUIPMENT/TOOLS/MATERIAL

High speed computer system with Digitizer and plotter and CAD system (Lectra/Tukatech/Gerber/Optitex)

Subject Anchor: Prof. (Dr.) Suhail Anwar -Anchor
Subject Co-Anchor: Prof. Dr. Amar Tewari -Co-Anchor
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
350
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture -
Practical 2
28
Tutorial -
BFT704M Product Analysis & Development 2 Major
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
 To analyze and to develop the prototype of the reference garment keeping the overall properties of the reference garment (as much as
possible) from user point of view.

Knowledge
 To understand the raw material (fabric, trims and accessories) testing procedure, pattern making and garment construction, costing of the
prototype garment meeting the target specification similar to the reference garment from user point of view .
Skill
 To develop analyzing & sourcing skill of raw materials for construction of the garment similar to reference garment.
 To develop patternmaking and construction skill for construction of the garment similar to reference garment.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
351
Synthesis
 Ability to identify and analyze fabric, trims and accessories for reference sample, their properties, sources and prices.
 Ability to develop and to interpret specification sheets.
 Ability to work on patterns with construction details from specification sheets.
CONTENT
Session Hours Suggested

Topic/Content Details
No. Pedagogy
1 1 Introduction Importance of Product Analysis and Development in the Industry Lecture
2 1 Planning for analysis of The students (group of two members) will produce Reference Lecture
Garment (all components – Garment for detail analysis.
raw materials including
[The number of Garment to be collected will be more than two
surface ornamentation , trims (at least) depending on availability of workable (for testing) fabric
and constructional details) samples (creased/ gathered/ stitched/ extremities/ portion
decorated with other material etc. cannot be taken up for textile
testing further). One Garment will be kept in-tact for reference
and will be shown to Jury members on demand at the End-term
Jury Examination. The other Garment/ Garments will be analyzed
for detail study. So, the sufficient number of workable samples
may be required for that study. Accordingly, the number of
Garment to be collected may be 2, 3, 4, 5 etc.]
No group should take up same garment.

Analysis of raw materials like fabrics, trims, accessories etc.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
352
Students will make specification sheet for the raw materials (the
end use of the garment must be considered during selection of
specification parameters)
3-5 3 Detail Analysis of raw Students will perform detail testing for fabric raw materials like Demonstration
materials (Fabrics) Fibre Composition (Dry and Wet/ Chemical), Fabric Construction
like thread densities, weave/design, yarn properties (count, twist
etc.), areal densities (GSM), yarn crimp percentage and other
fabric properties like strength and elongation, crease recovery,
abrasion resistance, pilling, bending rigidity, air permeability,
seam strength, drape, fastness properties etc as considering the
end use of the product for target customers.
6 1 Detail Analysis of raw Students will perform primary testing for selection of similar Demonstration
materials (Trims & trims and accessories like Buttons, Interlining, Zipper, Lace, Label
accessories) and Elastic etc.
Determination of types of Trims used and development of

specification sheet (Ex: Thread-cotton/blend/nylon, count,
colour, brand etc. Button–Thermoplastic/metallic/MOP, button
size etc., Interlining - Fusible /Non-Fusible, Type of base fabric
used, and Type of Resin used etc., Zipper-Nylon/metallic, Teeth
size, type slider etc. Label - Printed/ Woven, colour used, etc.)
7 1 Presentation of technical Students will be presenting the detail analysis of the raw Demonstration
analysis of the Reference materials in a portfolio and explain the method of testing with
Garment and sourcing of sampling details using any textile testing standards like ISO,
similar raw materials
AATCC etc. with relevancy from user point of view.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
353
The students will source similar type of raw materials from the
market (atleast ten similar types of fabrics and five similar types
of trims and accessories).
If the sourced fabrics with similar prints, embroidery, special
surface finish /wash are not available in the market, the same
may be developed on the procured fabric with similar
specification/ feel/aesthetics to the reference sample by the
students themselves.
The students should note price, minimum order quantity and

deliver time for all sourced items.
8-12 5 Detail Analysis of raw Students will perform the following testing on all the sourced Demonstration
materials (sourced Fabrics) fabrics—
Fibre Composition (Dry and Wet/ Chemical), Fabric Construction
like thread densities, weave/design, yarn properties (count, twist
etc.), areal densities (GSM), yarn crimp percentage.
The students will compare the measured specification of sourced

fabrics with the Reference Fabric and the best suited one will be
selected for further testing and may be selected for making
prototype for Reference Garment.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
354
Students will perform detail testing for fabric raw materials with
the sourced fabric (selected) like strength and elongation, crease
recovery, abrasion resistance, pilling, bending rigidity, air
permeability, seam strength, drape, fastness properties etc as
considering the end use of the product for target customers.
13 1 Detail Analysis of raw Students will perform primary testing on all sourced trims and Demonstration
materials sourced (Trims & accessories like Buttons, Interlining, Zipper, Lace, Label and
accessories) Elastic etc.
Determination of types of Trims used and development of

specification sheet (Ex: Thread-cotton/blend/nylon, count,
colour, brand etc. Button–Thermoplastic/metallic/MOP, button
size etc., Interlining - Fusible /Non-Fusible, Type of base fabric
used, Type of Resin used etc., Zipper-Nylon/metallic, Teeth size,
type slider etc. Label - Printed/ Woven, colour used, etc.)
The students will compare the measured specification of sourced

trims and accessories with the Reference sample and the best
suited one will be selected further for making prototype similar
to that of Reference Garment.
14 1 Assignment-1 Students will be presenting the detail comparison of the Demonstration

Presentation of technical Reference Garment and sourced raw materials selected for
comparison of the Reference making prototype in a portfolio and explain about deviation of
Garment and sourced raw properties from user point of view.
materials selected for making
prototype
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
355
15-16 2 Development of Spec Sheet Students will develop Spec. Sheet containing Measurement Demonstration
Chart with Flat Sketch and with important Construction Details.
The spec. sheet should also contain fabric swatches and trims.
17 1 Development of Flow Process Students will develop the Flow Process Chart with Stitch Type, Demonstration
Chart Seam Diagram and M/C details
18-22 5 Development of Pattern & Students will develop the Pattern and muslin fit to make the Demonstration
Muslin Fit prototype
23 1 Assignment-2 Students will submit the Pattern, Test Fit in Muslin fabric, Spec Demonstration
Presentation with submission Sheet, Flow Process Chart etc. and present it to the faculty
of the prototype
24-28 5 End Term Assignment Construction of Prototype with the determination of CMT from Demonstration
at least two sources.
Final Jury
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
356

 Lecture and practical demonstration
 Submission and presentation with continuous evaluation during the process
Continuous Assignment 2 : 30 Marks

Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Marks End Term Jury : 40 Marks
(End Term)
(Mid Term) (Integrated with 2D Apparel CAD & Grading)
Integrated assignment with 2D Apparel CAD

(1) Preparation of a portfolio containing all (1) Submission of Test Fit in Muslin & Grading
testing parameters of raw materials (reference fabric, Pattern. Submission of the final prototype and all the
and sourced) with the method of testing, OR works in assignment 1 & 2 and presentation
sampling details using any of the textile testing (2) Submission of Spec Sheet, Flow in ppt.
standards like ISO, AATCC etc. Process Chart etc.
OR
(2) The detail comparison of the reference
garment and sourced raw materials selected for
making prototype with explanation for any
deviation of properties from user point of view.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
357
EVALUATION CRITERIA
 For Continuous Assignment-1 & 2 (30 marks each)
Sr. No. Evaluation Parameters Max. Weightage/ Marks

15. Comprehensive assimilation of Work/task assigned 10 Marks
Total
30 Marks
 For End Term Jury (40 marks)

Expected Outcome Evaluation Parameters Max. Weightage/ Marks
Students are supposed to understand raw

 Analysis of raw materials with technical testing (Report and
materials, technical testing and analysis of presentation) 20 marks
testing results of the raw materials;

 Analysis and development of garment:
garment analysis and development.
(1) Development of pattern---------------------------------------------------- 5 marks
(2) Development of specification and flow process---------------------- 5 marks
(3) Development of garment similar to reference garment ----------- 10 marks
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
358
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100

All reference materials from Fabric Science for Apparel- I, II & III; Pattern Making & Garment Construction-I, II & III
REFERENCE MATERIAL for Faculty

All reference materials from Fabric Science for Apparel- I, II & III; Pattern Making & Garment Construction-I, II & III
 Textile testing laboratory equipped with all testing instruments for measurement of fibre composition (Dry and Wet/ Chemical), thread
densities, weave/design analysis, yarn properties (count, twist etc.), areal densities (GSM), yarn crimp percentage, strength and elongation,
crease recovery, abrasion resistance, pilling, bending rigidity, air permeability, seam strength, drape, Colour fastness to washing, rubbing,
light, perspiration, snap tester of button, slider test of zipper etc.
 Pattern Making and Garment Construction Laboratory equipped with all facilities suitable for prototype development.
 Textile testing instruments for measurement of fibre composition (Dry and Wet/ Chemical), thread densities, weave/design analysis, yarn
properties (count, twist etc.), areal densities (GSM), yarn crimp percentage, strength and elongation, crease recovery, abrasion resistance,
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
359
pilling, bending rigidity, air permeability, seam strength, drape, Colour fastness to washing, rubbing, light, perspiration, snap tester of
button, slider test of zipper etc.
 Tools and equipment required for patternmaking and garment construction.
 Reference garment and similar raw materials (Fabric, Trims & Accessories) to the reference garment
 Pathway Advisor: Mr. S. S. Ray, Associate Professor, NIFT-Kolkata

 Subject Anchor: Dr. Abhijit Mukherjee, Associate Professor, NIFT-Kolkata
 Subject Co-Anchor: Prof. (Dr.) Jonalee D Bajpai, NIFT-Bengaluru
 Team Members: Ms. Vasundhara Chaudhary Bhagat, Associate Professor, NIFT-Gandhinagar
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
360
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
Tutorial - 28 Major - Floating
BFT701MF International Business 2
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
-
Self-Study -
SUBJECT AIM
 The purpose of this subject is to build an understating of Fundamental Theories and Practices of International Business
Knowledge:
 Students will be able to understand the rationale of Globalization & International Business. Students will be able to understand the
international business environment, trade theories, Business Strategies and Arrangements.
Synthesis:
 Students will be able to link IB theories, practices, arrangements with Global and Indian Business Scenarios
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
361
CONTENT
Duration Suggested
Session Topic / Content Details Pedagogy
(Hours)
Introduction to International Business, Difference from Domestic

Globalization and Lecture
2 business, Factors driving Globalization, Modes of Operations in
1 –2 International Business
International Business
Cultural Awareness, Dealing with Cultural Differences,

3-4 Cultural & Political Behavioral practices affecting Business, Political Ideology &
2 Lecture
environments facing Business
Political systems affecting International Business
Legal Systems, IPR, Operational and Strategic Concerns with

5-6 Legal & Economic Legal Systems. Elements of Economic environment, Features of
2 Lecture
environments facing Business
an Economy, Types of Economic Systems
Impact of FDI, Economic Impact of MNE, Ethics & Environment,

7-8 2 Globalization & Society Ethical Dilemmas and Business Practices Lecture
Interventionist Theories, Free Trade Theories, Trade Pattern

International Trade and
9-10 2 Theories, The Statics and Dynamics of Trade, Factor- Mobility Lecture
Investment
Theory
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
362
Conflicting Results of Trade Policies, Economic and

Governmental Influence on Noneconomic Rationales for Governmental Intervention, Tariffs
11-12 2 Lecture
Trade & Non-Tariff Barriers, Dealing with Governmental Trade
Influences
The World Trade Organization, GATT, Bilateral Agreements,

Cross-National Cooperation
13-14 2 Regional Economic Integration in various continents and Lecture
& Agreements
countries like EU, NAFTA,OPEC, SAARC, ASEAN, etc.
Foreign Exchange, Major Forex Markets, Forex Trading Process,

15-16 2 World Financial Markets The International Monetary Fund, Exchange Rate Arrangements, Lecture
Determining Exchange Rates
Industry, Strategy & Firm Performance, The Firm as Value Chain,

17-18 The Strategy of International Types of Strategy: International, Multi domestic, Global and
2 Lecture
Business
Transactional
Export Process, Export Strategy, Export Documentation, Role of

19-20 2 Export Strategies Lecture
Regulatory Bodies
21-22 Import Process, Import Strategy, Types of Importers, Import

2 Import Strategies Lecture
Documentation
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
363
Non Feasibility of Exports, Non Collaborative Arrangements,

Direct Investment and Rationale of Collaborative Arrangements, Types of
23-24 2 Lecture
Collaborative Strategies Collaborative Arrangements, and Problems associated,
Managing Foreign Arrangements.
Marketing Strategies, Product Policies, Pricing Strategies,

Managing International
25-26 2 Promotion Strategies, Branding Strategies, Distribution Lecture
Operations
Strategies, Managing the marketing Mix
Global Manufacturing Strategies and Supply Chain

Global Manufacturing &
27-28 2 Management, Role of Quality, Supplier Networks, Inventory Lecture
Supply Chain Management Management

Lectures, presentations and tutorials
Report writing, Presentation, Document Submission
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
364
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous evaluation based on following parameters
Evaluation Parameters for the subject "International Max. Weightage/

No.
Business" Marks
2. Contribution/participation in the classroom/lab discussion 4 Marks
6. Progress of Work/task assigned 10 Marks
Assignment Plan:
Assignment-I Assignment-2 End Term Exam
(30 Marks) (30 Marks) (40 Marks)
Written Exam
Submit a Report on any two topics :
Submit a document (15 Marks) and presentation( 15
Marks) on any topic done till session 28th
1. Legal & Economic environments
facing Business
2. Government Influence on trade
3. Globalization and Society
4. Export/Import Strategies
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
365
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100

1. International Business,John D. Daniels, Lee H. Radebaugh, Daniel P. Sullivan, Prashant Salwan, Pearson Education India, 15 Edition
2. International Business, Rakesh Mohan Joshi, Oxford University Press
3. International Business, Justin Paul, PHI Learning

1. International Business,John D. Daniels, Lee H. Radebaugh, Daniel P. Sullivan, Prashant Salwan, Pearson Education India, 15 Edition
2. International Business, Rakesh Mohan Joshi, Oxford University Press
3. International Business, Justin Paul, PHI Learning
Classroom with seating for 25/30 students and presentation infrastructure
 Faculty Advisor: Prof. (Dr.) Archana Gandhi, NIFT Delhi &

Prof. Dr. DivyaSatyan, NIFT Chennai
 Subject Anchor: Ms. Suman Verma, Asso. Professor, NIFT-Delhi
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
366
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1.5
Practical 1.5
42
Tutorial - Deepening specialization
BFT701DS1 Robotics & Automation 4
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 Differentiate various control aspects of automation.
 To understand the basics of robotics and their real time applications.
Knowledge
 Select & identify suitable automation hardware for the given application.
 To examine the concepts of automation and the need for automation in manufacturing industries.
Skill
 Describe & explain potential areas of automation.
 Describe and explain 3D translation and orientation representation & illustrate the robot arm kinematics and Robot Operating System
usage.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
367
Synthesis
Design / simulate a robot which meets kinematic requirements.
CONTENT
Session Duration Topic / Content Details Suggested Self-Study / Studio
(Hours) Pedagogy Practice
1-2 2 Introduction to Automation production system, Lecture Reading on different
Automation Mechanization and automation, Types of Automation process (1
automation, Automation strategies, hrs.)
Mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and
Pneumatic automation devices and controls,
Economics of automation.
3-4 2 High volume Classification and type of automatic transfer Lecture Reading on Automation
manufacturing machines; Automation in part handling and of high volume
Automation feeding, Analysis of automated flow lines, manufacturing process (2
design of single model, multi model and hrs.)
mixed model production lines.
5-8 4 Programmable CNC machine tools, Machining centers, Lecture Lab practice ( 2 hours);
manufacturing Programmable robots, Robot time estimation Self-study on CNC
Automation in manufacturing operations. machines and use of
Robots (4 hours)
9-10 2 Flexible manufacturing Introduction to Group Technology, Grouping Lecture Self-study on Group
Automation methods, Cell Design, Flexible manufacturing methods, flexible
system. Assembly Automation: Assembly manufacturing (2 hours)
systems, Automatic transfer, feeding and
orienting devices, Flexible assembly systems,
Performance evaluation and economics of
assembly systems
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
368
11-17 7 Microcontroller / MCU Microcontroller Vs Microprocessor, Basics of Lecture Lab practice ( 5 hours);
microcontroller, Arduino microcontroller, Self-study on use of MCU
Arduino IDE & overview, Why Arduino, for different applications
Arduino installation, Interfacing LED, (8 hours)
Introduction to MCU, Communication
protocols – I2C & SPI, How to read
schematics, Basics of Arduino programming
18-29 12 Robotics Review of robotic technology and Lecture Lab practice ( 6 hours);
applications, Laws of robotics, Robot systems Self-study on Kinematics
and anatomy, Robot classification, End & Manipulation of
Effectors, Robot kinematics, Object location, smaller application
Homogeneous transformation, Direct and Robots (12 hours)
inverse kinematics, Manipulator motions,
Robot drives, actuators and control, Drive
systems, Hydraulic, Pneumatic Electrical DC
and AC servo motors and stepped motors,
Mechanical transmission method-Rotary-to-
rotary motion conversion, Robot motion and
path planning control and Controllers, Robot
sensing, Range sensing, Proximity sensing,
touch sensing, Force and torque sensing etc.,
Robot vision, Image representation, Image
recognition approaches.
30-33 4 Line follower Robot Controlling LED using IR sensor, Assembling Lecture Lab practice ( 2 hours);
with MCU line follower Robot, Interfacing IR with Self-study on Line
Arduino, Arduino controlled line follower follower Robots (4 hours)
assembly.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
369
34-42 9 Robot Applications Robot applications in manufacturing-Material Lecture Lab practice ( 6 hours);
transfer and machine loading/unloading, Self-study on small
Processing operations like Welding & specific applications of
painting, Assembly operations, Inspection Robots (9 hours)
automation, Robot cell design and control,
Robot cell layouts-Multiple robots & Machine
interference, Economics and social aspects of
robotics. Task Programming, Goals of AI
Research, AI Techniques, Robot Intelligence
and Task Planning, Modern Robots, Future
Application and Challenges and Case Studies.
 Online presentation and explanation for each session.

 Lab Demonstration for developing understanding by exploration
 Expert Lectures
 Industry Visits
 Case Study
 Quiz
 Submission
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
370
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Marks (Mid Term) Continuous Assignment 2 : 30 Marks (End Term) End Term Exam/Jury : 40 Marks
Micro Project 1 Micro Project 2 Evaluation of the functioning of

a. Choose any system in any manufacturing a. Choose any movement activity which has developed micro robot(s);
setup which involves lot of manual minimum 2 degrees of freedom; collect Evaluation Criteria:
movements which may be semi- information about repeated activities Concept : 5 marks
automated. (10 marks) which could be semi-automated. (10 Assembly, Testing & Working : 30 marks
b. Design of a small system marks) Viva : 5 marks
(pick/place/movement, etc.) using b. Design of a micro robot (robotic arm /
microcontrollers / Arduino; (20 marks) movement / pick / place, etc.) [20 marks]
Examples: Mini Conveyor Belt mechanism, Examples : 4 legs Spider Bot, Design of a Robotic
Automated bike stand slider, Motion controlled arm, Path follower Robot
Pick & Place system, etc.
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIALFOR FACULTY

 Automation, Production System & Computer Integrated Manufacturing Groover Prentice Hall India
 Overview of Industrial Process Automation, KLS Sharma, Elsevier publications
 Industrial Robotics – Technology Programming & Applications, Groover, McGraw-Hill
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
371

 Automation, Production System & Computer Integrated Manufacturing Groover Prentice Hall India
 Overview of Industrial Process Automation, KLS Sharma, Elsevier publications
 Industrial Robotics – Technology Programming & Applications, Groover, McGraw-Hill
 Lab with MCUs, Arduino, Basic Electronic components and necessary devices
 Smart TV Projection / LCD Projector & Computer System
 Faculty Advisors: Dr. A. K. Khare, Professor, NIFT-Mumbai; Prof. Dr. Pavan Godiawala, NIFT-Mumbai
 Subject Anchor: Dr. R. Russel Timothy, Professor, NIFT-Chennai
 Subject Co-Anchor: Dr. Deepak Panghal, Assistant Professor, NIFT-Delhi
 Team Member: Mr. Arivoli, Associate Professor, NIFT-Bengaluru
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
372
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1
Practical 1
28
Minor Project on Designing a Tutorial -
Manufacturing Setup -II Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
*Teaching session is planned for 14 weeks, excluding visits to fairs/exhibition and end term examination week.
SUBJECT AIM
 The objective of the subject is to explore the application of the plant layout concepts in physical and structural set up of an apparel
manufacturing unit, taking into account, the manufacturing system design learnt in the previous semester.
 The subject also allows the student to understand the best practices in manufacturing set up design.
Knowledge:
 The student will have an understanding of facility design process along with technical considerations of physical plant set up, agile
manufacturing concepts and industrial safety standards.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
373
Skill:
 The student shall be able to appreciate the best practices adopted in apparel manufacturing and apply the same for designing a
manufacturing set up.
 The subject develops the skill of applying the knowledge of standards followed in facility design of a manufacturing set up.
Synthesis:
 Ability to design a manufacturing set up – with respect to principles of space design, modern manufacturing system, sustainability and
work flow.
CONTENT
Duration Suggested Self-Study
Session Topic / Content Details
(Hours) Pedagogy
1-2 2 Review of Best Essentials of a good manufacturing setup 2 hour lecture 3 Hrs.
Manufacturing Setup (examples/case studies of other industries may Reference 14
be discussed to understand the best practices)
3-4 2 Green factory concept Green building, sustainable production practices 1 hour lecture 3 Hrs.
in production and its impact on plant set up. 1 hour practical
5-6 2 Sustainable Production  Concepts of sustainable production 2 hour lecture 3 Hrs.

 Advancements and best practices in
manufacturing setups
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
374
7-8 2 Visual Management Application of visual factory concepts- Kanban, 1 hour lecture 3 Hrs.
System traffic light system, Andon. 1 hour practical Reference 13
9-11 3 Material Handling  Principles of material handling 2 hour lecture 3 Hrs.

Systems  Automation in material handling 1 hour practical Chapter 14,15
Reference 1
12-15 4 Assignment 1 (in a group Indicative Assignment 1 (Any one of the 4 hour practical 6 Hrs.
of maximum 2 students) following):
1. Case study on best practices in
manufacturing setup
2. Case study on application of green
building and sustainable practices in
apparel manufacturing
16-18 3 Application of regulations Establishing the requirements in - Lighting, 2 hour lecture 3 Hrs.
and standards ventilation, vibration control, display controls, 1 hour practical
Sonic Environment and acoustical comfort,
humidity and temperature.
19-20 2 Industrial safety Considerations in industrial safety, General safety 1 hour lecture 3 Hrs.
rules, accident prevention, protective measures 1 hour practical Chapter on
for machines, Role of OSHA. Industrial
safety.
Reference 4
21-22 2 Electrical layout planning Electrical Layout Design 1 hour lecture 3 Hrs.
Single Line Diagram of Electrical layouts. 1 hour practical Reference 9
Calculation of electric load
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
375
Steam and Air Calculation of steam and air requirements for an
Requirements apparel factory
23-24 2 Water supply and Water supply, sanitation, wastewater treatment, 2 hour lecture 3 Hrs.
management zero discharge concepts. Reference 6
Assignment 2 Indicative Assignment 2 (Any one of the 6 Hrs.

following): Reference 12
1. Students in a group of maximum 4 will work on

a layout of manufacturing set up.
Designing and presentation of the layout using
AutoCAD incorporating the concepts of green
manufacturing, sustainable production, electrical,
air/ steam requirements, water supply and ETP.
2. Students in a group of maximum 4 will work on
a layout of manufacturing set up.
Designing and presentation of the layout using
AutoCAD incorporating the concepts of
automated material handling system, visual
factory system and sustainable production.
25-28 4 Students will be given feedback on the work Practical: 4 hrs. 3 Hrs.
completed in Assignment 2 and they will
incorporate the required improvements and
present the final layout to the external jury
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
376

 Lecture and Practical hour
 Industrial visit/ Expert lecture
 Case study
Presentation of layout drawings/ layout model making/ 3D AutoCAD image.
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1: Continuous Assignment 2:
30 Marks 30 Marks End Term Jury : 40 Marks
(In a group of maximum 2 students) (In a group of maximum 4 students)
Indicative Assignment 1 (Any one of Indicative Assignment 2 (Any one of the following): Students will be given
the following): feedback on the work
1. Case study on best practices in 1. Students in a group of maximum 4 will work on a layout of completed in Assignment - 2
manufacturing setup manufacturing set up.
and they will incorporate the
2. Case study on application of Designing and presentation of the layout using AutoCAD
incorporating the concepts of green manufacturing, required improvements and
green building and sustainable
sustainable production, electrical, air/ steam requirements, present the final layout to the
practices in apparel water supply and ETP. external jury
manufacturing 2. Students in a group of maximum 4 will work on a layout of
manufacturing set up.
Designing and presentation of the layout using AutoCAD
incorporating the concepts of automated material handling
system, visual factory system and sustainable production.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
377
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Individual students may be evaluated regularly based on certain defined parameters as selected by subject faculty (suggestive list is given
below). The work in progress is evaluated continuously based on the evaluation parameters over a period of time for both assignment 1 and 2.
The subject faculty may modify the parameters or marks allotted for each parameter as per the requirements of individual assignment.
S.no Evaluation parameter Marks
Continuous evaluation – Assignment 1 and 2
1 Regularity and discipline in class 2
2 Contribution/ participation in classroom/ practical activities 4
3 Contribution in task assigned 4
4 Punctuality and on time completion of work 4
5 Quality of work done 8
6 Progress of work 8
Total 30 marks
End Term evaluation
1 Layout 10
2 Relevance of concepts incorporated in the layout 10
3 Details incorporated/legends used 10
4 Tools/ methods used to present 10
Total 40
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
378
REFERENCE MATERIAL
1. Plant Layout & Material Handling by James M Apple, John Willy & Sons, 3rd Edition.
2. Apparel manufacturing handbook, Solinger J. Van NoStrand and R. Einhold Company. 1980.
3. Facilities & Workplace design by Quarterman Lee, Engineering & Management Press, Norcross, Georgia. 1997.
4. Production technology by R.K Jain,Khanna Publications.
5. B.C. Punmia, “Waste Water Engineering”, Laxmi Publications.
6. S.J. Arceivala, “Waste Water Treatment for Pollution Control”, Tata McGraw Hills Publication.
7. Handbook on Building Construction Practices, BIS, New Delhi
8. S.P. Arora, S.P. Bindra, Building Construction, Dhanpat Rai Publications
9. S.L. Uppal- G.C. Garg; Electrical Wiring Estimation and Costing; Khanna Publication
10. Raina K.B. & Bhattacharya S.K.; Electrical Design, Estimation and Costing; New Age International Publishers, New Delhi
11. Indian Practical Civil Engineering’s Handbook by P N Khanna
12. Mastering AutoCAD 2004 by George Omura
13. The synchronized production system: going beyond just-in-time through kaizen, Hitoshi Takeda, kogan page limited
14. Manufacturing handbook of best practices: an innovation, productivity and quality focus, Jack.B.Revelle, CRC Press
AutoCAD software
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
379
Lux meter, sound meter, floor area measuring tools.
Subject anchor: Ms. Renjini.G, Asst. Professor, Dept. of Fashion Technology, NIFT Bengaluru
Subject Co – anchor: Mr. Praveen Nagarajan, Asst. Professor, Dept. of Fashion Technology, NIFT Chennai
Advisors: Dr. A. K. Khare, Professor, Dept. of Fashion Technology, NIFT Mumbai
Dr. Pavan Godiawala, Professor and Centre Director, Dept. of Fashion Technology, NIFT Mumbai
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
380
Hours/
Hours/
Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1.5
Practical 1.5
42
Tutorial -
BFT703DS2 ERP for Fashion Business 4 Deepening Specialization
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 To develop understanding of how an ERP system can improve the effectiveness of a Business with special focus on Apparel Business.
 To introduce the students to ERP modules in Apparel Industry through lectures, demonstrations, case studies and hands-on
experience.
Knowledge
Students will learn the concepts of:

 ERP and various ERP modules,
 ERP implementation cycle, concepts of business Process Re-engineering.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
381
Skill
 Students will learn to use Datatex NOW software
Synthesis
 Implementation of ERP solution in an Apparel Production Unit. Students will be able to map business processes in apparel Industry
with the functions and features of an ERP solution such as Datatex NOW.
CONTENT
Duration Suggested
Session Topic / Content Details Self-Study / Studio Practice
(Hours) Pedagogy
1 –3 3 An Introduction to ERP What is ERP? Pre-ERP Scenario, ERP Lecture Reading on What an ERP
Modules, Advantages and Disadvantages of solution is. How it integrates
ERP, Evolution of ERP (MRP to Cloud the operations in an
Solutions of ERP) enterprise across
departments. Advantages and
Disadvantages of ERP
Solution. (3 hrs.)
4–6 3 ERP – Planning, Design and Difference between a legacy system and an Lecture, Reading about different types
Implementation ERP System. System Development, different Case study of ERP implementations and
types of ERP Implementation methodology, the association of Business
As-IS process mapping, TO-BE, Benchmarking Process Re-engineering with
and best practices, Gap Analysis, ERP (3 hrs.)
customization and implementation. Hidden
costs of ERP implementation.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
382
7-9 3 Business Process Re- What is BPR? Principles of BPR, modeling Lecture, Reading on role of BPR during
engineering and ERP business processes, elements of re- Case study ERP implementation. Tradeoff
engineering. between BPR and
Customization. (3 hrs.)
10-12 3 ERP – Production and Implementation of ERP in Fashion Industry. Lecture, Case Reading on role of ERP in
Materials Management Production planning and manufacturing study Production Planning and
processes, MRP etc. manufacturing. (3 hrs.)
13-15 3 ERP – Human Resources ERP Human Resource Modules and its Lecture, Case Reading on application of HR
functions: HR Management, Compensation study module of ERP in an
and Benefits administration, Payroll, Time organization.
and Labor Management, Employee Self- (3 hrs.)
service, HR Analytics.
16-18 3 ERP – Finance Financial and Accounting Module in ERP Lecture, Case Reading on application of CRM
Solutions. Functions such as Account study in Fashion Industry.
Receivable and Payable, Budgeting, Cash (3 hrs.)
Management, Capital Budgeting and
others.
ERP for Retail Business
Implementation of CRM
Case Study in Fashion Industry
Assignment I (30 marks)
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
383
19-21 3 ERP module on Supply- SCM module in ERP Solutions for Lecture, Case Reading on role of ERP for
Chain Management and e- Management of Supplier Relationship, study Supply-Chain Management
marketplace Logistics, Demand Management, Product and E-Commerce operations.
tracking etc. (3 hrs.)
ERP in E-Business.
Predominant ERP Vendors.
22-24 3 Introduction to Datatex Introduction to NOW Interface. Lecture, Practicing working on NOW
NOW Creation and viewing of selected products Demonstrati ERP to create different
using the process: ProdcutShowImage. on, practical products for a particular Style.
Using the Collection (Sorting and Filtering (3 hrs.)
records from the Collection).
Create products in NOW for a Sales Order–
finished garment, stitched garment, cut
parts, trims, fabric.
25-27 3 Bill of Material Create BoM for finished garment, stitched Lecture, Practicing working on NOW
garment, cut parts linking it to all required Demonstrati ERP to create a BOM
products on, practical corresponding to a finished
product. (3 hrs.)
28-30 3 Sales order, TNA Create TNA for a style, create sales order and Lecture, Practicing working on NOW
generate TNA for it. Demonstrati ERP to create TNA for a style.
Time and action calendar on, practical (3 hrs.)
Sales Order Creation in NOW
Open Order creation
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
384
Converting an Open order to a Normal Sales
order.
31-33 3 Purchase Module Purchase Module Lecture, Purchase Module for a Sales
PR Creation Demonstrati Order.
PR Approvals on, Practical (3 hrs.)
PR to PO Cycle
Creation of a PO
Receipt (MRN module)
34-36 3 Work center, Resources Create work centers and resources for Lecture, Practicing on NOW ERP
cutting, sewing and finishing of product Demonstrati creation of Work Centers and
Creation of Work Center and Operations on, Practical resources for cutting, sewing
Attributes. and finishing of products. (3
hrs.)
37-39 3 Operations, Create operations for the product into Lecture, Practicing Routing in NOW
Routing cutting, sewing and finishing work center Demonstrati Software. (3 hrs.)
and associate them with resources. on, Practical
Create routing.
Attach BoM and Routing to the Product
Assignment II (30 marks)
40-42 3 Expert Lecture on ERP Benefits drawn by Companies by ERP Lecture by
Solutions for Implementations Industry
Manufacturing and other Expert or
Industries. alumni
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
385

 Lecture,
 Discussions,
 Video,
 Software demonstration,
 Case Studies
 Both individual/group assignments
 Submissions
 Practical and On-line.
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : Continuous Assignment 2 : End Term Jury :
30 Marks (Mid Term) 30 Marks (End Term) 40 Marks
Submission(20 marks): Submission: Case Study(10 marks): Jury Presentation (Group of 2-3):
 Evolution of ERP and latest One Case each of ERP implementations in Apparel (25marks)
trends in ERP market with special Production and Retail Business
focus on Fashion & Lifestyle  Trends in ERP implementations.
Industry. Practical Work: Datatext NOW  Presentation on an assigned ERP Module- its
 Popular ERP Vendors. (20 marks):. relevance in the Fashion Industry. Elaborate
 Process of ERP Implementations. For the given style create all the products (parent the features and functions of prominent ERP
and child products having finished, stitched parts,
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
386
 Tangible and Intangible benefits cut parts and others such as Packing Material, (module) Solutions offered by various ERP
of ERP Implementations. Fabric, sewing trims and tags). vendors.
Create the BOM, generate the Sales Order,  Functions, features and Trends in ERP
Case Study(10 marks): generate the production demand. Create the Module.
Success and Failure stories of ERP production order. Create TNA. Create WC,
(Eg: HRM, PP and MM, CRM, SCM, FA etc).
Implementations. Reasons for Failure / Operation, Attribute, Routing. Attach the Routing
Presentation of Datatex Work.
Success. to the product.
(15 marks)
For the selected style create all the parent and
Or child products, create the BOM, generate the sales
order, generate the production demand. Create Or
Submission(20 marks): the production order, TNA, work Center etc.

Jury Presentation (Group of 2-3):
 Advantages and disadvantages
Or (25marks)
of an ERP System.
Students are assigned an ERP Module. They are
 What are common reasons of
required to present
failure of ERP? Submission(10 marks):
 Benefits of using the ERP Module in Fashion
 Explain how the merchandisers State application of ERP in Fashion Industry
Industry.
in a manufacturing Unit can Describe one Case of ERP implementations in
Apparel Production or Retail Business.  Highlight the other ERP modules it is linked
benefit from an ERP system?
to.
 Name prominent vendors of ERP
Practical Work: Datatext NOW  Elaborate the features and functions of
and state its market share.
prominent ERP (module) Solutions offered
 What is the difference between (20 marks):
by various ERP vendors related to the
in-premise, Cloud and Hybrid For the given style create all the products (parent
and child products having finished, stitched parts, module.
ERP Systems?

CP-DFT
02.02.2020
387
Case Study(10 marks): cut parts and others such as Packing Material,  Functions, features and Trends in ERP
Success and Failure stories of ERP Fabric, sewing trims and tags). Module.
Implementations. State the reasons for Using NOW software corresponding to a style,  Case of a company which has implemented
its failure / success. create the parent and child products having the ERP module for their benefit.
finished, stitched parts, cut parts and others such
(ERP modules such as HRM, PP and MM, CRM, SCM,
as Packing Material, Fabric, sewing trims and tags.
FA etc.).
Evaluation Parameters: Create the BOM, generate the Sales Order,
Presentation of Datatex Work- Screenshots of the
Understanding and knowledge of generate the production demand. Create the
parent and child products and the BOM created
concepts in ERP: 40% production order. Create TNA. Create WC,
corresponding to the Style Order.
Extent of Literature Survey: 20% Operation, Attribute, Routing. Attach the Routing
(15 marks)
Application of the knowledge of ERP in to the product.
Fashion Industry: 30% For the selected style create all the parent and
Class participation and attendance: 10% child products, create the BOM, generate the sales
Understanding and knowledge of concepts in the
order, generate the production demand. Create
assigned ERP module: 30%
the production order.
Extent of Research and ERP Case Studies: 20%
Skill and Usage of features in NOW Software : 30%
Literature Survey for ERP Case Studies: 20%
Application of the knowledge of Merchandizing ERP
Familiarization and usage of features in NOW
Module in Fashion Industry: 20%
Software : 40%
Application of the knowledge of Merchandizing
ERP Module in Fashion Industry: 30%
Class participation and attendance: 10%
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
388
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
 ERP by Alexis Leon

 Enterprise Resource Planning by Ashim Raj Singla
 Business Process Reengineering: Text and Cases by Radhakrishnan R
 Enterprise Resource Planning by Mary Sumner, Pearson Publication
 DataTex NOW pdf guide with details of merchandising module
 ERP by Alexis Leon

 Enterprise Resource Planning by Ashim Raj Singla
 Enterprise Resource Planning by Mary Sumner, Pearson Publication
 Computer Lab
 PCs with Internet facility
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
389
 Computer lab,
 ERP server (Datatex NOW)
Pathway Advisors: Dr. Suhail Anwar, Professor, NIFT-New Delhi

Dr. Raghuram, Professor, NIFT-Bengaluru
Subject Anchors: Ms. Binwant Kaur, Professor, NIFT-Kolkata
Subject Co-Anchors: Mr. S. Prabhakar, Professor, NIFT-Chennai
Team Members: Dr. M. K. Gandhi, Professor, NIFT-Chennai

Ms. Amisha Mehta, Associate Professor, NIFT-Gandhinagar
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
390
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 2
Practical -
28
Supply Chain Management in Fashion Tutorial -
Industry Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
The purpose of this subject is to build an understating of Fundamental Theories and Practices of Supply Chain with focus on Fashion Industry.

Knowledge
 Students will gain knowledge of starting from Basics of Supply Chain, stakeholders, Drivers, Performance and network design.
 Students will also be able to integrate their understating on Global supply chain networks, sourcing strategies, coordination challenges
with specific focus on Fashion Supply Chain.
 Students will gain knowledge of Role of IT and Sustainability in Supply Chain.
Synthesis:
 Students will be able to explain linkages between Supply Chain partners.
 Students will be able to compose KPIs for each entity in the supply chain, to make them more efficient.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
391
CONTENT
Duration Details Suggested Self-Study
Session Topic / Content
(Hours) Pedagogy
1-2 2 Understanding the Introduction, Historical Perspectives, Lecture Research Paper on Supply Chain
Supply Chain Objectives, Importance, Decision Management (3 hrs.)
Phases and Process Views
3-4 2 Supply Chain Supply Chain Strategies, Achieving Lecture
Performance Strategic Fit, Expanding Strategic Research Paper on Supply Chain
Scope, Challenges involved Strategies
(3 hrs.)
5-6 2 Supply Chain Drivers Impellers of Supply Chain, Financial Lecture Research Paper on Drivers of
and Matrices Measures of Performance, Drivers of Supply Chain
Supply Chain Performance, Framework (3 hrs.)
for Structuring Drivers
7-10 4 Designing Distribution The Role of Distribution in the Supply Lecture Case study on Distribution
Networks Chain, Factors Influencing network Networks of Fashion Industry
design, Design Options for a (6hrs)
Distribution Network, Online Sales &
Distribution Network
11-12 2 Network Design in the The Role of Network Design, Factors Lecture Research Paper on Network
Supply Chain Influencing Network Design Decisions, Design in the Supply Chain
Framework for Network Design (3 hrs.)
Decisions, Models for facility Location
and Capacity Allocation
13-14 2 Designing Global Supply Global Supply Chain Networks and Lecture Research Paper on Global
Chain Networks Globalization, Offshoring Decisions and Supply Chain
Risks Involved. Case studies/Research (3 hrs.)
Papers on Global Supply Chain
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
392
networks of Fashion Industry with
emphasis on risk and challenges
involved
15-18 4 Coordination in Supply Lack of Supply Chain Coordination, Lecture Beer game on Bullwhip Effect
Chain Bullwhip Effect, Effects on (6 hrs.)
Performance, Obstacles involved,
Collaborative Planning, Forecasting &
Replenishment.
19-22 4 Transportation in a Role of Transportation, Modes of Lecture Case study on Transportation
Supply Chain Transportation, Infrastructure and Networks, Modes and
Policies, Transportation Networks. Infrastructure related to India
(6 hrs.)
23-24 2 Sourcing Decisions in a Role of Sourcing, Third Party Suppliers, Lecture Case study on Apparel Sourcing
Supply Chain Sourcing Decisions, Selection of and Supplier selections
Suppliers. (3 hrs.)
25-26 2 Sustainability and The Role of Sustainability in a Supply Chain Lecture Research Paper on Sustainable
Supply Chain Key Pillars of Sustainability, Supply Chain
Sustainability and Supply Chain Drivers (3 hrs.)
27-28 2 IT in a Supply Chain Role of IT, Supply Chain IT Framework, Lecture Research Paper on Role of IT in
Customer Relationship Management, Supply Chain
Supplier Relationship Management (3 hrs.)

 Lectures and tutorials
 Case Study, Business Articles, Research Papers
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
393
 Mid-Module Assessment:
1) Study and report on Supply Chain Networks of one Export and one retail Business Fashion Firm.
OR
2.) Study and report on Offshoring Strategies and related Risk Management of any Global Business Brand.
 End-Module Assessment:
1) Study and report on Transport Infrastructure Development Report in Indian Context of all modes. Issues and Challenges Involved.
OR
2) Study and report on Emerging Technologies in Fashion Supply Chain
EVALUATION CRITERIA

2. Contribution/participation in the classroom discussion
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
394
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
1. Christopher M., 1998. Logistics & supply Chain Management: Strategies for Reducing Cost and Improving service, Pitman Publishing:
London.
2. Macbeth D.K. & Ferguson N., 1994. Partnership Sourcing: An Integrated Supply Chain Management Approach, Pitman Publishing: London
3. Burt D.N., Starling S.L. & Dobler D.W., 2003. World Class Supply Chain Management, Boston: McGraw-Hill.
4. Simchi-Levi D., Kaminski P. & Simchi-Levi E., 2003. Designing and Managing the Supply Chain: Concepts, Strategies, and Case Studies, New
York: McGraw-Hill Irwin
1. Chopra, S., & Meindl, P., 2004. Supply chain management: Strategy, planning, and operation. Upper Saddle River, N.J: Prentice Hall
2. Mohanty R.P. & Deshmukh S.G., 2004. Essentials of Supply Chain Management, Mumbai: Jaico Publishing House.
3. Wisner J.D., Tan K.C., Leong G.K., 2012. Principles of Supply Chain Management – A Balanced Approach, Canada: South-Western Thompson
Learning.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
395
Classroom with seating for 25/30 students
Infrastructure for AV presentation
 Faculty Advisor: Prof. (Dr.) Archana Gandhi, NIFT Delhi & Prof. (Dr.) Divya Satyan, NIFT Chennai
 Subject Anchor: Prof. (Dr.) Rajani Jain, NIFT Hyderabad
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
396
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture & Demo 3
Practical --
42
Tutorial --
BFT705DS3 Fit Issues & Trouble Shooting 4 Deepening Specialization
Studio Work --
Studio Practice --
Self-Study 3 42
Self -Exploration --
*Final End Term Garments made by students from pervious semesters can be used for identifying the defects.
SUBJECT AIM
 To enable students to become and effective sampling room coordinator / merchant/ quality control officer by identifying the defects in
the garments and suggest potential solution
 To enable students to become and effective fit analyst and understand the relation between body and garment
 To enable students to understand fit and construction of lingerie

Knowledge
 Student will be able to understand pattern control points and pattern issues that lead to poor fit
 Student will be able to understand the correct pattern making and construction techniques to assemble all components of lingerie
effectively to meet the required quality
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
397
Skill
 Student will be able to analyze the defect in a garment and potential solution
 Student will be able to identify a good fit and well-constructed garment
 Student will be able to develop lingerie garment from the developed pattern
Synthesis
 Student will be able to evaluate the fit of the garment
 Student will be able will be able to appraise the garment in terms of quality which is a key requirement of a fit analyst.
 Student will be able to appraise buyer comments/ rejection and undertake trouble shooting to rectify the defects identified.
 Students will be able to appraise the techniques of making lingerie to achieve desired fit
CONTENT
Session Duration Topic Contents Pedagogy Self-study
No. (Hours)
Pattern development and construction of Brassiere and Under pants and Discussion of fit issues
1-2 2 Introduction to Terms and definition, Lecture - 2 Hrs. Ref 2- Chapter 1
Brassiere and its defining good fit of a brassiere Self-study : 3 Ref 3 – Chapter 1,2,3
Sizing system Brassiere sizing system Hrs.
3-7 5 Brassiere Pattern Brassiere pattern – Lecture - 2 Hrs. Ref 1- Chapter 2

Convert contoured guided patterns to Practical - 3 Hrs. Ref 2- Chapter 3
Brassiere pattern Self-study : 4 Ref 3- Chapter 5
Creating pattern using under wires
Hrs.
Fabric stretch and impact on pattern of
brassiere
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
398
8-9 2 Introduction to Introduction to material and trims used in Lecture - 2 Hrs. Ref 2- Chapter 1
Trims Brassiere Self-study: 2 Ref 3- Chapter 2
Hrs.
10-13 4 Brassiere Laying and cutting-Sew the cups, Attach the Lecture - 2 Hrs. Ref 3- Chapter 7
Construction straps, Sew the side seams, Attach the cups to Practical - 2 Hrs. Practice and
the frame, Add channeling for optional under Self-study : 2 complete work
wires, Applying the Elastic, Topstitch
Hrs.
channeling, Back straps with sliders , Hook-
and-eye closure
14-17 4 Assignment 1 Selection of design of brassiere from Practical - 4 Hrs. Practice and
magazine OR textbook OR ecommerce site. Self-study : 2 complete work
Making of a brassiere pattern. Construction Hrs.
of the brassiere with all required trims
18 1 Discussion on fit of Defect discussion as per the created garment Lecture - 1 Hr. Exploration
brassiere Self-study : 2
Hrs.
19-21 3 Under pants Various kinds of under pants Lecture - 3 Hrs. Ref 1- Chapter 2
pattern Draft pattern for under pants according to Self-study : 3 Ref 2- Chapter 5
fabric stretch Hrs.
22-23 2 Under pants Design Pattern variation- Bikini, Hipster, Boy short Practical - 2 Hrs. Ref 1- Chapter 2
exploration Self-study : 2 Ref 2- Chapter 5
Hrs.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
399
24-26 3 Under pants Under pants construction technique elastic Practical – 3 Hrs. Practice and
construction and calculations Self-study : 2 complete work
Hrs.
27-29 3 ASSIGNMENT 2 Selection of design of under pant from Practical - 3 Hrs. Practice and
magazine OR textbook or ecommerce site. Self-study : 2 complete work
Making of a under pant pattern. Hrs.
Construction of the under pant with all
required trims
30 1 Discussion on fit of Defect discussion as per the created garment Lecture - 1 Hr. Exploration
Under pant Self-study : 2
Hrs.
31 1 Fit Issues & Trouble Basic Skirt and its style variations: Lecture - 1 Hrs. Exploration -
Shooting List of pattern defects to be discussed Self-study : 2 identifying defects
1- Bulge on out seam and finding solutions-
SKIRT Hrs.
2- Rising of hemline Documenting for
3- Slipping of hemline from back assignment 3
4- Horizontal fold under the waistline at
back
5- Vertical fold on hip and top hip region
6- Horizontal fold on hip and top hip
region etc.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
400
32-33 2 Fit Issues & Trouble Trouser (Casual & Formal Women’s & Men’s Lecture - 2 Hrs. Exploration -
Shooting Wear): Self-study : 2 identifying defects
List of pattern defects to be discussed and finding solutions-
TROUSER Hrs.
1- Bulge / Pucker on out seam Documenting for
2- Pull lines on crotch assignment 3
3- Underpants visible on the back
4- Trouser “apparently wrapping “in the legs
while walking
5- Pleats of trouser coming open
6- Horizontal fold under the waistline at
back
7- Looseness under the seat etc.
34-35 2 Fit Issues & Trouble Basic bodies, Torso and Dress Darted and Lecture - 2 Hrs. Exploration -
Shooting Dartless garments: Self-study : 2 identifying defects
List of pattern defects to be discussed and finding solutions-
DRESS Hrs.
1- Pucker on any seamline Documenting for
2- Fold on armhole assignment 3
3- Vertical fold on across back or across
chest
4- Horizontal folds on chest and back
5- Wavy Hemline and falling away from
body
6- Pull lines on under arm
7- Dart running over the bust
8- Looseness on armhole
9- Looseness on waist etc etc.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
401
36 1 Fit Issues & Trouble Sleeve defect. Lecture - 1 Hrs. Exploration -
Shooting List of pattern defects to be discussed Self-study : 2 identifying defects
1- Forward stance of sleeve and finding solutions-
SLEEVE & COLLAR Hrs.
2- Backward stance Documenting for
DEFECTS assignment 3
3- Horizontal folds on bicep
4- Pucker on crown of sleeve
5- Pucker on armhole of garment
6- Lift of sleeve incorrect
Collar defects
1- Collar edge puckering (PeterPan)
2- Under collar visible
3- Collar not at 90 degree from CB on CF
4- Collar edge too wide apart or too close etc.
37-38 2 JACKET DEFECTS Women’s and Men’s jacket formal and casual: Lecture - 2Hrs. Exploration -
List of pattern defects to be discussed Self study : 2 identifying defects
Apart from defects discussed in torso and Hrs. and finding solutions-
sleeve Documenting for
1- Under collar visible under top collar assignment 3
2- Roll line of collar not resting on body
3- Jacket not resting on HSP and riding high
4- Looseness on the waist
5- Defects of lining & interlining etc.
39-40 2 Fit Issues & Trouble Knitted garment – T shirt & leggings Lecture - 2 Hrs. Exploration -
Shooting Knitted List of pattern defects to be discussed Self-study : 2 identifying defects
garments 1- 1- Gaping/ pulling on the placket Hrs. and finding solutions-
2- Shoulder seam moving from front to back Documenting for
3- Pucker/ fold on hem line assignment 3
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
402
4- Sleeveless T-shirt standing up on the

shoulder point
5- Legging slipping from waist at Back
6- Pull lines on inside seam etc.
41-42 2 Fit Issues & Trouble Contours, corset & bustier Garment: Contact Hours Exploration -
Shooting Contoured List of pattern defects to be discussed (Practical): 2 identifying defects
garments 1- Looseness above the bust Hours and finding solutions-
2- Looseness under the bust Documenting for
Self-study : 2
3- Looseness in between the bust assignment 3
4- Bulge over the bust Hrs.
5- Dart running over the bust
6- Gapping in Neckline / falling away from
body
7- Gapping in armhole
8- Gapping in between bust etc.
End term Assignment 3- Students to be split in groups of 2-3 students and given 1 or 2 garments categories to each group.
Students are required to prepare a scrapbook of potential 20 defects of those garments supported with visual from e-
commerce web site / magazine /photographs etc. with solutions /pattern improvements for the defects. Categories allocated
to the group may be mutually exclusive to avoid duplication of work.
OR
Conduct a test with visual of 40 garment defects on all the garment defects discussed in curriculum and students to identify
defects, causes and remedies

Lecture and demonstrations, showing videos
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
403
Continuous Evaluation during the process submitting appropriate solution for fitting specific garment with having appropriate illustration or
photos.
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continuous Assignment 1 : 30 Marks Continuous Assignment 2: 30 End Term Jury: 40 Marks
(Mid Term) Marks (End Term)
Selection of design of brassiere Selection of design of under pant End term Assignment 3- Students to be split in groups of 2-3
from magazine OR textbook OR from magazine OR textbook OR students and given 1 or 2 garments categories to each group.
ecommerce site. Making of a ecommerce site. Making of a Students are required to prepare a scrapbook of potential 20
brassiere pattern. Construction of under pant pattern. Construction
defects of those garments supported with visual from e-
the brassiere with all required trims of the panty with all required trims
-Assembly of all components – commerce web site / magazine /photographs etc. with
10marks -Assembly of all components – solutions /pattern improvements for the defects. Categories
-Neatness of assembly – 10 marks 10marks allocated to the group may be mutually exclusive to avoid
Test Fit – 10 marks -Neatness of assembly – 10 marks duplication of work.
- Precision, Skill an understanding – – 2marks per defect on clarity of understanding and
10 marks documentation
OR
Conduct a test with visual of 40 garment defects and students
to identify defects, causes and remedies
-1 mark per defect
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
404
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL Student

1. Haggar, A. (2004). Pattern cutting for lingerie, beachwear and leisurewear. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.
2. Pattern making for underwear Kristina Shin PhD
3. The brassiere makers manual Beverly Johnson
REFERENCE MATERIAL Faculty

1. Haggar, A. (2004). Pattern cutting for lingerie, beachwear and leisurewear. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.
2. Pattern making for underwear Kristina Shin PhD
3. The bra makers manual Beverly Johnson
4. Sewing Bras: Construction & Fit. [video] Available at: https://www.craftsy.com/sewing/classes/sewing-bras-construction-fit/35389
5. Sewing Bras: Foam, Lace & Beyond. [video] Available at: https://www.craftsy.com/sewing/classes/sewing-bras-foam-lace-
beyond/45927
6. Sewing Bras: Designer Techniques. [video] Available at: https://www.craftsy.com/sewing/classes/sewing-bras-designer-
techniques/39795
7. Sewing Panties: Construction & Fit. [video] Available at: https://www.craftsy.com/sewing/classes/sewing-panties-construction-
fit/60878
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
405
● Contour dress forms size 32B, 32C, 32D
● Garment construction lab
● Pattern Making lab
● TV/Projector to shows the audio visuals
● Different types of underwires, cups, straps, lace, bows, hook and eye, buckles & elastics to show to students.

 Pathway advisor Mr. S.S. Ray, Asso. Profesor, NIFT-Kolkata
 Subject Anchor: Dr. Noopur Anand, Professor, NIFT-Delhi
 Subject Co Anchor: Ms. Kavita Pathare, Asst. Professor, NIFT-Mumbai
 Team Members: Ms. Shweta Jain, Ms. M. Padmapriya
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
406
Hours/
Subject Hours/
Code Week
(14 weeks)*
Lecture 1
Practical 1
28
Tutorial -
BFT706DS3 3D Apparel CAD and Simulation 3 Deepening Specialization
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
42
Self-Study 3
SUBJECT AIM
 To provide foundational knowledge and skills applying in 3D Apparel CAD software
 To use a 3D garment simulation program to reproduce physical properties of fabrics and visualize the draped in real life
 To virtually sew and see 3D finished products without cutting and sewing actual fabric by using 3D garment simulation program.

Knowledge:
- Students will acquire knowledge of 3D computer-aided design technology processes and design thinking
- Students will acquire knowledge of 3D simulation technique with efficient usage of pattern development process.
Skill:
- Students will be able to apply 3 D technology for Apparel creation
- The patterns made on CAD will be stitched virtually and draped on a digital image to see its fit using simulation techniques.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
407
Synthesis:
- Amalgamation of 2D pattern making skill with draping and 3D visualization of virtually stitched garment on digital image.
Contents
Session Duration
Topic Detailing Pedagogy Self-Study
No. (Hours)
Basic understanding of 3 D cad tools and application,

2 Hrs. Lecture
Introduction of Mannequin Measurement Validation, Fabric Mechanical
1-2 2 and Demo 3 Hrs. self-study
3D CAD Properties, Assembling, Fitting, Alteration and Material
Visual
Practical exercise related to usage of 3 D CAD tools and 2 Hrs. Lecture

3-4 2 Practical
application. and Demo
3 Hrs. Self-study
3 D operating Understanding of 3 D operating tools 2 Hrs. Demo
5-6 2 Exploration of 3D cad
environments (Toolbar, navigation, simulation, data management)
tools and application
Test fit of the Garment on virtual mode
Link intuitive pattern design and 3 D draping 2 Hrs. Lecture
3 Hrs. self-study on
7-8 2 3 D Draping Measurement analysis- Able to check the Fitting and Demo
measurement analysis
comparing to body Measurement to Fabric
Measurement.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
408
Pattern editing with as per measurement analysis

Re Link intuitive pattern design and 3 D draping- 3 Hrs. Self-study
Alternation done in the pattern update the same in the 2 Hrs. Demo exploration of 3D
9-10 2 Practical
3d and also if we required reduce the length in the 3D draping tools
update using the Alternation and update in the 2d
pattern.
Mid-term
11-12 2 Spot evaluation 2 Hrs.
Assignment 1
6 Hrs. self-study
Understanding of 3 D visualization tools 2 Hrs. Lecture
exploration of 3D
13-14 2 3 D visualization Visualization of the Garment in 3 D and Demo
visualization tools and
fitting evaluation and pattern alteration
fitting evaluation
Understanding of 3 D realistic tools

Adding of 3 D 2 Hrs. Lecture
15-16 2 Addition of 3 D realistic element like buttons or other
realistic element and Demo
trims in the Garment
Understanding of cloth simulation tools

Addition of Fabrics 6 Hrs. Self-study
2 Hrs. Demo
17-18 2 Cloth simulation 3D clothing simulation on virtual try exploration of 3D
Special features clothing simulation
Fold, Pleat, Collar
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
409
3D design with embellishment 3 Hrs. self-study
19-20 2 Inbuilt 3D Model Mannequin 2 Hrs. Demo understanding of 3D

Avatar, Pose, Hair, Shoes design with
Background and rendering embellishment
Customized 3D Understanding of tools for 3 D customized model

21-22 2 Create a 3D avatar that is an exact replica of your fit 2 Hrs. Demo
Models
model.
6 Hrs. self-study
2 3 D Garment 2 Hrs. Demo
23-24 work on Top, Bottom and Dress creation of 3D
Projects
Garment projects
6 Hrs. Self-study work
2 Hrs. Demo
25-26 2 Practical Work of 3 D Garment Project on 3D Garment and
analysis
End Term
27-28 2 Spot evaluation 2 Hrs.
Assignment2

 Lecture and demonstrations.
 Presentations
 Assignments.
 Review & feedback by faculty
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
410
 Students will be able to use effectively 3 D CAD system for visualization of 3 D Garment for entrepreneurial abilities in the field of apparel.
 Acquire skills to use digital tools for 3 D Garment
Interactive / Continuous evaluation based on specific task based assignments.
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Continue work on assignment1 & analyze digital 3D Garment Project
Work on given Digital pattern of with Tech pattern with usage of 3 D proto type and Work on Top/Bottom/Dress of any
pack & represent into 3D cad with suitable represent modified 3D visualization with realistic garment with given Digital pattern and
measurement analysis effect by using cloth simulation and 3 D realistic present the virtual garment with 3 D
Evaluation criteria elements. . realistic effects.
Understanding : 7.5 Evaluation criteria Evaluation criteria
precision and correctness: 7.5 Understanding : 7.5 Understanding : 10
Software exploration : 7.5 precision and correctness: 7.5 precision and correctness: 10
Overall :7.5 Software exploration : 7.5 Software exploration : 10
Overall :7.5 Presentation :10
Note: As the assignment is representing digital pattern into 3D CAD, only one assignment brief is given as the faculty can decide on various
garments.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
411
EVALUATION MATRIX
Mid-Term/ End-Term/
Mid-Module Assessment1 End-Module Assessment2
30 30 40 100
REFERENCE MATERIAL
Software manual and tutorials
High speed computer system with 3 D CAD software (Lectra/Tukatech/Gerber/Optitex)
Computer system and CAD software
Subject Anchor: Prof. (Dr. Suhail Anwar -Anchor

Subject Co-anchor: Prof. (Dr.) Amar Tewari -Co-Anchor
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
412
APPAREL INTERNSHIP
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
413
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY
Guidelines to be followed by students pursuing Bachelors in Fashion Technology during their Apparel Internship Program
Hours/
Hours/
Semester
(8 weeks)*
Lecture -
Practical 8 weeks
Apparel Internship Tutorial -
BFT705M 8 weeks 8 Major
Studio Work -
Studio Practice -
Self-Study -
Duration of the Apparel Internship: 8 weeks
Qualification / Pre-requisites: The student should have completed minimum 6 semesters of B.F.Tech course (or) 5 semesters of B.F.Tech
Course in case of students selected for foreign exchange program where the apparel internship can be split in to two parts allowing the
student to pursue the apparel internship before and after the exchange program schedule
Objectives of Apparel Internship:

 Relate classroom teaching with industry practices followed by apparel manufacturers;
 Gain practical exposure to the process flows and hierarchies;
 Gain practical knowledge on machineries and equipments used in apparel manufacturing;
 Exposure to production systems, measures to improve productivity, quality management principles employed in the plant atmosphere;
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
414
 Employing problem solving skills learned during the course and attempt to find solutions to minor problems faced by the factory;
 Improve interpersonal skills by constant communication with factory personnel;
 Gain networking skills by interacting with managers in the industry;
 Experiment on possible real life projects and understand research / problem solving approaches suitable for apparel manufacturing.
Broader theme of activities to be undertaken during Apparel Internship:
 Understand the process flow of a factory / plant through observation and questioning;
 Understand the life cycle of an order from its inception to the shipment of the order through observation and interviewing;
 Document the functions of different departments with objectives of each department, structure of department, roles of each job title,
job requirements;
 Interact and study the role of supervisors in each department mainly cutting, sewing & finishing;
 Performing department study for other departments in case of organizations having additional departments like Embroidery, Washing,
Printing etc.;
 Exploring standard operating procedures followed by the plant;
 Looking at the extent of usage of Information Systems in different departments including MIS, ERP software & Real time data collection
systems;
 Gaining hands on experience in operating machinery and tools;
 Executing any area or topic or assignment to provide solutions if the organization wishes the skills of student to be utilized in a fitting
manner;
 Collection of formats used for data collection, Fabric swatches, trim swatches, tech-packs to be used by the student for documentation
purpose (with due permission from the company officials).
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
415
Student Discipline during Apparel Internship:
 Students should adhere to the schedule as advised by the institute.

 Report every day to the plant as per the rules of the organization interned and leave as per the timings provided by the organization.
 In the event of the student being tasked with certain duties related to any of the departments, the students are expected to carry out
the activities to the best of their abilities to get on the job experience.
Mandatory Studies to be conducted during Apparel Internship:
 Time study and subsequent capacity calculations for all departments including spreading, cutting, fusing, ticketing, bundling, sewing,
washing, embroidery, finishing & packing wherever applicable. (For deeper understanding of time standards the students will have to
perform time study and capacity studies for minimum of 2 styles or 2 different fabric types per student).
 Analyze and derive OB (Operation Breakdown) for all operations of one styles in the sewing room.
 Conduct time study for all operations for minimum of one styles and establish time standards.
 Find out the ratio between working & not working through work sampling and analyze the causes for idle time in the production floor.
 Layout study with respect to machinery placement, material movement, auxiliary services placement etc.
 Document the working environment including the type of building, building features including the shed type, window sizes, ventilation,
lighting, types of floor.
 Study of Information systems being followed (MIS, ERP etc) and study of CAD systems followed.
 Allotting of orders against factory capacity.
 Filling up data collection formats provided by the institute.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
416
Additional studies that can be conducted:
 Rating of sewing operators
 Preparation of skill matrix
 Preparation of cut order plan
 Line balancing
 Operator training
 Packing list preparation during shipment (If the organization gives permission)
 Shipment and final inspection procedures (If the organization gives permission)
 Study of quality requirements by different brands / buyers
 Material Handling Systems
 Embroidery design software
 Preparation of cost sheet (If the organization gives permission)
 Application of Lean manufacturing Practices
 Development of database as per organization requirement
The Internship report prepared by student will be kept confidential for academic and research purpose and will not be displayed in library.
Deliverables
 On the job training gained during internship period;
 Internship document prepared and to be submitted by the student or student group with proper format including the copies of
certification from the organization;
 The document should cover all the aspects of day to day organizational activities and include all the studies conducted;
 Formats and data collected should be part of annexure;
 Outcome and learning of the internship.
CP-DFT
02.02.2020
417

Final Curriculum - BFT (17.02.2020)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Final Curriculum - BFT (17.02.2020)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

National Institute of Fashion Technology

Bachelor of Fashion Technology

S. No. Contents Page No.

1. BFT Curriculum Matrix 2

2. Detailed Curriculum BFT Semester-III 3 - 58

3. Detailed Curriculum BFT Semester-IV 59 - 114

4. Detailed Curriculum BFT Semester-V 115 – 214

5. Textile Internship Guidelines 215 - 224

6. Detailed Curriculum BFT Semester-VI 225 - 322

7. Detailed Curriculum BFT Semester-VII 323 - 412

8. Apparel Internship Guidelines 413 - 417

National Institute of Fashion Technology

Bachelor of Fashion Technology Programme Matrix (Major and Deepening Specialization)

Pattern Making &

Fabric Science for Pattern Making &

Methods Time 3+ 2+ Robotics and 3+

Deepening Principles of Web 2+ 3+ ERP for Fashion 3+

Pattern Making &

Sewn Products Machinery & Equipment - I

Pattern Making & Garment Construction-II

Sem. III IDM Interdisciplinary Minor 3 - 3

Sem. III GE General Electives 5 - 5

Sem. III F BFT301MF Marketing of Fashion Prof. (Dr.) Sushil Raturi 2 - 2

LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE SUBJECT

Session Hours Topic / Content Details Suggested Self-Study

9-11 3 Cutting  Students will form groups to do Practical (Under

15-20 6 Assignment (Group of  Students have to select 05 different Practical

21 1 Historical  Contributions of various inventors Lecture Historical information

22-23 2 Introduction to Single  Treadle, Motor, Machine Hand Demonstration

24-25 2 Threading of a Single  Needle thread path through various Demonstration

29-30 2 Sewing machine  Relationship between needle & hook Practical

31-36 6 Study of Stitches  Definition of stitch. Stitches derived Lecture with

44-49 6 Assignment 2  Classifying fabrics based on fabric Practical

50-53 4 Understanding Feed  Components of feed mechanisms. Lecture with

 Industrial visit to apparel

LEARNING AND TEACHING METHODS

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT TEAM

 Faculty Advisor: Prof. Dr. A K Khare, NIFT Mumbai

LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE SUBJECT

 videos/ Pictures of different markers & marker modes to be

Students (in a group of 02 students) to be briefed about the

Students in groups may collect data from industry/ refer to

 Visit to Garment Manufacturing Unit

LEARNING AND TEACHING METHODS

End Term Exam : 40

Mid-Term/ End-Term/ End Term Evaluation:

REFERENCE MATERIALS FOR FACULTY

 Apparel Manufacturing Hand Book by Jacob Solinger-3rd Edition

REFERENCE MATERIALS FOR STUDENTS

 Apparel Manufacturing Hand Book by Jacob Solinger-3rd Edition

 Spreading & Cutting table

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT TEAM

 Faculty Advisor: Prof. Dr. A. K. Khare, NIFT Mumbai

LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE SUBJECT

 Introduction to Data Modeling 3 Hrs. self-study based

 Introduction to Normalization 3 Hrs. self-study based

 Data mining (definition) 4 Hrs. Self-study based

 Representation Methods & 4 Hrs. Self-study based

 Adding and Changing records in 4 Hrs allotted for

Introduction of data  Introduction to Queries Practical 2 Hrs allotted for

Introduction to user  Presentation of Data 3 Hrs allotted for

 User Interface design switch 2 Hrs allotted for

LEARNING AND TEACHING METHODS